MINUTES

of the

ORDINARY MEETING

CHAIRMAN: Cr R Dyne (Mayor)

Held in the Boardroom Town Hall 2 Caledonian Hill Gympie Qld 4570

On Wednesday 29 May 2013 At 9.00 am Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 2

Gympie Regional Council ORDINARY

Mayor RJ Dyne (Chairman), Crs AJ Perrett, MW Curran, RA Gâté, LJ Friske, IT Petersen, MA McDonald, WW Sachs and JA Walker

CONTENTS:

SECTION 1: OPEN WITH PRAYER ...... 4

SECTION 2: APOLOGIES / LEAVE OF ABSENCE...... 4

SECTION 3: CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES OF PREVIOUS ORDINARY MEETING ...... 4

SECTION 4: PETITIONS ...... 5 4/1 PETITION – FLOOD MITIGATION ...... 5 SECTION 5: PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT ...... 6 5/1 DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION FOR MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE – MULTI-RESIDENTIAL (SEVEN (7) RELOCATABLE DWELLINGS) AT 1513 BRUCE HIGHWAY, KYBONG FOR HOLLAND ...... 6 5/2 REPRESENTATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL FOR MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE – MULTI- RESIDENTIAL (SECOND DWELLING) AT 7 JOHNS ROAD, SOUTHSIDE FOR P & D. DALE ...... 18 5/3 REQUEST TO CHANGE AN EXISTING APPROVAL FOR RECONFIGURING A LOT – SUBDIVISION TO CREATE 83 ADDITIONAL LOTS IN SEVEN (7) STAGES AT CORELLA ROAD, GYMPIE FOR MAIDMENT HOLDINGS PTY LTD ...... 23 5/4 2009-1862 – REQUEST TO CHANGE AN EXISTING APPROVAL FOR RECONFIGURING A LOT APPROVAL – SUBDIVISION TO CREATE ONE (1) ADDITIONAL LOT – RUNNING CREEK ROAD, KILKIVAN – LOT 5 SP200155 – CLIFFORD ...... 31 5/5 DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION FOR MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE – EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRY (ROCK QUARRY NOT MORE THAN 5 000T A YEAR) AND ENVIRONMENTALLY RELEVANT ACTIVITY 20(A) EXTRACTING ROCK OR OTHER MATERIAL (NOT MORE THAN 5 000T A YEAR) – DRAY ROAD, WIDGEE FOR ALLEN & DRAY ...... 41 5/6 DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION FOR RECONFIGURING A LOT – SUBDIVISION TO CREATE FIVE (5) NEW LOTS FROM SIX (6) EXISTING TITLES AT MIVA ROAD, JOHNSTON ROAD AND SCRUB ROAD, GUNALDA FOR S. & A. TOMBS ...... 63 LATE ITEM ...... 82 5/7 SINGLE STATE PLANNING POLICY - DRAFT FOR CONSULTATION ...... 82 SECTION 6: SOCIAL WELLBEING...... 88

SECTION 7: HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT ...... 88

SECTION 8: GOVERNANCE & ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ...... 89 8/1 OPERATIONAL PLAN 2012-2013 QUARTERLY UPDATE ...... 89 8/2 REQUEST FOR BOUNDARY RE-ALIGNMENT BETWEEN LOT 1 MPH34666 AND LOT 2 MPH34666 YOUNG STREET, GYMPIE ...... 91 8/3 FREEHOLD LEASE – WEEROONA ASSOCIATION INC...... 95 8/4 DELEGATIONS REGISTER UPDATES ...... 99 8/5 TENDER CONSIDERATION PLAN ADOPTION RESOLUTION FOR THE PRODUCTION OF QUARRY MATERIALS AT PITS CONTROLLED BY COUNCIL ...... 101

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 3

SECTION 9: INFRASTRUCTURE...... 103 9/1 WILLOWGROVE ESTATE PARKS ...... 103 SECTION 10: MAJOR PROJECTS & BUSINESS ACTIVITIES ...... 105

SECTION 11: WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 106 11/1 GATE KEEPING AND RECYCLING SERVICES – SOUTHSIDE WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY ..... 106 11/2 GATE KEEPING AND RECYCLING SERVICES – WIDGEE WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY ...... 109 11/3 GATE KEEPING AND RECYCLING SERVICES – GUNALDA WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY ...... 112 11/4 GATE KEEPING AND RECYCLING SERVICES – MARY VALLEY WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY . 115 11/5 REGIONAL WASTE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY ...... 118 11/6 GATE KEEPING AND RECYCLING SERVICES – BONNICK ROAD, TIN CAN BAY AND SEXTON WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ...... 121 SECTION 12: TOURISM & MARY VALLEY ...... 126 12/1 GYMPIE REGION TOURISM ADVISORY COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP ...... 126 SECTION 13: GENERAL BUSINESS ...... 129 LEAVE OF ABSENCE ...... 129 FUNDING AVAILABLE FOR FLASHING SCHOOL ZONE SIGNS ...... 130 SECTION 14: IN COMMITTEE ...... 132 14/1 RENEWAL OF TERM LEASE 230482 - LOT 157 ON MCH3875, R265 RESERVE FOR WATER PURPOSES ...... 133 14/2 NINE MONTHLY BUDGET REVIEW ...... 134 14/3 ENVIRONMENT LEVY – COMMUNITY GROUP GRANTS ...... 135 SECTION 15: ATTACHMENTS ...... 136

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 4

The meeting commenced at 9:00 am.

PRESENT: Mayor Cr R.J. Dyne (Chairman), Cr A.J. Perrett, Cr M.W. Curran, Cr I.T. Petersen, Cr L.J. Friske, Cr R.A. Gâté, and Cr W.W. Sachs.

Also in attendance were Chief Executive Officer (Mr B.J. Smith), Director Planning and Development (Mr M. Hartley), Director Engineering Services (Mr B. Fredman), Director Infrastructure Services (Mr D. Scordalides), Manager Corporate and Customer Services (Ms D. Jenkins), Manager Health and Environmental Services (Mr I. Wolff), Manager Development and Compliance (Mrs T. Stenholm), Planning Assistant – Technical Officer (Mrs K. Fuller), Environmental Health Officer (Mr P. Lofts), Principal Procurement Officer (Mr D. Buchanan) and Minutes Clerk (Miss A. Dunkley).

DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST BY COUNCILLORS

SECTION 1: OPEN WITH PRAYER

Tony Roberts from the Gympie Baptist Church offered a Prayer for the advancement of the Region and the true welfare of its people.

One Minute’s silence was observed for family and friends of deceased residents of the Region.

SECTION 2: APOLOGIES / LEAVE OF ABSENCE

Leave of Absence – Cr J.A. Walker – M18/05/13

M25/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr W.W. Sachs

That the apology from Cr M.A. McDonald be accepted.

Carried

SECTION 3: CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES OF PREVIOUS ORDINARY MEETING

M26/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That the Minutes of the Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting held on 8 May 2013 be taken as read and confirmed.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 5

SECTION 4: PETITIONS

4/1 Petition – Flood Mitigation

PORTFOLIO: Infrastructure

DIRECTORATE: Engineering Services

DOC ID: 1632490

1. REPORT A petition was presented to Warren Truss MP, Federal Member for Wide Bay, which has been forwarded to Council, regarding flood mitigation in the Gympie central business district. The petition, as follows, was signed by 279 residents:

‘We, Gympie business community owners, are demanding immediate priority action from Gympie Regional Council, regarding the following projects to be put in place.

1. Levees to protect Gympie CBD 2. Flood markers as discussed at the last Chamber of Commerce Meeting so that business owners are better able to evaluate flood water rising from the Mary River

M27/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr W.W. Sachs

That the petition be received and referred to Engineering Services.

Further, that the correspondent be advised that the Gympie Region Flood Mitigation Study is underway and they will be further contacted at its conclusion.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 6

SECTION 5: PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT

5/1 Development Application for Material Change of Use – Multi- Residential (Seven (7) Relocatable Dwellings) at 1513 Bruce Highway, Kybong for Holland

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Planning Officer – K. Fuller

DOC ID: 2013-0211

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Operational Plan – Program 2 – Economic Development, 2.3.2 Development Assessment and Applications

1.0 BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION

Nil

2.0 REPORT

FILE NO: 2013-0211 APPLICANT: Greg Holland RPD: Lot 10 RP139458 SITE ADDRESS: 1513 Bruce Highway Kybong CURRENT USE OF LAND: Caravan Park PROPOSAL: Seven (7) Relocatable Dwellings EXISTING ZONE: Rural APPLICATION ADVERTISED: N/A SUBMISSIONS RECEIVED: Nil

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 7

2.1 INTRODUCTION

2.1.1 The Proposal

This application seeks a development permit for seven (7) relocatable dwellings at Cooloola Cabins & Caravan Park at Kybong.

The seven (7) existing buildings are all single storey and are approximately 46m2 plus veranda and an associated carport or garage.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 8

Proposal Plan

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 9

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 10

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 11

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 12

2.1.2 Site Description

The site is located on the corner of the Bruce Highway and Tandur Road and is currently improved by a number of caravan sites, cabins and manager’s residence.

2.1.3 Surrounding Land Uses

The surrounding sites are predominately used for rural pursuits. The Matilda service station is located to the west of the site.

2.1.4 Site History

A caravan park commenced on the site in the 1970s and the site was included in the ‘Special Facilities (Caravan Park)’ Zone in the 1997 Planning Scheme.

Under the 1997 Scheme a ‘Caravan Park’ was defined as:

‘Any premises used or intended to be used for a permanent or temporary residential use, where accommodation is provided in caravans, tents and/or other mobile or temporary structures, but not in relocatable homes. The term includes the use of such premises for cabins, where ancillary to the principal use, manager's office and residence and facilities for the exclusive use of occupants of the premises, including amenities, recreation and entertainment facilities, shops and food premises. The term does not include a Relocatable Home Park as defined elsewhere in this Section.’

Previous discussions with the applicants and Council staff have resulted in an agreed number of caravans, caravan sites and cabins on site. These discussions identified that the seven (7) relocatable

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 13

dwellings were specifically excluded from the definition of a caravan park, and therefore required a further material change of use application to be submitted to Council.

The seven (7) dwellings have been relocated on the site and occupied for a number of years.

2.2.0 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

2.2.1 Intent of the Zone

The intent of the Rural Zone is for sustainable rural uses to predominate and for valuable economic resources, including good quality agricultural land, to be sustainably managed.

The proposal does not satisfy this intent, however the site history acknowledges the site has been operating as a Caravan Park for some time and therefore the current proposal is considered to be consistent with this use.

2.2.2 Compliance with the Planning Scheme

(a) Scheme Definition

Multi-Residential ‘means the residential use of premises other than use for a dwelling house, home business or accommodation premises. The term includes: (a) row houses, terrace houses, town houses, apartment buildings and the like;

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 14

(b) dual occupancy of one lot including a second dwelling for a relative or carer of permanent residents of the other dwelling on the same lot; (c) aged care facilities, retirement villages and residential community titles schemes; (d) relocatable home parks.’

In the Rural Zone, Multi-Residential development is inconsistent if not a second dwelling associated with agricultural or rural activities or for a relative/carer of a resident owner.

(b) Development Provisions

Rural Planning Area Code The proposed development is consistent with the overall outcomes for the Rural Planning Area.

Multi-Residential Code The proposal is inconsistent in the Rural Zone, however is considered consistent with the existing use of the site for a caravan park including permanent cabins and caravan sites.

The proposal complies with the requirements in relation to height and number of storeys and is of a scale consistent with existing buildings.

The site does not have a large amount of private and communal open space however each dwelling is afforded a small yard/garden and a communal grassed area and pool is located toward the entrance to the site.

Vehicle parking areas are considered to comply with the Code as they are of a form and scale consistent with the design of the residential buildings on site.

Erosion and Sediment Control Code No conflict is raised with the code. The buildings are existing, with relevant building approvals previously issued.

Landscaping Code Some existing landscaped areas are provided on site and the location of the existing dwellings is not considered to warrant any additional landscaping of the site.

Infrastructure Works Code The proposal is able to meet the requirements of the Infrastructure Works Code.

Vehicle Parking and Access Code

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 15

The overall outcomes of this code are the provision of sufficient vehicle parking for users of the premises on site, adequate circulation space within the site and safe and efficient movement of vehicles at ingress or egress points.

Each dwelling has provision for a car parking space and the existing internal driveway and manoeuvring areas are considered adequate.

2.2.3 Local and/or State Planning Polices

There are no local or state planning policies applicable to this application.

2.3 OTHER PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

2.3.1 Impact on Amenity

The site currently operates as a caravan park with a mixture of caravans and cabins. The seven (7) dwellings are existing and are not considered to adversely impact on the amenity of the area.

2.3.2 Site Access and Traffic

The site fronts the Bruce Highway and Tandur Road. The existing access is via Tandur Road and this is proposed to remain.

The application required referral to the Department of Transport and Main Roads who have imposed a condition that no access be obtained via the Bruce Highway.

2.3.3 Flooding

The site is not affected by flooding.

2.3.4 Landscaping/Open Space

There is some existing landscaping on site and fencing around the boundaries. No additional landscaping is proposed nor considered warranted by this application.

2.3.5 Utilities and Services

The site is not serviced by a reticulated water or sewerage supply and each dwelling is required to have appropriate provisions in relation to water supply and effluent disposal.

2.4 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 16

Nil

3.0 BUDGET IMPLICATIONS

Nil

4.0 POLICY IMPLICATIONS

The proposal is not consistent with Council’s planning scheme, however sufficient planning grounds are considered to exist to justify approval.

5.0 CONSULTATION

5.1 Internal

(a) Engineering Directorate

Design Services Division have advised they have no requirements.

5.2 External

CONCURRENCE AGENCIES

(a) Department of Transport and Main Roads

The proposal required referral to DTMR as the site is within 100 metres of a state controlled road.

This Agency has provided conditions to be attached to any approval including:

- The development must be carried out generally in accordance with the proposal plans; and - All access is to be via Tandur-Kybong Road. No direct access is permitted to the Bruce Highway.

6.0 CONCLUSION

Application for seven (7) relocatable dwellings at Cooloola Cabins and Caravan Park is required due to a previous planning scheme definition excluding ‘relocatable dwellings’ from the Caravan Park definition.

The other cabins were purpose built on site and therefore were considered to be consistent with the existing use and relevant provisions of the now superseded 1997 Planning Scheme.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 17

The site is currently included in the Rural Zone however given the existing land use the proposal is considered to be appropriate for this site.

The application is supported by the Department of Transport and Main Roads who have provided conditions requiring that no access is obtained from the Bruce Highway.

7.0 ATTACHMENTS:

Nil

M28/05/13 Moved: Cr L.J. Friske Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council, as Assessment Manager, APPROVE development application for Material Change of Use – Multi-Residential (Seven (7) Relocatable Dwellings) on Lot 10 RP139458 located at 1513 Bruce Highway Kybong subject to the following condition:

1. The development shall be generally in accordance with the plan submitted with the application (Plan No Ref No 01249- 01-A unauthorised and dated 08/03/2013).

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 18

5/2 Representations for Development Approval for Material Change of Use – Multi-Residential (Second Dwelling) at 7 Johns Road, Southside for P & D. Dale

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Planning Officer – C. McMillan

DOC ID: 2012-1515

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Operational Plan – Program 2 – Economic Development, 2.3.2 Development Assessment and Applications

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION

Material Change of Use for a Second Dwelling was approved under delegated authority from Council on 5 February 2013.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 19

The applicant subsequently suspended their appeal period on 18 February 2013 and lodged representations on 15 March 2013.

It is relevant to note that within the applicant’s letter to suspend the appeal period, they noted that representations were to be made regarding Conditions 3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 13 & 14. Subsequent discussions have been held with the applicant and as a result a number of issues relating to the above conditions have been resolved.

Representations received by Council on 18 February 2013 relate only to road, kerb and channel upgrading as required by Condition 13.

2. ASSESSMENT

2.1 Conditions

2.1.1 Condition 13 -

(a) ‘13. The existing road is to be upgraded to a standard compatible with the proposed development. Council requires the following works to be carried out on Johns Road: a) 4.75 metre bitumen seal on a 7.5 metre wide formation (ie. half road construction) with kerb & channel and associated drainage from the end of the existing road construction to 10 metres past the north eastern wall of the proposed dwelling.’

(b) Applicant’s representations: ‘Many thanks to Mick Curran and Ian Schiefelbein for helping me sort out the sewage clauses in the material change of use for my property.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 20

I have received a quote from Bob Dwine from QCIVIL regarding clauses 6,7.11,13 & 14 for the road construction. As Bob was unable to gain any information about the perimeters for the road construction he has just given me a quote with the information he had and a site inspection.

As you can see from the quote it is quite substantial and unfortunately we would be unable to pay this amount as it would leave us insufficient funds to actually build the second dwelling for our parents. As each day goes on my wife’s father’s health deteriorates and I believe that time is of the essence for us to complete this house.

My proposal is that we are able to offer $10,000 to Gympie Regional Council to do the entire dirt section of the road all the way down to our house as a figure of $20,000 had been mentioned by Council for that to occur. I feel that this is a fair amount for us to contribute as we are long standing rate payers and on completion of the second dwelling there would be more rates paid on the second dwelling that Council would reimburse their cost through over time.

This action would also remove an unmaintained road from the Council’s unmaintained road register within the category rate 1 area.’

(c) Assessment

(i) Engineering Services Directorate

Report: (General Manager Design Services – L. J. O’Brien)

The unsealed eastern end of Johns Road is not currently on Council’s asset register and hence is not maintained by Council. The bitumen seal and kerb and channel ends at the western boundary of lot 2 RP230806.

Condition 13 of the Decision Notice requires the applicant to extend the seal and kerb and channel by approximately 33m (to 10m past the proposed second dwelling). The condition requires a 4.75m wide bitumen surface on a 7.0m road formation. The accompanying kerb and channel extension is necessary to ensure stormwater run-off from the road is carried past the proposed second dwelling (and so does not cause problems for the new dwelling).

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 21

The applicants have obtained a quote for the required roadworks from a reputable civil contractor for approximately $19,000.

In November 2012, prior to this development approval, Council staff prepared an estimate to construct a much longer extension of Johns Road – to extend the bitumen seal by 100m to the front of the existing house on lot 2. The estimate was for $20,600 and it is understood that this approximate figure was conveyed to the applicant.

Council’s $20,600 estimate allows for a 4.5m wide sealed pavement and a “fish tail” turn-around area, but no kerb and channel.

In lieu of Condition 13, the applicants have now proposed to contribute $10,000 towards a Council project to carry out a 100m extension of Johns Road to their existing house.

Council’s road maintenance policy (PRW017) provides for landowners to fund the upgrading of unmaintained roads to council standard and for council to consider a 20% financial contribution. However, this policy does not apply to development related roadworks and to do so would set an extremely undesirable precedent. Council should not get involved in cost sharing with a developer to construct roadworks which are a condition of a development approval.

An appropriate response would be for Council to advise the applicants that it cannot assist with the funding or construction of roadworks required by a development condition. Should the applicants wish to propose an option for cost sharing with Council to construct the remaining portion of Johns Road to the existing house (i.e. for the works which are not required by Condition 13), this would be handled as a separate matter not related to the development.

(ii) Planning Department Comments

The frontage works were conditioned on the approval based on the development standards set in Council’s Planning Scheme Policy 8: Infrastructure Works.

The works are also considered necessary to prevent stormwater problems for the house to be constructed, so should be completed prior to commencement of the use.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 22

The applicant’s proposal to pay only a proportion of the estimated cost of the work is not considered acceptable given Council is expected to fund the remainder of the work and the work has not been prioritised by Council in its Capital Works Program.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS

The requested works are not included in Council’s current Capital Works Program. Should Council agree to accept the applicant’s contribution towards the sealing of approximately 100m of the unsealed section of Johns Road, the balance will need to be funded by Council.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS

The request to vary the road widening requirements is not consistent with Planning Scheme Policy 8: Infrastructure Works and sufficient grounds are not considered to exist to justify a variation of this Policy. The applicant should be required to fund the full cost of that construction.

5. CONCLUSION

Representations in regards to an approved Second Dwelling have been reviewed and it is not considered appropriate to vary Condition 13 in regards to frontage road, kerb and channel upgrading requirements.

6. ATTACHMENTS:

Nil.

M29/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr W.W. Sachs

That the matter be deferred to the next Ordinary Meeting of Council.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 23

5/3 Request to Change an Existing Approval for Reconfiguring a Lot – Subdivision to Create 83 Additional Lots in Seven (7) Stages at Corella Road, Gympie for Maidment Holdings Pty Ltd

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Planning Officer – K. Fuller

DOC ID: DA08969

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Operational Plan – Program 2 – Economic Development, 2.3.2 Development Assessment and Applications

1.0 BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION

Development approval to create 83 additional residential lots in seven (7) stages was originally issued by Council in March 2005.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 24

At the time of approval, a contribution towards external roadworks was levied at $250 a lot. These amounts would currently be indexed to $330 per lot.

2.0 REPORT

2.1 Introduction

A request to extend the relevant period (ie currency) of the approval has been submitted.

The expiry date of the approval is 14 February 2013, however in accordance with the Sustainable Planning Act the approval remains current until this request is decided.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 25

2.2 Request

An extension of the Permit is requested. A specific timeframe has not been provided by the applicant, rather it has been requested that Council allow the ‘maximum extension’.

The applicant has provided grounds relating to the current economic climate and that six (6) of the seven (7) stages have already been completed.

The applicant was sent an e-mail on 3 April 2013 in relation to the request which noted the approval was issued in 2005 and has already received an extension of two (2) years.

It was also advised that since the application was processed Council has introduced a new Urban Road Contribution Policy, which would result in a significant increase to those amounts levied on the approval in 2005 should it be resubmitted today.

Under Planning Scheme Policy 13: Urban Road Contributions the amount would now be $3 778 per lot.

The applicant’s willingness to consenting to the deletion of condition 1.8 and including a new condition requiring $3 778 per additional lot was requested.

In response, the applicant submitted the following:

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 26

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 27

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 28

2.3 Assessment

When developed, the site was zoned Rural in the planning scheme, hence the developer was responsible for all the bring-forward costs of servicing it (ie sewer and water main extensions, lead-in road upgradings). These additional costs for the development being out of sequence cannot be considered as justification for an off-set of the standard developer contributions.

The approval is now eight (8) years old and it is considered reasonable that the current road contribution amount should apply to the development. Council’s standard practice has been to offer no objections to the first request for an extension of time.

It is also worth noting that the developer could have taken advantage of ‘roll forward’ provisions in the Act, which automatically extend the

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 29

life of approvals when developments are consistently progressed over time.

Agreement to the request would establish an unequitable advantage for developers that gain approval for large estates who don’t proceed with then for many years. Their product will be marketably more attractive than current day developers for who current contribution amounts apply.

Conditions of an approval cannot be altered unless they have been requested or agreed to by the applicant. Council, however, is entitled to refuse this request for an extension and require the submission of a fresh development application, through which current contribution amounts could be imposed.

A similar request for a stage of the Echelon estate was recently considered by Council and it was resolved to refuse the request should the increase in road contribution amounts not be agreed to within one (1) month. The developer for Echelon since provided their agreement to this and an Amended Decision Notice has been issued including the current road contribution amount and giving a further two (2) year extension.

3.0 BUDGET IMPLICATIONS

Nil.

4.0 POLICY IMPLICATIONS

Nil.

5.0 CONSULTATION

Nil.

6.0 CONCLUSION

A request to extend the currency of an existing subdivision approval has been made.

The approval is eight (8) years old and a further extension is requested to complete the development. A specific timeframe has not been nominated by the applicant.

Roadworks contributions levied on the approval were under a superseded Policy and given the age of the approval it is considered reasonable to impose the urban road contribution amount included in

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 30

Planning Scheme Policy 13: Urban Road Contributions, currently $3 778 per lot.

The applicant has objected to this request and provided grounds for Council to consider retaining the current contributions. These grounds are not considered sufficient by staff to warrant Council acceding to the request and Council has the option of refusing the request for an extension. This would require the applicant to lodge a fresh development application through which contemporary contributions could be imposed.

It is recommended that Council advise the applicant that subject to them agreeing to an increase in the road contribution amounts levied, to be in accordance with Planning Scheme Policy 13, a two (2) year extension of time will be granted. Should this not be agreed to within a reasonable timeframe (ie 1 month) the request for an extension should be refused.

7.0 ATTACHMENTS:

Nil.

M30/05/13 Moved: Cr A.J. Perrett Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That in relation to a request to extend the currency period of an existing development approval (DA08969) for Reconfiguring a Lot – Subdivision to Create 83 Additional Lots, Council, as Assessment Manager, advise the applicant that subject to their agreement to deleting condition 1.8 for Stage 10 and including a new condition requiring $3 778 per additional lot in accordance with Planning Scheme Policy 13, the request for a two (2) year extension will be agreed to.

Should agreement not be received within one (1) month from the date of the letter to be sent, the applicant is to be advised that the request for an extension of time is refused and a fresh application required to proceed with the development.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 31

5/4 2009-1862 – Request to change an existing approval for Reconfiguring a Lot approval – Subdivision to Create One (1) Additional Lot – Running Creek Road, Kilkivan – Lot 5 SP200155 – Clifford

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Manager Development and Compliance

DOC ID: 2009-1862

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Operational Plan – Program 2 – Economic Development, 2.3.2 Development Assessment and Applications

1.0 BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION

Development approval for subdivision to create one (1) additional lot was approved by Council on 12 May 2010.

2.0 REPORT

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 32

2.1 Request

Reconsideration is requested of the following conditions:

‘1.9 The following development permits are to be obtained and complied with as required:

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 33

(a) Development Permit for Operational Work (Casey Road Roadworks and Access Across Railway Reserve).

1.10 (i) The owner of the balance of Lot 5 is required to hold and maintain an agreement with Queensland Rail (or any subsequent owners) for access purposes over the land in the centre of the Casey Road road reserve.

(ii) In the event that such agreement is not held or maintained, then, if no other access to the balance of lot 5 has been arranged (whether by easement, license or otherwise), the owner of the land must immediately construct that part of Clune Road required to give access to the balance of lot 5 at their sole cost and to the minimum standard required by Council’s planning scheme for such roads at that time.

(iii) These conditions will be binding upon successors in title to the balance of lot 5. The Applicant must include a copy of this Decision Notice in any Contract of sale, and make it a condition of sale that the intending purchaser also include a copy of this Notice in any subsequent Contract of sale.

(iv) Council will include a not on the rates records for the approved development alerting potential purchasers of the conditions of this approval.’

2.5 Casey Road is to be upgraded as follows: (a) extension by 300 metres to 7.0 metres formed width with 150mm unsealed gravel pavement as per GRC Standard Drawing R-07 including cross road drainage as appropriate.’

The developer requests deletion of these conditions based on the following submission:

At present we are unable to continue with the subdivision of one block from the above property.

Owing to Council’s onerous conditions with respect to this very small rural subdivision we have encountered the following problems:

a. The cost of upgrading 300 metres of Casey Road to Council’s specifications makes the project financially unviable.

b. We are concerned that any disturbance to the fragile soils on which Casey Road is based would cause serious erosion making the proposed access inaccessible.

c. Several Real Estate Agents have advised us that an amendment to the certificate of Title forcing ourselves or any future owners of the land to immediately construct a new access on Clune Road should

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 34

Queensland rail(sic) revoke the Licensed crossing would be a serious impediment to any future sale or purchase of the property.

d. The mandatory addition of the above condition to the Rate Notices would be a further impediment.

In the light of the above, we request that the above 2 conditions that we upgrade Casey Road and that we add amendments to the Certificate of Title and the Rate Notices with respect to the access be deleted.

Our reasons are as follows:

1. Casey Road has provided all-weather transit for at least 50 years. Even in the last 2 seasons of extreme weather and unprecedented heavy, flooding rain, it has remained perfectly negotiable and problem- free. (see photo 1 Taken 07/04/2013)

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 35

2. Traffic on the road will be very light, servicing only one dwelling, and there is no chance that heavy vehicles will be using the road in wet weather.

3. Access to the larger area of Lot 5 is not dependent on the subdivision. There is presently no access to this area. The crossing of Wide Bay Creek which was the original access has not been available since the floods of 2010-2011. With the exception of the 4 months from July to October 2012, the creek has been far too high. (See photo 2 taken 07/04/2012)

4. Various engineers and road construction consultants have advised that Council’s specifications for this road upgrade are the most onerous they have ever seen for a one block subdivision in a rural area servicing only one dwelling. The specifications are far greater than

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 36

any followed by Council in its own upgrading of Casey Road adjoining the section we are to upgrade. (See photo 3 taken 07/04/2013)

5. We are concerned that once we disturb the soils on Casey Road with heavy machinery for the specified roadworks, severe erosion will occur as has happened in other sections of Casey Road, and of the disused rail corridor which runs parallel to this section of Casey road and 10 metres from it. (See photo 4) We will then have no possible access at all.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 37

6. Council will increase its Rate base by adding another property and an increased income of approximately $1000.00 or more a year in perpetuity.

7. It is our intention to build a fairly large dwelling and shed on the property which should increase surrounding property values and provide employment for local businesses.

8. In the light of the new Queensland Government’s stated aim of cutting green and red tape and re-invigorating rural and regional Queensland, the removal of these two onerous conditions would be a step by Council in the right direction.’

2.2 Assessment

Casey Road upgrading

The application to subdivide the subject property did not comply with the minimum lot size of the Kilkivan Shire Planning Scheme for rural zoned land, however was considered justified based on the existing development pattern and Running Creek that naturally separated the parcel.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 38

It was Council’s condition of the preceding subdivision approval that created similar shaped allotments on Running Creek Road that Lot 5 be connected to the larger balance area across the creek, and one of the reasons for this could well have been the lack of a suitable access to this area.

The Rural Locality Code of the planning scheme requires new rural lots to be serviced by a minimum 6 metre wide gravel access and for this reason the road upgrading condition was imposed.

It is not considered appropriate to remove the condition as the approval results in an additional unimproved allotment and Council’s minimum expected standards for such will not be met.

As an alternative, and given the limited expected use of Casey Road, the condition could be amended to only require a four (4) metre width. This has been suggested to the applicant by Council’s Design Services staff.

Clune Road upgrading

The original approval issued by Council required an easement to be obtained from Queensland Rail to legitimise access over their land. Access to the approved lot cannot be obtained from Casey Road without traversing Queensland Rail land.

Through investigations by the applicant it was later established that Queensland Rail do not agree to the registration of permanent easements over their land and in lieu a ‘Deed of License’ could be obtained. Such a Deed however is revokable at any time deemed appropriate by Queensland Rail and therefore does not guarantee permanent legal access to the approved lot. As a compromise to agreeing to accept a Deed of License for the access Council negotiated the imposition of parts (ii) (iii) and (iv) of condition 1.10 through a previous request to change the approval. It is not considered appropriate to delete these items, given no formed legal access will be available to the approved lot should the Deed of License be revoked.

3.0 BUDGET IMPLICATIONS

Nil.

4.0 POLICY IMPLICATIONS

Nil.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 39

5.0 CONSULTATION

5.1 Internal

(b) Engineering Directorate

Report: (Design Services Technical Officer – A.C. Walsh)

Engineering Comments

The applicant has requested the conditions 1.9, 1.10, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 that refer to the upgrading of Casey Road and the agreement with Queensland Rail to be deleted from the approval.

Conditions 1.9, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6

Condition 2.5 requires the applicant to extend Casey Road 300 metres and by constructing it to a standard of 150m unsealed pavement on a 7.0 metre formation. Council’s General Manager of the Design Services Branch met on site with the applicant and their Consulting Engineer to discuss the construction of the section of Casey Road. It was agreed considering the road was only servicing one lot the width could be reduced to 4 metres. It was agreed that the Consulting Engineer could also investigate low cost construction methods e.g. with reduced pavement drainage.

In their submission the applicants claim there is no need for any road construction as there is no chance that heavy vehicles would be using the road in the wet weather.

Once the lot is created and sold the applicant has no control of the type of vehicle that would be using Casey Road and under what weather conditions. The long term amenity of the lot should not be compromised for short term financial benefit of the applicant.

Conditions 1.9, 2.4 and 2.6 relate to operational works requirements and access construction.

Conditions 1.9, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 to remain.

Condition 1.10

The applicant has not provided Council with a copy of the agreement with Queensland Rail giving permission to traverse the rail corridor to gain access to the lot from Casey Road. This condition should not be deleted as no legal formed access would be available to the lot from Casey Road should an agreement not be in place.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 40

6.0 CONCLUSION

N/A

7.0 ATTACHMENTS:

Nil.

M31/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr R.A. Gâté

That in relation to the request to change existing approval 2009- 1862 for Reconfiguring a Lot – Subdivision to Create One (1) Additional Lot, Council, as Assessment Manager, amend condition 2.5 to read:

‘2.5 Casey Road is to be upgraded as follows: (a) extension by 300 metres to 4.0 metres formed width with 150mm unsealed gravel pavement as per GRC Standard Drawing R-07 including cross road drainage as appropriate.’

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 41

5/5 Development Application for Material Change of Use – Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry not more than 5 000t a year) and Environmentally Relevant Activity 20(a) Extracting Rock or Other Material (not more than 5 000t a year) – Dray Road, Widgee for Allen & Dray

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Planning Officer – M. K. Matthews

DOC ID: DA253 (Kilkivan File)

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Operational Plan – Program 4 - Planning and Development, 4.1 (ii) Applications

1.0 BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION

Nil.

2.0 REPORT

FILE NO: DA253 (Kilkivan File) APPLICANT: Greg Martoo RPD: Lots 1 & 2 RP802095 and Lot 95 LX214 SITE ADDRESS: Dray Road, Widgee CURRENT USE OF LAND: Grazing & Gravel Pit PROPOSAL: Material Change of Use – Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry not more than 5 000t a year) and Environmentally Relevant Activity 20(a) Extracting Rock or Other Material (not more than 5 000t a year) EXISTING ZONE: Rural SUBMISSIONS RECEIVED: Nil

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 42

2.1 INTRODUCTION

2.1.1 The Proposal

This application was previously reported to Council in May 2009. The report and previous staff recommendation are reproduced following:

KEY POINT SUMMARY • Application to establish an Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry not more than 5 000t per year). • Application lodged for assessment against Kilkivan Shire Council’s Planning Scheme 2007.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 43

• Property is zoned Rural, for which an Extractive Industry is a ‘consistent’ use. • Proposal was publicly notified and no submissions were received. • The proposed development has generally been designed to minimise adverse impacts on surrounding residents and appropriate mitigation measures have been proposed in order to minimise environmental harm. • The proposed haulage route is north along Dray Road, which is largely an unconstructed and unmaintained road. • The proposal does not comply with the requirements of the Rural Locality Code and the Extractive Industry and Borrow Pit Code in relation to required road/haulage route standards. • Dray Road is not considered to be of a standard suitable to accommodate the additional heavy vehicle traffic, which would be generated by the proposed use, without upgrading work being undertaken. • MCU – Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry not more than 5 000t per year) recommended for Refusal, on the basis that the road upgrading required to be undertaken along Dray Road, in order to comply Planning Scheme requirements, would be a cost- prohibitive and unreasonable imposition on the proposed small- scale development.

Report: (Principal Planner – K.M. Toomey)

1.0 INTRODUCTION

This application seeks Council’s approval for a Material Change of Use to establish an ‘Extractive Industry’ (Rock Quarry) at Dray Road, Widgee.

1.1 The Site

The development site is located on Dray Road, Widgee, approximately 10 kilometres from its intersection with the Wide Bay Highway. The site was formerly within the Local Government Area of Kilkivan Shire.

The site has a combined total area of 366.56 hectares and is generally irregular in shape. The land has frontage to Dray Road and frontage to Thornside Road. Both roads are largely unmaintained and only partly constructed.

The site is currently improved by a cattle race and crush, various outbuildings and a number of internal access tracks. The site is currently utilised for agricultural purposes, in particular for cattle grazing.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 44

The site is almost entirely covered by remnant vegetation, adjoins a State Forestry Reserve and forms part of a critical conservation network.

The topography of the site incorporates a number of gullies, ridgelines and a defined natural watercourse.

1.2 The Proposal

The proposal comprises the following two (2) components:

1. Material Change of Use of the land to establish an Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry not more than 5 000t per year); and

2. Environmentally Relevant Activity – ERA 20(a) Extracting Rock or Other Material – extracting rock (other than rock mined in block or slab form for building purposes), sand (other than foundry sand), clay (other than clay used for ceramic properties, kaolin or bentonite), gravel, loam or other material (other than gravel, loam or other material under a mining tenement or petroleum authority) from a pit or quarry using plant or equipment having a design capacity of not more than 5 000 t, a year.

Due to recent legislation changes under the Environmental Protection Act, part 2 of the proposal is no longer a regulated Environmentally Relevant Activity and as such, this aspect of the application is no longer required and subsequently has not been assessed as part of this report.

The Applicant’s Consultant provides the following details in regards to the proposal:

‘The proposal is to establish a new quarry which will provide rock boulders of varying sizes. The expected life of the quarry is up to ten (10) years. It is the applicant’s intention to supply rock boulders for landscaping projects which will use the boulders in their natural state. Consequently there is no need to break or crush or screen any rock on site. The applicant expects that the total quantities of material hauled as part of this proposal will not exceed 5 000 tonnes per annum. The proposal is not an extractive industry as administered under the Mineral Resources Act.’

‘…The activities proposed to be undertaken within the site include: • Limited removal of overburden and no clearing of trees. The granite boulders currently extend to the surface throughout the extraction area and other parts of the subject site. Limited preparation and clearing of overburden will therefore be necessary. It is expected

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 45

that rocks to an average depth of 1.5 metres will be removed however there may be instances where this could extend slightly deeper to say 2 metres where sizable and appropriate boulders are encountered. The applicant intends to work around existing trees and keep out of the gullies and creek with exception of the construction of the four (4) dams at strategic locations in the gully system. Consequently the applicant does not intend to remove any mature trees as part of the proposed quarry operations.

• The extraction of boulders. The applicant will use an excavator to access the boulders and load unto trucks. There will be no need to jackhammer or blast rock due to the boulders occurring naturally and the intent to sell them for landscaping purposes as boulders in their naturally occurring condition. The excavation will be at an average depth of up to 1.5 metres within the extraction area. The operator of the excavator will also be the truck driver and consequently it is unlikely that there will be any more than one employee on site at any one time.

• Removal of boulders to stockpiles. Boulders will be loaded by an excavator onto a haulage truck for direct delivery to the customers. There should be no need to stockpile rock for normal operations. A stockpile will only be established in the case of an emergency or plant breakdowns. There is no intention to stockpile or haul quantities of decomposed rock.

• The haulage of rocks. Boulders will be hauled separately by the applicant’s heavy trucks down the existing access track through the existing gate and onto Dray’s Road. All haulage will be along Drays Road to the north.

• Storing of plant and equipment used in the extractive industry activities. Plant and equipment will mainly comprise an excavator which will be stored in the extraction area when not in use. No storing of trucks on the site is proposed.

• Environmental management. The applicants propose a number of means to minimise environmental nuisance and to rehabilitate the site once the proposed activities have ceased. These include measures to reduce noise emissions, suppress dust, and minimise erosion …’.

The proposed layout is reproduced below.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 46

1.3 Surrounding Land Use

The surrounding land is characterised by medium to large rural holdings generally used for farming and grazing purposes.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 47

2.0 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Compliance with the Planning Scheme

2.1.1 Scheme Definition

Under the arrangements of the Kilkivan Shire Council Planning Scheme 2007, Material Change of Use to establish an Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry) in the Rural Zone, outside of a Mineral and Extractive Resources Site or Tenure shown on SMOA map 2A, is determined to be “Impact Assessable” development.

2.1.2 Planning Scheme Provisions

The application is to be considered under the Kilkivan Shire Planning Scheme 2007 and although the proposal is ‘Impact Assessable’ development and therefore assessable against the entire planning scheme, the following Codes are considered the most relevant.

Extractive Industry and Borrow Pit Code

The Extractive Industry and Borrow Pit Code specifies required outcomes in relation to Amenity and Character, Environmental Management, Hazard and Safety Management, Land and Water Resource Management, Sediment, Erosion and Drainage Control, Water Quality Management, Riparian and Habitat Land Management, Transport, Traffic and Access Management and Rehabilitation.

The proposed development is consistent with the majority of outcomes sought from the Extractive Industry and Borrow Pit Code, except for the following outcomes sought in relation to Transport, Traffic and Access Management.

Specific Outcome O6 states that ‘Haulage and access for the premises occur via a public road running between the site access and the nearest arterial road that provides for the following in all reasonable conditions: (1) reasonably efficient, cost effective and safe passage of traffic from the premises relative to passing vehicle, stock, cycle and pedestrian traffic movement, (2) adequate construction capacity necessary to accommodate traffic generated by the use whilst allowing for safe vehicle movements by all local traffic in normal and emergency periods.’

Probable Solution S6.1 states that ‘Premises are to be located on a site that: (1) fronts a formed, constructed and gazetted road, and (2) is connected between the access point on the frontage of the site and the nearest arterial road by one of the following:

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 48

1. a collector or higher order road depicted on the Zone maps, or 2. a 6 metre wide carriageway providing the following from the property to the nearest arterial road depicted on the Zone maps: (a) in the Rural Locality – all-weather access, or (b) in all other circumstances, bitumen sealed access, and …’

Dray Road is a gazetted road, however is largely unconstructed and is for the most part currently unmaintained. The road is not considered to be adequately constructed to accommodate the additional heavy vehicle traffic that will be generated by the proposed use, without significant upgrading work being undertaken.

Refer to the Design Services Division Report for further details.

Although the Applicant has indicated a willingness to upgrade part of Dray Road, the works determined necessary to reach the required standards nominated within the Planning Scheme, would result in significant cost. Given the small nature of the proposed quarry and limited opportunity for expansion of the operation to a higher intensity, due to the presence of environmental constraints, upgrading of Dray Road is not considered to be a reasonable imposition on the proposed development.

As a result the proposal is unable to comply with the requirements of O6 and S6.1 of the Extractive Industry & Borrow Pit Code.

Rural Locality Code

The Rural Locality Code specifies required outcomes in relation to land use and development, character and amenity, landscaping, land and water resource management, vehicular parking, access and movement and infrastructure.

The proposed development is consistent with the majority of outcomes sought from the Rural Locality Code, except for the following outcomes sought in relation to Infrastructure.

Specific Outcome O14 (a) states that: ‘Necessary infrastructure is provided to meet the appropriate standards of service and construction at the least whole-of-life cost, including avoiding unnecessary duplication and being robust and fit for the purpose and intended period of operations and are integrated with the design, construction and operation of existing systems to facilitate orderly development.’

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 49

Probable Solution S14.2 states that: ‘Development is connected between the property access point on the frontage of the premises and the nearest higher order road nominated on the Zone maps by a formed, constructed to standards nominated in Table S2.1 of Schedule 2.’

Table S2.1 – Rural Locality

Design Criteria Planned Standards of Service Maximum design speed 100km/hr and minimum sight 170 metres distance: Carriageways: (a) Lanes 2x 3 metres (b) Formation 9 metres – measured between shoulder points (c) Shoulder width 1.5 metres (d) Gravel pavement width 6 metres (A minimum pavement depth of 100mm is required. The pavement material shall comply with the Department of Main Roads (Building District) Supplementary Specification for Unsealed Road Pavements) Reserve width: 20.0 metres Kerbing: Nil Footpath and Cycleway For networks shown in PSP No. 8 as existing or future trails

The proposal is unable to comply with the requirements of O14 (a) and S14.2 of the Rural Locality Code.

Natural Features and Resources Overlay Code

The following Special Management Overlay Areas are applicable to the site: • SMOA Map 2B – Natural Hazard Risk Management Areas – Possible Bushfire Hazard Areas (Category Risk 2 – Moderate to High) • SMOA Map 2C – Environmental Management Areas – Critical Conservation Network, Adjoins State Forest and is contained within the Buffer Area, Contains Natural Waterway and Riparian Buffer Areas • SMOA Map 2D – Economic Resources – Good Quality Agricultural Land (Class A Good Quality Agricultural Land)

Suitable conditions could be imposed in order to ensure that the proposed development is generally consistent with the majority of

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 50

outcomes sought from the Natural Features and Resources Overlay Code, with regards to the applicable Special Management Overlay Areas.

2.2 Local and/or State Planning Policies

Council mapping suggests the site entirely consists of Class A Good Quality Agricultural Land (GQAL) and State Planning Policy 1/92 Development and the Conservation of Agricultural Land is therefore applicable.

The development proposes the establishment of an Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry). The existence of the development will not compromise the ability of the site to be used for agricultural purposes.

The development is therefore considered to meet the overall intent of State Planning Policy 1/92 Development and the Conservation of Agricultural Land.

State Planning Policy 1/03 - Mitigating the Adverse Impacts of Flood, Bushfire and Landslide is also considered to apply to the proposal as the site is located in a medium to high bushfire hazard area. As the proposed use is not for residential purposes, nor involves the storage of any significant quantities of hazardous/flammable products, the development is considered generally able to comply with the overall intent of the State Planning Policy.

No other State Planning Policies are considered applicable.

3.0 PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

3.1 Appropriateness of the Proposal

The proposed development has been designed with consideration of site characteristics and minimisation of potential adverse environmental impacts. The use of the site for an Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry) of the scale and intensity of that proposed is considered to be an appropriate use within the Rural zone, however the existing lead-in road and proposed haulage route is not of a standard suitable to accommodate the additional traffic load without significant upgrading work being undertaken.

3.2 Impact on Amenity

The proposed development is not expected to unduly impact on the existing amenity of surrounding residents and relevant conditions could be prepared to this regard.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 51

3.3 Site Access and Traffic

The nominated haulage route is proposed to travel north from the site along Dray Road, to the Wide Bay Highway. Dray Road is only partly constructed and the images below demonstrate the current poor standard of the road leading into the site. Dray Road is largely an unmaintained road and is not considered to be of a standard suitable to accommodate the increased heavy vehicle load likely to be generated by the proposed use without significant upgrading work being undertaken. Refer to the Design Services Division report for further details.

The images reproduced below were taken on 24 April 2009 and are at varying intervals along Dray Road (the proposed haulage route).

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 52

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 53

3.4 Vegetation

The site is almost entirely covered by remnant vegetation and was referred to the Department of Natural Resources and Water as a Concurrence Agency. The site is also mapped as containing riparian vegetation, is within the buffer area of the adjoining State Forest Reserve and forms part of a critical nature conservation network. The proposed Extractive Industry has been designed in order to minimise the clearing of existing vegetation and with the imposition of appropriate conditions, would not be considered to unduly compromise the existing environmental significance of the site.

3.5 Site Contamination

This site is not listed on the Environmental Management Register.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 54

4.0 CONSULTATION

4.1 Internal

a) Design Services Division

Report: (General Manager Design Services Division - R. Chapman)

This engineering report is based on the information submitted by the consultant Martoo Consulting both to the former Kilkivan Shire Council and to this Council.

TRAFFIC The consultant nominates 5000 tonnes of granite boulders are to excavated from depths up to 2.0 metres for use as landscaping. This would result in approximately 400 tandem truck loads per annum being hauled from the site. The consultant nominates a maximum of 2 return trips per day. Therefore there will be 800 truck trips per year, or 4 per day plus site management and inspection vehicles generated by the development. A contribution will need to be applied but as to how much depends upon access issues which are discussed below.

ACCESS The consultant nominates access to the site from Dray Road only although it is claimed the site also has frontage to Thornside Road. Access to the site from Thornside Road is considered well nigh impossible.

Dray Road is a maintained road for 1.85 km with 1.2 km of 3.0 metre sealed road and the balance low standard gravel. The former Kilkivan Shire did some random repair work only over the next 8.2 km to a set of cattle yards to assist graziers truck cattle from the large land holdings in the headwaters of Bongmillerer Creek. The Gympie Regional Council's Road Register which is being finalised at present will not show this far section of road as a maintained road. The nominated point of access to the site is a further 1.2 km along a little used track. A series of photos taken along the access can be presented to Council if required. There are 4 gates and 5 unconstructed creek crossings over this section although 2 crossings have pipes installed of doubtful quality. It is estimated that existing traffic over this section would be restricted to 1 to 2 trips per week to check on stock with the occasional truck or semi-trailer to move stock.

There is little doubt that should Council approve this application, the local graziers who appear to be the sole users of the road at present will demand Council maintain the road because of the damage that will result from such increased use on such a low standard road that could

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 55

be used in a variety of weather condition. Town Planning advice is required to establish Council's obligations in the event of approving a use on an unmaintained road, and its ability to require from the applicant funding to fully maintain this section of the road. An additional contribution would also be appropriate to maintain the 1.85 km section of maintained road, in particular the sealed section which has been constructed for light traffic only.

The 4 gates on the road are licenced. Three gates are well made steel gates but the fourth is a typical barbed wire "cocky's" gate. Opening and closing of gates by single drivers can sometimes be frustrating which may lead to periods of gates being left open with straying stock problems eventuating. Some form of gate control would need to be established with the owners of the gates

The 5 creek crossings should be upgraded to low level concrete slabs with flood marker posts installed to ensure traffic attracted to the higher use road does not enter the fast flowing headwaters of this creek

4.2 External

a) Department of Natural Resources and Water

The application required referral to the Department of Natural Resources and Water as a concurrence agency. The department has provided conditions to be included in an approval.

b) Public Notification

The application was advertised for public comment in accordance with the requirements of the Integrated Planning Act and no submissions were received.

5.0 CONCLUSION

The application proposes to establish a new Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry) within the Rural zone at Drays Road, Widgee. The proposed extraction site has been determined in order to minimise adverse impacts on surrounding residents and appropriate mitigation measures have been proposed in order to minimise environmental harm as a result of the development. However, the lead-in road/nominated haulage route, is not currently of a standard suitable to accommodate the increased heavy vehicle traffic likely to be generated by the use, without significant upgrading work being undertaken.

It is therefore recommended that the proposal should be refused on the basis that the road upgrading required to be undertaken along Dray

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 56

Road in order to comply with the standards nominated in the Planning Scheme, would prove to be cost-prohibitive and an unreasonable imposition on the proposed small-scale development.

Recommendation: (Director of Planning & Development – M. Hartley)

That Council, as Assessment Manager, REFUSE development application DA253 for Material Change of Use – Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry) over Lots 1 & 2 RP802095 and Lot 95 LX214, located at Dray Road, Widgee on the following grounds:

1. The proposed development does not comply with the provisions of the Planning Scheme in relation to specified road/haulage route standards.

2. Road upgrading required to be undertaken along Dray Road in order to comply with the standards nominated in the Planning Scheme, would prove to be cost-prohibitive and an unreasonable imposition on the proposed small-scale development.

Council resolved to withhold a decision on this matter pending further discussions with the applicant.

3.1 FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE

Council contacted the applicant in November 2012 in order to finalise the application, as no contact had been made since the Council resolution. The applicant has since advised as follows:

‘As Council would be aware, in a letter dated 1 June, 2009 Council requested a meeting with the applicant (and myself) following an inspection of the site and the lead-in road by Council staff were compiling their reports and recommendation to be tabled at a then subsequent Council meeting.

The inspections were undertaken during a particularly wet period by Council staff and it is understood that Council staff requested the applicant's response to certain matters associated with the existing licensed grids and gates along the lead-in road and the several gully crossing along this road. It is understood that there was no written request for such information issued by Council, possibly because the assessment period for the application had already commenced noting that this application had completed its public notification in accordance

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 57

with Section 347 of the then Integrated Planning Act I997 and Council had been notified accordingly. In the absence of a written request from Council, the applicant wishes to advise Council as follows:-

1. Licensed Gates and Grids - The applicant suggests that there is no requirement to upgrade or replace and licensed grids or gates as a condition of Council's approval of the above application.

The applicant's grounds supporting his position include:- • the applicant is of the opinion that the proposed use will not require any upgrading of any licensed gates or grids. There is only one other property serviced by this road and the proposed use will not impact on the access or utility of these gates for any other landowner. • the licensing of gates and grids is a matter under the Local Government Act 2009 and Council's Local Laws. If any additional licensing or upgrading of existing gates or grids on roads is required, the applicant considers that Council should rely on those provisions complied for such a purpose in the Local Government Act 2009 and Council's Local Laws. • it is suggested that Council include a condition or even perhaps note in the development approval advising of the need to comply with Council's relevant Local Law if there is a need to upgrade a licensed gate or grid or install a new licensed grid. The applicant suggests that it should be left to the operator to establish if the gates or grids need to be upgraded noting that cattle trucks and timber trucks regularly pass through these grids and gates. It is also considered relevant that the proposed use is limited to extracting 5000t per annum. Although the maximum haulage rate will be two (2) trips per day in any seven (7) day period, this will vary over time based on market conditions and demand and the availability of suitable plant on site. Given haulage will be typically by way of 33t trucks there will be an average of 3 return trips per week by haulage trucks noting that the truck driver will also be the plant operator.

2. Gully Crossings Along Lead-in Road - The applicant does not consider the proposal warrants any upgrading of any gully crossing given the nature and small scale of the proposed use. However in an effort to demonstrate a willingness to assist Council, the applicant proposes to upgrade the first gully crossing to a concrete causeway standard within twelve (12) months of the commencement of use.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 58

The applicant's grounds supporting his position include:- • The applicant is of the opinion that the proposed use will not require any upgrading of any of the six (6) existing gully crossings within public road leading to the site. The applicant has supplied the attached photographs taken today. The applicant reminds Council staff that their last inspection was made at the end of a particular wet period and like many roads in the local government areas, the road was showing signs of the extended rainy weather. • There is only one other property serviced by this road and the proposed use will not dramatically impact these gully crossing any more than existing cattle and timber trucks. • The applicant wishes to advise that the rock being extracted is to be used for landscaping and is riot the highly priced sandstone used in paving, tiling, building and the like. The market for such a material is unknown and it will not be highly priced or sought after. • As stated above, it is also considered relevant that the proposed use is limited to extracting 5000t per annum. Although the maximum haulage rate will be two (2) trips per day in any seven (7) day period, this will vary over time based on market conditions and demand and the availability of suitable plant on site. Given haulage will be typically by way of 33t trucks there will be an average of 3 return trips per week by haulage trucks rioting that the truck driver will also be the plant operator. The site is riot currently being used for a dwelling or farm and unlikely to be used for such purposes if the use is approved. Both the house and farm could potentially result a greater number of vehicle trip ends than the proposed use.’

Staff Response

It appears that the applicant is unwilling to do any upgrading works to create a suitable haulage route apart from the upgrading of one (1) gully crossing.

A recent inspection was conducted of Dray Road and the photos taken follow.

The road is considered to remain unsuitable for the use of heavy vehicles for the proposed extractive industry, regardless of their limited movements.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 59

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 60

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 61

Based on the applicant’s latest response and Dray Road remaining the same standard, the previous recommendation from staff is again presented for Council’s consideration.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 62

M32/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr A.J. Perrett

That Council, as Assessment Manager, REFUSE development application DA253 for Material Change of Use – Extractive Industry (Rock Quarry) over Lots 1 & 2 RP802095 and Lot 95 LX214, located at Dray Road, Widgee on the following grounds:

1. The proposed development does not comply with the provisions of the Planning Scheme in relation to specified road/haulage route standards.

2. Road upgrading required to be undertaken along Dray Road in order to comply with the standards nominated in the Planning Scheme, would prove to be cost-prohibitive and an unreasonable imposition on the proposed small-scale development.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 63

5/6 Development Application for Reconfiguring a Lot – Subdivision to Create Five (5) New Lots from Six (6) Existing Titles at Miva Road, Johnston Road and Scrub Road, Gunalda for S. & A. Tombs

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Planning Officer – S. Court

DOC ID: 2013-0206

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Operational Plan – Program 4 - Planning and Development, 4.1 (ii) Applications

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION

Nil

2. REPORT

FILE NO: 2013-0206 APPLICANT: S. & A. Tombs RPD: Lot 18 RP867411, Lot 140 M37592, Lot 52 RP867413, Lot 272 SP103108, Lot 274 SP103108 & Lot 23 SP201321 SITE ADDRESS: Miva Road, Johnston Road and Scrub Road, Gunalda CURRENT USE OF LAND: Rural (Cattle Grazing) PROPOSAL: Reconfiguring a Lot – Subdivision to Create Five (5) New Lots from Six (6) Existing Titles PLANNING SCHEME: Tiaro Shire Planning Scheme 2005 EXISTING ZONE: Rural

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 64

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 65

2.1 INTRODUCTION

2.1.1 The Proposal

This application seeks Council’s approval for reconfiguring a lot to allow the creation of five (5) new rural lots from six (6) existing titles on Miva Road, Johnston Road and Scrub Road, Gunalda.

The proposal comprises reconfiguring the land to create a total of five (5) rural lots of approximately 9.54ha, 9.69ha, 39.11ha, 43.47ha and 108.3 ha.

It is reported to Council given the application proposes subdivision of rural land that does not comply with the minimum lot sizes outlined in the Tiaro Shire Planning Scheme 2005.

The proposed layout is reproduced below.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 66

2.1.2 Site Description

The site comprises of six (6) existing titles in ten (10) parts and has a total area of 216.28ha.

All lots are generally used for farming, cattle grazing or are vacant. There are two (2) existing accesses on Scrub Road, two (2) on Johnston Road and two (2) along Miva Road.

The site has approximately 1.92km of sealed road frontage to Miva Road (maintained by the Department of Transport and Main Roads), 868m of sealed road frontage along Scrub Road, 894m of unsealed road frontage and 1.29km of unformed road frontage along Johnston Road.

2.1.3 Surrounding Land Uses

The site is completely surrounded by lots zoned as rural which are predominately being used for this purpose.

2.1.4 Site History

There are no previous approvals over this development site.

Lots 272 and 274 are old railway reserve land with no improvements and have no access to a formed road.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 67

A pre-lodgement meeting was held on 10 October 2012 with the applicant’s consultant and Council’s Planning & Development Department (Development Assessment Planning Officer) and Design Services Division (Technical Officer).

Concern was raised and outlined by Council during the meeting regarding the suitability of proposed lots 140 and 274 not being consistent with nearby development patterns.

The applicant was made aware that a similar proposal (2012-0032 Dowling) was refused by Council and subject to appeal and the transference of the same number of existing lots was not sufficient justification on its own for approval.

2.2.0 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

2.2.1 Intent of the Zone

The development site is zoned Rural where it is intended that:

“(a) The productivity and viability of GQAL is not compromised. (b) Rural areas are preserved for productive rural uses. (c) Developments for tourism type uses are established where natural features prevail or in areas of interest to the public. (d) Impacts of land uses in the rural area on the environment are minimised. (e) The natural features and character of the rural areas are identified and protected from the impacts of development. (f) Infrastructure creates a standard to enhance the safety and well being of the public. (g) The cultural heritage of the Shire is preserved. (h) Rural lands are used mainly for major agricultural and animal husbandry uses except for some low impact uses adjacent to urban areas such as service industries. (i) Green Space and recreation areas are provided and developed for public use. (j) Extractive resources are protected to ensure their viability. (k) The risk to people, property and the environment from natural hazards is minimised.”

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 68

2.2.2 Compliance with the Planning Scheme

(a) Scheme Definition

The applicant has applied for a “reconfiguring a lot” which is the same definition as described under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009:

“(a) creating lots by subdividing another lot; or (b) amalgamating 2 or more lots; or (c) rearranging the boundaries of a lot by registering a plan of subdivision; or (d) dividing land into parts by agreement rendering different parts of a lot immediately available for separate disposition or separate occupation, other than by agreement that is – (i) a lease for a term, including renewal options, not exceeding 10 years; or (ii) an agreement for the exclusive use of part of the common property for a community titles scheme under the Body Corporate and Community Management Act 1997; or (e) creating an easement giving access to a lot from a constructed road.”

(b) Development Provisions

The proposal is determined to be ‘Code Assessable’ under the arrangements of the Tiaro Shire Planning Scheme 2005 and is subject to assessment against the Rural Zone Code, Reconfiguring a Lot Code, Landscape & Buffer Code, Natural Features and Resources Overlays Code and the Natural Hazards Overlay Code.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 69

Rural Zone Code

The development does not promote protection of rural land given the lot sizes proposed, particularly lots 140 and 274. Further, it has not been demonstrated that these lots are viable farming units as proposed.

Reconfiguring a Lot Code

The proposal is considered to conflict with Specific Outcome (a) of the Code which states:

“Allotments are of size and dimensions to meet the outcomes sought for development in the zones in respect of:

• sustainability of the productive capacity of rural land; • maintaining the ecological quality of an area; • preserving GQAL for agriculture and animal production; • achieving a safe and pleasant residential environment with green space for the well being of the residents; • providing a variety of lot sizes for industry (all impacts) and commerce.”

All existing six (6) lots are in the rural zone, and Probable Solution (a) (i) requires a minimum of 200 ha for a lots within this zone.

Proposed lot sizes and road frontages include:

Lot 140: 9.69ha (320.7m) Lot 274: 9.54ha (586.6m) Lot 23: 39.11ha (497.6m) Lot 18: 43.47ha (775.8m) Lot 52: 108.3ha(2.95km)

Therefore, all lots do not comply with the minimum lot size for the rural zone as outlined in the Tiaro Shire 2005 Planning Scheme.

The applicant has provided the following comments to support the proposal:

‘First, the applicant had a Councillor/Director of Planning & Development pre-lodgement meeting in which the matter of the utility of the subject lots was discussed. We are advised it was agreed at this meeting that Council would support the realignment of boundaries as long as the number of lots was reduced from six (6) to five (5). So the issue of site and/or geometric constraints has already been discussed and resolved.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 70

That said, this consultancy is not prepared to concede that existing Lots 272 and 274 are incapable of being used for residential purposes. The geometry of the lots may bear upon their value but it does not preclude the lots from having a residence built on them. Neither does the present lack of lawful access to Lot 274 present an insurmountable obstacle to its use as a residence - it merely introduces the need for a formal (access easement) or informal (Deed of Agreement) understanding between the two property owners to permit access. So we do not agree with Council's assertion that these two lots 'are unlikely to be utilized for residential purposes in their current form' - we do not see any practical or legal impediment to their use for residential purposes.

Second, we respectfully submit that Council has misconstrued its Reconfiguring a Lot Code when it says that the Code requires a minimum lot size of 200ha for new lots unless the alternative criteria identified in section 6.81 (1) Probable Solution (a) (ii) (A) or (B) is met'. Section 1.13 of the Tiaro Planning Scheme reminds us of what the legislation already says - that a Probable Solution for a Specific Outcome provides a guide for achieving that outcome. The Probable Solution therefore is not the outcome per se, it is but one means to achieving the outcome. The Information Request inference that Probable Solution (a)(ii)(A) or (B) is the only way to satisfy the purpose of the minimum lot area is incorrect.

The purpose of the minimum lot area is to seek to achieve Specific Outcome (a)(i). Specific Outcome (a)(i) states –

Allotments are of size (sic) and dimensions to meet the outcomes for development in the zones in respect of: • Sustainability of the productive capacity of rural land • Maintaining the ecological quality of an area • Preserving GQAL for agriculture and animal production • Achieving a safe and pleasant residential environment with green space for the well being of the residents • Providing a variety of lot sizes for industry (all impacts) and commerce.

The purpose of the minimum lot size in the Rural zone therefore is to- 1. Retain productive capacity of the land. 2. Maintain ecological quality of the area. 3. Preserve good quality agricultural land. If the proposal satisfies these tests, the non-compliance with the minimum lot size is not fatal to the application. How does the proposal perform in this context?

Retain Productive Capacity of the Land Several observations are considered pertinent to this consideration.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 71

First, none of the current six (6) titles comply with the planning scheme minimum area requirements. The proposal will therefore neither introduce a non-compliance, nor will it exacerbate a non-compliance. To the contrary, it will reduce the non-compliance by reducing the number of non-compliant allotments. This fact alone provides justification to support the application.

Second, the productive capacity of the largest current allotment (Lot l8 being 120.4ha) is prejudiced through its fragmentation by Lot 272, the raised rail corridor and lack of access between the two sections straddled by the rail line. Lot l8 is an impractical rural allotment for farming operations because it is not an en globo parcel. The current proposal will rectify this situation by removing the practical (rail corridor) and tenure (Lot272) impediments from a farming unit. Proposed Lot 18 has no such obstructions to its rural capacity.

Third, the productive capacity of existing Lot 52 is prejudiced by it being almost entirely subject to flood inundation. By amalgamating land on the west side of the North Coast Rail Line into the one title, the applicant is increasing the prospect that this land can be used for productive rural purposes.

Fourth, the existing small lots (Lots272 and274) can presently be used for residential purposes. To our knowledge, there is no practical or legal impediment to this occurring. Once houses are introduced to these lots, the lot geometry suggests the houses would be close to adjoining rural activities. Whilst we do not believe this is a significant matter (for reasons advanced below), it is nonetheless a consideration.

In summary, the proposal is not reducing the productive capacity of the land. On balance, it is our view that the reduction in the number of lots and the consolidation of lots to reflect practical flood, tenure and infrastructure obstacles to productivity contribute to the proposed subdivision in fact advancing the potential productive capacity of the land.

Maintain Ecological Quality There are no ecological values disturbed or prejudiced by the proposal. The reconfiguration does not give rise to exempt clearing of remnant vegetation, not does it interfere with the flood carriage and storage capacity of the land.

Preserve Good Quality Agricultural Land A search of the Department of Natural Resources & Mines website shows none of the subject land being designated as strategic cropping land under the Strategic Cropping Land Act 2012. Consequently none of the land is good quality agricultural land. This fact is reinforced by

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 72

the land use pattern in the area in which cattle grazing is the predominant rural activity.

The foregoing assessment addresses Specific Outcome (a) of the Reconfiguring a Lot Code and finds the proposal compliant with this outcome. Council's Information Request also invited the applicant to address Overall Outcome (e). lt is our view that the proposal should be assessed against the whole of the Overall Outcomes rather than just one Overall Outcome and in this regard we make the following observations.

With respect to the matter of lot size and dimension, the proposal- • Reduces the extent of non-compliance with the Code as advanced above. • Makes lots a more regular size and configuration. • Consolidates lots having regard to existing constraints as advanced above. The proposal thus complies with Overall Outcome (a).

With respect to the matter of amenity, the proposal is preferred over the existing subdivision pattern because it moves two lots (Lot272 and274) further away from the rail line, thereby improving the acoustic environment of future dwellings. The proposal thus complies with Overall Outcome (b).

With respect to the matter of access, the amalgamation of Lots 272 and 27 4 into Lot I8 removes future pressure on Council (arising from future dwellings on these lots) to construct the unmade section of Johnston Road. The proposal improves the present situation by ensuring that all lots have lawful, practical access. The proposal thus complies with Overall Outcome (c).

With respect to the matter of risk from natural hazards, the application improves the present situation of having almost the entirety of Lot 52 inundated in a flood event and removes the need for Lot 274 to access Johnston Road through flood affected land. All new lots have building areas and vehicle access points above flood levels. The proposal thus complies with Overall Outcome (d).

With respect to the matter of productive capacity of the land, this has been addressed and our conclusion is that the proposal complies with Overall Outcome (e).

With respect to the matter of ecological values, this has been addressed and our conclusion is that the proposal complies with Overall Outcome (f).

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 73

With respect to the matter of good quality agricultural land, this has been addressed and our conclusion is that the proposal complies with Overall Outcome (g).

In brief, the proposal is not offensive to any of the Overall Outcomes of the Reconfiguring a Lot Code. To the contrary, it finds support in every Overall Outcome.”

In summary, the applicant has justified the proposal’s non-compliance with Specific Outcome (a) of the Reconfiguring a Lot Code by:

• Lot 18 is an impractical rural allotment for agricultural purposes because it is divided by an existing rail corridor; • Lot 52 is prejudiced as it is subject to flood inundation; • There is no practical or legal impediment why Lots 272 and 274 can be used for residential purposes; • The proposal is not reducing the productive capacity of the land; • The proposal maintains ecological quality of the subject sites; • There is no good quality agricultural land or strategic cropping land to consider; • The proposed lots are a more regular size and configuration; • Amenity is improved as two (2) of the lots have been moved further away from the rail line; • All lots would have lawful, practical access; and • All new lots have building areas and vehicle access points above flood levels.

It is suggested that the proposed development does not comply with Council’s Planning Scheme for the reasons outlined below which address the above justifications.

The overall outcomes for Reconfiguring a Lot Code are that lots are a ‘size and dimension suitable for their intended use’. The intended uses for Rural zoned lots are;

‘(e) Create lots of sufficient size and in locations to sustain the productive capacity of land for rural purposes. (f) Areas with biodiversity values are not adversely impacted by habitat loss, fragmentation or isolation. (g) Reconfiguring a lot does not compromise the viability and productivity of good quality agricultural land.’

Although the existing lot sizes currently do not comply with the minimum lot size for the rural zone of 200 ha, it does not justify using this as a reason for lots being created to similar sizes in a different location over those lots. This point was made very clear by an independent town planner engaged by Council in defending the Dowling appeal.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 74

Additionally, existing lots 272 and 274 SP103100 are considered to be severely constrained due to access and lot shape given their previous use as rail land and for these reasons are unlikely to be utilised for residential purposes in their current form.

The lots which surround the proposed reconfiguration are below the 200 ha required in the Tiaro Shire Planning Scheme. The lot sizes surrounding the development range from 6 612m2 (previously old railway reserve land) to 61.74 ha. The majority of these, however would have been approved prior to the introduction of the Tiaro Shire Planning Scheme 2005.

The intention of having a minimum lot size for the rural zone of 200 ha was to maintain areas for sustainable agricultural purposes. It is considered that the intention for proposed lots 140 and 274 is for more residential and not rural uses due to their size and dimension. Therefore lots 140 and 274 are not considered to be development which would sustain agricultural uses.

In addition proposed lots 140 and 274 are proposed as 9.69 ha and 9.54 ha. These proposed lots are half the size of the adjoining lots to the south of the site (Lot 1 – 3 RP205061) as well as being below the minimum lot size of 200 ha. Therefore it does not reflect the pattern that is consistent for the surrounding lot sizes.

Amalgamation of lots 140 and 274 would reflect a pattern and size consistent with the surrounding allotments. The recommended lot size would be 19.23 ha. Additionally, the lot would be more likely to be used for agricultural purposes such as cattle grazing as intended for the rural zone and would be more productive than the configuration proposed.

It is acknowledged that existing lot 18 is an impractical rural allotment for agricultural purposes as it is currently separated by the railway line and previously owned railway land. For this reason the amalgamation of the existing lots east of the rail line to create proposed lot 18 (43.47ha) is supported.

Recently adopted QRA flood plain mapping indicates that existing lot 52 is subject to flood inundation and a safe evacuation access point may be restricted on to Miva Road as can be evidenced below:

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 75

For this reason the amalgamation of the existing lots west of the rail line to create proposed lot 52 (108ha) and a more suitable house site above a flood plain is also supported.

Given that existing lots 272 and 274 are considered severely constrained due to access, lot shape and their previous use as rail land, it is unlikely that these lots would be utilised for residential purposes in their current form. The lots were purchased in 2006 from Queensland Rail.

This application highlights the difficulty with the State Government selling off small lots no longer needed for their original purpose i.e. railway, and the expectation it gives to subsequent purchases in that they have acquired an additional residential lot.

Approval of this proposal would set a precedent given the number of similar lots in the region. There was a previous similar application at Tamaree (DA16722), however through negotiations with Council the applicant agreed to reduce the number of lots that existed and road construction was required. The site was additionally in an area that was near to existing rural residential development. This proposal is surrounded by rural uses only.

Specific Outcome (d) refers to new lots having a safe efficiently designed and convenient access to transport routes and:

‘Associated with access to allotments, new roads safely carry the additional traffic generated by the development and external sources to standards nominated in parts 2 and 3 of EDROC standards Manual.’

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 76

Although existing lots 272 and 274 have legal rights to build a dwelling on each of the lots it would trigger a further assessment by Council as according to Specific Outcome (d) of the Dwelling House Code they do not have safe access. Probable solution (d) of the Dwelling House Code requires that ‘Driveways to dwelling houses, … conform with the standards nominated in parts 2 and 3 of EDROC Standards (for acceptable and probable solutions).’

Proposed lots 18 and 23 gain access through an unsealed section of Johnston Road which is to a satisfactory gravel standard. Therefore, further road upgrading on Johnston Road is not warranted as a condition of any approval.

Loading generated by a house on proposed lots 140 and 274 would also impose greater pressures on Council's services as additional dwellings would more than likely be built and therefore Council would be required to collect refuse and provide other services.

The Applicant has provided the following additional information to justify the configuration of the proposed lots relating to amenity and compatible land uses:

“Specific Outcome (h) introduces at Probable Solution (h) (v) the State Government's Planning Guidelines - Separating Agriculture and Residential Land Uses. If the proposal satisfies these Guidelines, it satisfies Specific Outcome (h).

The Guidelines, produced in 1997, were to be read in conjunction with State Planning Policy 1/92: Development & the Conservation of Good Quality Agricultural Land. State Planning Policy 1l92 has of-course now lapsed and in its place is the Strategic Cropping Land Act 2012 and associated State Planning Policy. We note that under this realm of legislation, none of the subject land and none of the nearby land is designated as strategic cropping land. So the State Government is saying that no land in the immediate area is good quality agricultural land. The prospect of an agricultural activity therefore emerging over time that may cause an interface conflict with the subject lots is remote.

But turning back to the Guidelines. The pertinent parts of the Guidelines when discussing separation distances between potentially incompatible land uses (residential and rural) are Section 3: Conflict assessment and buffer area design and Appendix 6: Examples of minimum effective separation distances. Section 3 goes into considerable detail regarding the different farm activities that can cause conflict (eg cultivation prior and subsequent to planting, harvesting, ash, smoke, chemical Sprays, noise of plant and equipment and so forth). Appendix 6 gives

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 77

quantitative voice to Section 3 by identifying minimum effective buffer distances for open ground separation and minimum effective buffer distances where there are vegetated and noise buffer elements.

Appendix 6 introduces minimum separation distances for the following rural activities: • Agricultural chemical spray (in respect of duration of noise, odour and dust) • Aerial spray application ((in respect of noise, odour and dust) • Tractor use (in respect of noise, odour and dust).

The common denominator between Section 3 and Appendix 6 is that they both anticipate the potential for conflict between rural and residential activities only where crops are grown. Section 3 and Appendix 6 do not call up separation distances between open grazing and housing. And the reason for that is self-evident. Why is this relevant? Because the land use pattern and the strategic cropping land mapping are in agreement - the subject and surrounding land is not suitable for cropping purposes.2

The application complies with the State Government's Planning Guidelines – Separating Agriculture and Residential Land Uses because it does not introduce rural residential lots adjacent to cropping land. It does not introduce houses close to cropping land. There is no need for the proposal to incorporate open land or landscaped buffers for Lots 140 and 274 and rural land because none of the nearby rural land is used for a purpose that can cause a prejudice to future dwellings. And the fact that none of the land in this area is good quality agricultural land is testimony to the view that a future conflict is highly improbable (refer also to Section 3.3 of the Guidelines). Because the proposal complies with the Planning Guideline, it necessarily follows that the proposal complies with Specific Outcome (h).”

The Applicant has focused on the conflict between rural and residential activities only where crops are grown as the practices involved require separation distances as discussed above.

The majority of the subject sites have not been identified as having good quality agricultural value or as having strategic cropping land, and it may be assumed that the lots may not require intensive agricultural chemical sprays and aerial spray applications. However, tractor use and cattle grazing are rural activities do occur in the area. These uses have previously created noise and odour issues for surrounding lots.

Council is aware of the conflicts between rural land uses and small rural lots. Where small residential lots have been created previously within a rural area Council has received a number of complaints

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 78

relating to noise and odour from animals related to agricultural purposes which have a previous history and are intended to be located in the rural zone.

In conclusion, although there are a number of conflicts with the Reconfiguring a Lot Code, there are some planning grounds to justify the creation of four (4) new lots ranging in size from 19.23 ha to 108.3 ha as outlined above.

Landscape & Buffer Code

There are no conflicts with the outcomes sought by the Landscaping Code.

Natural Features and Resources Overlays Code

There are no conflicts with the outcomes sought by the Natural Features and Resources Overlays Code.

The good quality agricultural land identified on existing lot 52 is not proposed to be subdivided and will be fully contained on proposed lot 52.

Natural Hazards Overlay Code

There are no conflicts with the outcomes sought by the Natural Hazards Overlay Code.

The medium bushfire prone area identified on existing lot 52 is also not proposed to be subdivided and will be fully contained on proposed lot 52. The proposed building envelope for proposed lot 52 is outside of the identified bushfire prone area and there are other suitable locations also available outside of the identified QRA flood plain mapping area.

2.2.3 Local and/or State Planning Polices

State Planning Policy 1/92 Development and the Conservation of Agricultural Land has been adequately reflected in the planning scheme.

No other State Planning Policies are considered relevant to the application.

2.3 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION

The application was not required to be advertised for public comment in accordance with the requirements of the Sustainable Planning Act 2009.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 79

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS

Nil.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS

The proposal is not consistent with Council’s planning scheme, however sufficient planning grounds are considered to exist to justify approval of four (4) new titles.

5. CONSULTATION

5.1 Internal

(a) Engineering Directorate

Report: (Design Services Technical Officer – A.C. Walsh)

Design Department have provided conditions to be included should the application be approved.

5.2 External

CONCURRENCE AGENCIES

No referral agencies were triggered with this application.

6. CONCLUSION

The proposed development does not comply with the provisions relating to the minimum lot size for the rural zone of Council’s Planning Scheme.

Justification submitted for the development, relying on the existing lot sizes being underneath the minimum lot size and the lack of strategic cropping land and/or good agricultural land, is not considered to constitute ‘overriding planning grounds’ to recommend the application be approved in its current form in conflict with the planning scheme.

However, it is considered that if proposed lots 140 and 274 were amalgamated, the lot would be more productive for agricultural purposes and it would reflect a pattern and size consistent with surrounding allotments as can be evidenced below:

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 80

Based on the above, approval of the proposal to create four (4) new titles has been recommended.

7. ATTACHMENTS

Nil.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 81

M33/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That Council, as Assessment Manager, APPROVE IN PART Development Application 2013-0206 for Reconfiguring a Lot – Subdivision to Create Four (4) Lots from Six (6) Existing Titles over Lot 18 RP867411, Lot 140 M37592, Lot 52 RP867413, Lot 272 SP103108, Lot 274 SP103108 and Lot 23 SP201321 located at Miva Road, Johnston Road and Scrub Road, Gunalda, subject to the following conditions:

1. The development shall be generally in accordance with the plan submitted with the application (Plan No. PP12-092-01 Rev. E drawn by SurveyPlan and dated 15/02/2013), subject to the following amendment: (i). Lots 140 and 274 are to be amalgamated.

2. All outstanding rates or charges levied by Council or expenses that are a charge over the subject land under any Act are to be paid.

3. An agreement is to be entered into with the relevant distribution entity to provide electricity to all approved vacant lots without any financial encumbrance on future owners of these lots.

4. Undertake at no cost to Council, the alteration of any public utility mains (e.g. Electricity, water, sewerage, gas etc.) or other facilities necessitated by the development of the land or associated construction works external to the site.

5. Evidence is to be submitted from an authorised supplier demonstrating that all proposed lots are to be serviced by telecommunications and electricity infrastructure.

6. Access to lot 140 is to be from the northern boundary of the lot and the existing access from the eastern boundary is to be removed.

7. Accesses to proposed lots 18, 23 and 140 are to be constructed in accordance with the requirements of Standard Drawing No R-15.

8. Access to each lot shall have a minimum visibility of 85 metres in each direction to the satisfaction of Council’s Chief Executive Officer.

9. All lots are to be permanently numbered with reflective numbers on posts to the satisfaction of Council’s Chief Executive Officer. Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 82

LATE ITEM

5/7 Single State Planning Policy - Draft for Consultation

PORTFOLIO: Planning and Development

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Manager Planning Strategy & Major Projects - K.M Toomey

DOC ID: 1633882

LINK TO CORPORATE PLAN:

2. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 2.3 Planned development for a growing community.

LINK TO OPERATIONAL PLAN:

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning - Regional Planning - Planning Scheme

1. BACKGROUND The following correspondence was received from the Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning on 22 April 2013.

“The Queensland Government is committed to a more efficient planning and development assessment system.

As part of that commitment, the Honourable Jeff Seeney MP, Deputy Premier and Minister for State Development, Infrastructure and Planning, has released the draft State Planning Policy (SPP) for public consultation. A copy of the draft SPP is enclosed and is also available online at www.dsdip.qld.gov.au/spp.

The draft SPP avoids unnecessarily prescriptive requirements and allows local governments the flexibility to reflect state interests in a way that suits respective communities. Once finalised, this document will replace all existing SPPs with a consolidated, clear and consistent view of the state’s interests in planning and development.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 83

The department welcomes any comments you or your officers may like to make on the draft SPP. The closing date for submissions is Wednesday 12 June 2013.”

2. REPORT

2.1 Introduction The State government has recently released the State Planning Policy – Draft for consultation April 2013, for public comment, after completing targeted consultation late last year in relation to likely state interests.

The development of a single state planning policy forms part of the Government’s broader planning and development reform agenda, and will replace the twelve (12) state planning policies currently in existence. The State has also proposed additional initiatives including an SPP interactive mapping system and a single state assessment referral agency (SARA).

The draft SPP is intended to:

a) express the state’s interests in planning and development in a single place in a complete and concise format, and b) encourage flexible, innovative and locally appropriate approaches to planning, and c) be supported by tools and guidance material to assist implementation.

Feedback obtained during the consultation phase will help inform the final SPP, before its release later this year.

2.2 Purpose The draft SPP sets out policies on matters of state interest in relation to planning and development, and provides a key framework for the government’s broader commitment to planning reform. The purpose of the policy is to ensure that economic growth is facilitated by local and state plans and is not adversely impacted by planning processes.

The policy clearly articulates the State’s position on economic growth and focuses on promoting the following state interests:

a) Housing and liveable communities: (i) Amenity and community wellbeing (ii) Land development and housing supply

b) Economic growth: (i) Agriculture

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 84

(ii) Development and construction (iii) Mining and extractive resources (iv) Tourism industry

c) Environment and heritage: (i) Biodiversity (ii) Coastal environment (iii) Cultural heritage (iv) Healthy waters

d) Hazards and safety: (i) Air, noise and other emissions (ii) Hazardous materials and developments (iii) Natural Hazards

e) Transport and infrastructure: (i) State infrastructure and services (ii) State transport infrastructure and networks (iii) Strategic airports and aviation facilities (iv) Strategic ports (v) Water supply catchments and infrastructure

The following principles apply to and underpin all of the state interests articulated through the SPP and are to be applied by both State and local government decision making relating to the preparation of planning instruments and processes:

a) Support the efficient approval of appropriate development; b) Facilitate effective delivery of sustainable planning outcomes; c) Protect and enhance Queensland’s natural and built environments and places; d) Maximise transparency and accountability of planning instruments and decisions; e) Enable positive responses to change, challenges and opportunities; and f) Consider infrastructure needs required to support development.

2.3 Application of the Policy The SPP applies to:

a) the making or amending of a local planning instrument; and b) the assessment of a development application mentioned in Part C (refer to SPP document attached) by a local government, to the extent the SPP is not identified in the planning scheme or a regional plan as being appropriately reflected in the planning scheme or a regional plan, and c) the designation by a Minister of land for community infrastructure, and

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 85

d) the making or amending of a regional plan, and e) the assessment of development applications by the chief executive responsible for administering the SPA.

2.4 Managing competing state interests The following three objectives are to be followed when applying the SPP and are to guide the management of competing state interests and priorities, including any conflict arising between state interests:

a) Consider the state interests in their entirety; b) Support innovative and locally appropriate solutions; and c) Empower and support local governments to make the best planning decisions for their communities.

In addition to the above objectives the SPP acknowledge that there may be sufficient grounds to depart from a particular provision where there is an overriding need in the public interest if:

a) The overall social, economic or environmental benefits of the development or decision outweigh: (i) any overall detrimental effect upon the social, economic or environmental values of the land and adjacent areas, and (ii) the development or decision advances the purpose of Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA) and the principles outlined in the draft SPP (refer section 2.2 of this report), and b) the development cannot reasonably be located elsewhere so as to avoid conflict.

The following do not establish an overriding need in the public interest:

a) development with relatively few location-based requirements, or b) interests in or options over land, or c) availability or ownership of land, or d) the personal circumstances of an applicant, owner or interested third party.

2.5 Mapping The Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning (DSDIP) is currently developing the SPP Interactive Mapping System, which will be made available to users of the system and maintained by the department. The mapping system whilst a highly valuable and user-friendly initiative has not been finalised at this stage. This has resulted in the full impact of the draft SPP at a local scale, being difficult to determine as part of the consultation phase.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 86

2.6 State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) The current Integrated Development Assessment System (IDAS) often requires applications to obtain approval from multiple jurisdictions, creating inefficiencies and delays. As part of the draft SPP development applications will, in certain instances, still be required to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or assessment manager under the Sustainable Planning Regulations 2009.

Under the new arrangements, DSDIP will become the assessment manager or referral agency for all development applications where a state agency is currently the assessment manager or referral agency (with the exception of building work requiring assessment against the provisions of the Building Act 1975 or the Fire and Rescue Service Act 1990).

SARA will be managed by DSDIP regional offices and will result in:

a) a single agency lodgement point for applications; b) one point of contact throughout the process – the department is the final decision maker; and c) less frustration, fewer delays and unnecessary costs for applicants.

The proposed legislative provisions in the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 to give effect to the SARA system will commence on 1 July 2013 and are considered to represent a practical, common-sense approach to achieving a streamlined, consolidated view on state interests in local circumstances and improved efficiencies within the process.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS: Nil.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS: The draft Gympie Regional Council (GRC) Planning Scheme satisfactorily reflects the majority of existing state planning instruments and will proceed to adoption on that basis.

The draft SPP largely reflects the existing policies, with the addition of new state interests relating to economic growth, including among others, development and construction and the tourism industry. The inclusion of the newly identified interests is important, when considering economic, social and environmental opportunities and constraints and results in a far greater balanced policy.

The majority of the eighteen (18) proposed state interests would likely be satisfactorily reflected in the scheme, although it is difficult to determine given that much of the state’s mapping is unavailable for review at this stage. The following elements are possible exceptions,

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 87

based on Council’s previously indicated position, and the existing interpretation of issues:

a) Agriculture (Strategic Cropping Land element only, in relation to the potential for conflict on rural residential and future urban (industry investigation) zoned land, etc); b) Healthy Waters (the existing policy, including water quality objectives, appears to have been largely carried forward); and c) Natural Hazards (Landslide element, which is not considered to be an issue within Council’s identified growth areas; and potentially the coastal hazard element, with regards to climate change and the mandatory assumption of a 0.8 metre rise in sea-level).

Given that the draft single SPP is likely to commence later in the year, one possible option will be to undertake an administrative amendment requesting that the Minister advise of elements of the new SPP that are reflected in the GRC Planning Scheme, noting that the remainder will continue to apply to development assessment.

5. CONSULTATION: Submissions are able to be made on the draft SPP until 12 June 2013.

6. CONCLUSION: The State Planning Policy – Draft for consultation April 2013 represents a common sense approach to managing and regulating development within Queensland. The policy is considered to generally align with the proposed planning scheme for the region and is consistent with the State Government’s commitment to grow the four pillars of Queensland’s economy. It is therefore recommended that Council lodge a submission in support of the policy approach contained within the draft SPP, with the exception of reinforcing Council’s previously advised position on the healthy waters, strategic cropping land and coastal hazard elements.

7. ATTACHMENTS: ATTACHMENT 1 - State Planning Policy – Draft for consultation April 2013

M34/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council authorise the Director Planning and Development to prepare and lodge a submission on behalf of Council, to the Deputy Premier and Minister for State Development, Infrastructure and Planning, generally supporting the overall policy position, with the exceptions as outlined in the report.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 88

SECTION 6: SOCIAL WELLBEING

SECTION 7: HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 89

SECTION 8: GOVERNANCE & ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

8/1 Operational Plan 2012-2013 Quarterly Update

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Corporate Governance

AUTHOR: Chief Executive Officer

DOC ID: GRC002

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Corp Plan: 3.2 Transparent and accountable service delivery Op Plan: 3.2.6 Governance - Legal

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council adopted the GRC Operational Plan 2012-2013 on the 27th June 2012. (Minute SG01/06/12)

Under s 174(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012, the CEO is required to present a written assessment of the local government’s progress towards implementing the annual operational plan.

2. REPORT The Operational Plan 2012-2013 is focused on achieving the strategic directions and visions identified in the Corporate Plan.

The attached Second Quarter Performance Report on the Operational Plan 2012-2013 provides a summary of the ongoing achievement of the strategic directions as outlined in the Operational Plan.

A comprehensive listing of individual activity items and their associated status updates is further included in the Report.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Nil

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS Nil

5. CONSULTATION Chief Executive Officer All Directors

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 90

6. CONCLUSION Council is progressing the activities identified in its annual Operational Plan which are contributing to the achievement of the strategic directions outlined in the Corporate Plan 2012-2017.

7. ATTACHMENTS: ATTACHMENT 2 - Operational Plan 2012-2013 Third Quarter Performance Report

M35/05/13 Moved: Cr A.J. Perrett Seconded: Cr R.A. Gâté

That Gympie Regional Council’s Operational Plan 2012-2013 quarterly review as at 31 March 2013 as presented, be received.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 91

8/2 Request for Boundary Re-alignment between Lot 1 MPH34666 and Lot 2 MPH34666 Young Street, Gympie

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Corporate Governance

AUTHOR: Manager Corporate & Customer Services

DOC ID:

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Outcome 1.2 and Outcome 3.2.9 respectively

1. BACKGROUND Lot 1 MPH34666 is Council owned freehold land and forms part of the Young Street lower level carpark.

Lot 2 MPH34666 is a commercial premises which has recently changed ownership and a proposed new business is being established.

2. REPORT

As part of the renovations being undertaken to the building for the business proposed at Lot 2 MPH34666, it has been identified that a ramp is required to be constructed to provide disabled access in order to meet building requirements. Due to the limitations at the site, the construction of the ramp will need to encroach onto Council owned land Lot 1 MPH34666. It is noted that the encroachment will not affect any car parking spaces.

An identification survey has been undertaken by Council staff and it is noted that there are a number of anomalies on the eastern boundary line taking into consideration infrastructure previously constructed.

Under the provisions of Section 236(1) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 “Subject to subsections (2) to (4), a local government may dispose of a valuable non-current asset other than by tender or auction if- (c) for the disposal of land or an interest in land- (iv) if the land is disposed of to a person who owns adjoining land if- (A) the land is not suitable to be offered for disposal by tender or auction for a particular reason, including, for example, the size of the land or the existence of particular infrastructure on the land; and

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 92

(B) there is not another person who owns other adjoining land who wishes to acquire the land; and (C) it is in the public interest to dispose of the land without a tender or auction; and (D) the disposal is otherwise in accordance with sound contracting principles;

Legal advice obtained indicates that the disposal of a small section of Council land could be achieved without Council advertising for tenders or arranging a public auction, pursuant to the provisions

Section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012; “An exception mentioned in subsection (1)(a) to (d) applies to a local government disposing of a valuable non-current asset only if, before the disposal, the local government has decided, by resolution, that the exception may apply to the local government on the disposal of a valuable non-current asset other than by tender or auction.

Section 236(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012; “A local government may only dispose of land or an interest in land under this section if the consideration for the disposal would be equal to, or more than, the market value of the land or the interest in land, including the market value of any improvements of the land.”

Accordingly, Council is able to enter into a Contract for Sale of Land with the owner of Lot 2 MPH34666 subject to the purchase price being determined by a valuation obtained for market value of the land.

Locality Plan:

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 93

Ramp Plan

Proposed Boundary Realignment

Total area to be transferred to owner of 18 Young Street = 12.67m2 (approx.) Total area to be transferred to Council - 12 Young Street = 0.86m2 (approx.)

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Nil

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS Nil

5. CONSULTATION Bob Baldwin, Baldwin Lawyers John Logan & Associates Director Engineering Services

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 94

General Manager Design Services Manager Development & Compliance Deputy CEO/Director Corporate Governance

6. CONCLUSION Due to non-council owned infrastructure being constructed on council land, places a high risk on council with respect to public liability issues. To rectify this situation, a boundary re-alignment between Lot 1 MPH 34666 and Lot 2 MPH 34666 will be required to be undertaken.

7. ATTACHMENTS Nil

M36/05/13 Moved: Cr A.J. Perrett Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That:- a) A survey plan be prepared in accordance with the identification survey outlining the boundary anomalies; b) Council enter into a contract of sale of land with the owner of Lot 2 MPH34666 for the area of land required; c) The purchase price to be for the current market value, pursuant to the provisions of Section 236(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012; and d) All associated costs with the transfer of the land be borne by the owner of Lot 2 MPH34666.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 95

8/3 Freehold Lease – Weeroona Association Inc.

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Corporate Governance

AUTHOR: Manager Corporate & Customer Services

DOC ID: 1625082

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Outcome 1.2 and Outcome 3.2.9 respectively

1. BACKGROUND The property currently known as the Gympie Red Hill Band Hall was previously owned by the Gympie Community Band Inc. Due to the disbandment of the Association, the Band’s Incorporation was cancelled by the Office of Fair Trading on 4 August 2008 and the Gympie Community Band’s assets were vested to the Public Trustee.

In February 2013 Council received advice from the Office of the Director-General of the Department of Justice formally offering to vest the property at 16 Red Hill Road, Gympie to Council.

M22/02/13 Moved: Cr A.J. Perrett Seconded: Cr J.A. Walker That: 1. Council advise the Director-General, Department of Justice and Attorney-General that Council accepts the vesting of the property by gazettal to Council for the purposes consistent with local government principles; and 2. The Chief Financial Officer make the necessary allocation in the Nine Monthly Budget Review.

Carried

2. REPORT

Property Details: Lot 2 on RP838790, 16 Red Hill Road, Gympie containing an area of 2686m2 and zoned “Housing” under the Cooloola Shire Council planning scheme.

Tenure: Freehold

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 96

The property was vested to Council by gazettal notice dated 22 February 2013. Arrangements to have the property legally transferred to Council are in progress.

The building is a single story open plan with a floor area of approximately 438m2. It consists of a main hall, kitchen, male and female toilets, a disabled toilet, change room, office, storeroom, front and side portico entrances. A concrete driveway and carpark is located adjacent to the side building entrance. The back section of the property contains an area of open vacant space.

Weeroona Association Inc. has approached Council requesting a lease over the premises. The Association is a community based not-for-profit organisation who supports individuals with disabilities and their families. Weeroona relies on government funding for the provision of these services. The Association proposes that the property be utilised for the purposes of a Community Care Facility which will incorporate the use of office space, car park and outdoor recreational activities.

Council will be aware that the SES is currently seeking to relocate from King Street and it is considered that a joint arrangement with Weeroona may be a satisfactory outcome.

The SES, while interested in the vacant land at the rear of the “hall” building may have a need to utilise the kitchen or other areas from time to time. The lease is able to reflect such an arrangement.

It is also proposed that a Management Agreement detail utilisation by both parties of the vacant land at the rear of the property. Further, it is proposed that the carpark involve joint use.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 97

Internal refurbishment is likely to involve significant works, and as such, these works should meet with Council’s approval.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Nil

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS Nil

5. CONSULTATION Chief Executive Officer Executive Manager Services

6. CONCLUSION It is considered it would be appropriate to lease to Weeroona Association Inc, the part of the property containing the building with joint use of the carpark and a Management Agreement with SES over the vacant land at the rear. Council’s approval of internal refurbishment should be required.

7. ATTACHMENTS: Nil

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 98

M37/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That Council offer a Lease in Council’s Standard Freehold Lease format to Weeroona Association Inc. over part of Lot 2 on RP 838790 located at 16 Red Hill Road, Gympie, subject to all Planning, Building, Design and Health matters being satisfactorily resolved, with the lease to include the following terms and conditions:

(a) Term of Lease – 10 years; (b) Rental - $15,000 pa + GST + CPI; (c) Use – Community Care Centre ; (d) The Lessee to hold public liability insurance in a sum not less than $20,000,000.00 or such other amount that Council shall determine from time to time in the name of the Lessee and Gympie Regional Council; (e) All costs associated with the preparation and registration of the Lease to be borne by the Lessee; (f) In the event that the Leased Area is required by Council or the SES, due to an unforeseen circumstances, the leased area is to be made available as soon as practicable. Council or the SES shall be responsible for all costs incurred during this time, including electricity and cleaning; (g) That the carpark be noted in the lease as a shared area; (h) The vacant land at the rear of the property be subject of a Management Agreement involving Weeroona Association Inc and the SES; and (i) Any internal refurbishment of the building, and building works undertaken by the SES, are to meet Council’s approval.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 99

8/4 Delegations Register Updates

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Corporate Services

AUTHOR: Manager Corporate & Customer Services

DOC ID:

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Operational Plan Outcome 1.2 (ii)

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Following the introduction of the Local Government Act 2009 Council is required to review its delegations register on a regular basis to reflect necessary changes.

2. REPORT King and Company Solicitors have been engaged by LGAQ to review legislation requiring Council delegations.

Council’s Register meets the requirements of the Local Government Act for powers which may be delegated by Council to the Chief Executive Officer and those which may be further delegated to staff by the Chief Executive Officer.

The attached document contains the quarterly updates required for Council’s Register.

It is noted that amendment of legislation is an ongoing process and as such the Delegations Register will need to be amended as and when changes in relevant State Legislation occurs.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Nil

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS

5. CONSULTATION Corporate Governance Directorate

6. CONCLUSION The recommendation below reflects the quarterly updates listed by King and Company Solicitors.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 100

7. ATTACHMENTS: ATTACHMENT 3 – Extract Register of Delegations

M38/05/13 Moved: Cr W.W. Sachs Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council delegates all powers referred to in the attached document titled, “Extract - Register of Delegations – Council to CEO”, to the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 257 of the Local Government Act 2009.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council

8/5 Tender Consideration Plan Adoption Resolution for the Production of Quarry Materials at Pits Controlled by Council

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Infrastructure Services

AUTHOR: Principal Procurement Adviser

DOC ID:

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Corporate Plan 3.4.4 Conduct purchases in accordance with Council’s purchasing policy and procedures.

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION As a result of recent flood damage Council has exhausted its stocks of road base materials and consequently there is an urgent requirement to resume the production of road making materials.

A resolution of Council was required under s230(1)(a) to enable a tender consideration plan to be prepared.

At its meeting on 8 May, Council resolved, as follows:

M16/05/13 Moved: Cr W.W. Sachs Seconded: Cr M.A. McDonald

That a tender consideration plan be prepared in accordance with s230(1)(a) of the local government regulation 2012 for the supply of blasting, ripping, crushing and screening services.

Carried

Council is then required to adopt the prepared plan, under s230(1)(b).

2. REPORT Description of Requirement Council has a requirement for ripping, crushing and screening services to produce sufficient product to repair damaged infrastructure and replenish stockpiles. Blasting may be required at some sites where the rock deposit is not able to be ripped in a cost effective manner.

A detailed tender consideration plan, as attached, has been developed in accordance with the Local Government Regulation 2012 s230(1)(b) for Council’s consideration and adoption.

Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 102

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Nil

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS Nil

5. CONSULTATION Procurement Section Infrastructure Services Internal Audit

6. CONCLUSION Nil

7. ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT 4 - Tender Consideration Plan

M39/05/13 Moved: Cr L.J. Friske Seconded: Cr A.J. Perrett

That Council adopt the attached Tender Consideration Plan.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 103

SECTION 9: INFRASTRUCTURE

9/1 Willowgrove Estate Parks

PORTFOLIO: Infrastructure

DIRECTORATE: Engineering Services

AUTHOR: General Manager Design Services – L O’Brien

DOC ID: N/a

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council has considered this matter on several occasions previously. Council has been requested to accept the Willow Grove Parks off maintenance without having the conditioned landscaping works completed. The developer has offered to forfeit the bond for the landscaping works.

2. REPORT The bond amount is insufficient to complete the landscaping works required by the Decision Notice for DA7539, ie:

Condition 3.14: The verges of all ponded areas within the estate are to be mass planted with "Lomandra" or alternative to a minimum width of 3 metres with at least 3 rows staggered and where this is not achievable safety fencing is to be erected and appropriately signed. These works shall be completed prior to the park dedication to Council and the work will be completed to the satisfaction of Council's Chief Executive Officer.

For council to take over maintenance of the parks the options are: • The developer completes all works required by the Decision Notice, or

• Condition 3.14 is amended. For the latter to occur, the developer will need to lodge a "request to change". Suitable wording for an amended Condition 3.14 may be: A contribution of $60,000 is to be made to Council towards the ongoing management of the ponded areas within the designated parks. The contribution is to be paid prior to Council accepting the parks "off maintenance" .

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 104

Council could apply the funds to improving the landscaping in the parks.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Management of the Willow Grove Parks will impose an unavoidable additional cost on Council's Parks Maintenance budget.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS Nil

5. CONSULTATION Engineering Services and Planning and Development Directorates

6. CONCLUSION Council staff can approach the developer to seek its agreement to lodge a request to change as described above.

7. ATTACHMENTS Nil

M40/05/13 Moved: Cr W.W. Sachs Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That the matter be referred to the next Ordinary Meeting of Council.

Lost

A DIVISION was called with the following results: FOR: Cr L.J. Friske and Cr W.W. Sachs AGAINST: Cr I.T. Petersen, Cr R.A. Gâté, Cr A.J. Perrett, Cr M.W. Curran, and Cr R.J. Dyne.

M41/05/13 Moved: Cr I.T. Petersen Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council authorises staff to liaise with the developer, seeking his agreement to lodge a request to change condition 3.14 of the Decision Notice for DA7539 to allow the bond to be accepted by Council and the parks to be taken "off maintenance".

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 105

SECTION 10: MAJOR PROJECTS & BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 106

SECTION 11: WASTE MANAGEMENT

11/1 Gate Keeping and Recycling Services – Southside Waste Management Facility

PORTFOLIO: Waste Management

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Environmental Health Officer – P. Lofts

DOC ID: 1635210, 1635213

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Corporate Plan – 4.3 – Responsibly managed environmental practices. Operational Plan – 4.3.2 – Environmental refuse management.

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council operates its Waste Management Facilities through the use of contract Recyclers who enter into Agreements for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services. These Agreements are generally for a period of twelve months with an option of extension for a further twelve months subject to satisfactory performance by the Recycler. Council reserves the right to extend the Agreement or not.

2. REPORT Quotations were called for provision of gate keeping and recycling services for a one (1) year period commencing 1 July 2013 at Council’s Southside Waste Management Facility located at Glastonbury Road, Southside.

A total of eight (8) sets of quotation documents were forwarded to prospective respondents with two (2) offers being received by the closing date of 30 April 2013.

On advice received from Council’s Principal Procurement Advisor, one (1) offer was discounted and not assessed due to a conflict of interest.

Listed below is a summary of the offer received and assessed. All amounts are exclusive of GST

Respondent Amount per month Amount per year Laffey, Narelle May $400.00 payment by $4,800.00 payment ABN:39567063828 Council. by Council.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 107

Council currently pays Laffey, Narelle May ABN:39 567 063 828 an amount of $400.00 per month excluding GST for these services at this facility.

The offer was assessed by an assessment panel with reference to the sound contracting principles in section 104 of the Local Government Act 2009, namely:

(a) Value for money; (b) Open and effective competition; and (c) The development of competitive local business and industry: and (d) Environmental protection; and (e) Ethical behavior and fair dealing.

The offer was also assessed by the assessment panel using the following criteria:

(a) Relevant experience; (b) Key personnel; (c) Respondent’s resources; (d) Demonstrated understanding; (e) Price.

Considering each of the above criteria a score was apportioned to this offer.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Ledger Number 2610103.0550 refers.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Work Health & Safety Act 2011.

As supervisor of a Council owned facility, the contractor is considered to be a representative of Council and has daily interaction with members of the public. As such, the contractor’s actions and behaviour on site are a reflection on Council. Council’s choice of a suitable contractor is an important consideration.

5. CONSULTATION Director Planning and Development; Corporate and Community Services Directorate – Procurement Branch; Infrastructure Services Directorate.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 108

6. CONCLUSION

The offer submitted by Laffey, Narelle May ABN:39 567 063 828 satisfies the requirement for delivery of the required services.

7. ATTACHMENTS:

Nil.

M42/05/13 Moved: Cr M.W. Curran Seconded: Cr W.W. Sachs

That Council accept the offer submitted by Laffey, Narelle May ABN:39 567 063 828 for the provision of gatekeeping and recycling services at Council’s Southside Waste Management Facility on a contract basis for a period of one (1) year with the option of extension of a further one (1) year at Council’s absolute discretion.

The contract arrangement is to commence at 12:01 am on 1 July 2013 and expire at 11:59 pm on 30 June 2014.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 109

11/2 Gate Keeping and Recycling Services – Widgee Waste Management Facility

PORTFOLIO: Waste Management

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Environmental Health Officer – P. Lofts

DOC ID: 1635207, 1635253

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Corporate Plan – 4.3 – Responsibly managed environmental practices. Operational Plan – 4.3.2 – Environmental refuse management.

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council operates its Waste Management Facilities through the use of contract Recyclers who enter into Agreements for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services. These Agreements are generally for a period of twelve months with an option of extension for a further twelve months subject to satisfactory performance by the Recycler. Council reserves the right to extend the Agreement or not.

2. REPORT Quotations were called for provision of gate keeping and recycling services for a one (1) year period commencing 1 July 2013 at Council’s Widgee Waste Management Facility located at Tooth Drive, Widgee.

A total of eight (8) sets of quotation documents were forwarded to prospective respondents with two (2) offers being received by the closing date of 30 April 2013.

On advice received from Council’s Principal Procurement Advisor, one (1) offer was discounted and not assessed due to a conflict of interest.

Listed below is a summary of the offer received and assessed. All amounts are exclusive of GST

Respondent Amount per Amount per year month Hose, Adrian $Nil.* $Nil.* Mathew ABN: 16 030 981 397

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 110

* Respondent requires Council to contribute towards the cost of Public Liability Insurance associated with this contract. This can be in the form of Council re-imbursement upon receipt of a tax invoice attached to a copy of a current Certificate of Insurance. It is estimated that an amount of up to two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) may be required for this purpose.

This is a small rural waste facility which does not require full time attendance by the contract gate keeper and Council currently has this payment arrangement in place with this contractor at this facility.

The offer was assessed by an assessment panel with reference to the sound contracting principles in section 104 of the Local Government Act 2009, namely:

(a) Value for money; (b) Open and effective competition; and (c) The development of competitive local business and industry: and (d) Environmental protection; and (e) Ethical behavior and fair dealing.

The offer was also assessed by the assessment panel using the following criteria:

(a) Relevant experience; (b) Key personnel; (c) Respondent’s resources; (d) Demonstrated understanding; (e) Price.

Considering each of the above criteria a score was apportioned to this offer.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Ledger Number 2610103.5103 refers

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Work Health & Safety Act 2011.

As supervisor of a Council owned facility, the contractor is considered to be a representative of Council and has daily interaction with members of the public. As such, the contractor’s actions and behaviour on site are a reflection on Council. Council’s choice of a suitable person for this contract is an important consideration.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 111

5. CONSULTATION Director Planning and Development; Corporate and Community Services Directorate – Procurement Branch; Infrastructure Services Directorate.

6. CONCLUSION The offer submitted by Hose, Adrian Mathew ABN: 16 030 981 397 satisfies the requirement for delivery of the required services.

7. ATTACHMENTS: Nil.

M43/05/13 Moved: Cr M.W. Curran Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That Council accept the offer submitted by Hose, Adrian Mathew ABN: 16 030 981 397 for the provision of gatekeeping and recycling services at Council’s Widgee Waste Management Facility on a contract basis for a period of one (1) year with the option of extension of a further one (1) year at Council’s absolute discretion.

The contract arrangement is to commence at 12:01 am on 1 July 2013 and expire at 11:59 pm on 30 June 2014.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 112

11/3 Gate Keeping and Recycling Services – Gunalda Waste Management Facility

PORTFOLIO: Waste Management

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Environmental Health Officer – P. Lofts

DOC ID: 1635180, 1635181

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Corporate Plan – 4.3 – Responsibly managed environmental practices. Operational Plan – 4.3.2 – Environmental refuse management.

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council operates its Waste Management Facilities through the use of contract Recyclers who enter into Agreements for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services. These Agreements are generally for a period of twelve months with an option of extension for a further twelve months subject to satisfactory performance by the Recycler. Council reserves the right to extend the Agreement or not.

2. REPORT Quotations were called for provision of gate keeping and recycling services for a one (1) year period commencing 1 July 2013 at Council’s Gunalda Waste Management Facility located at Balkin Street, Gunalda. This tender comprises two components, being provision of gate keeping and recycling services as well as a requirement for monitoring and recording of waste deposits in order for Council to meet its obligations under the Waste Recycling and Reduction Act 2011.

A total of eleven (11) sets of quotation documents were forwarded to prospective respondents with two (2) offers being received by the closing date of 30 April 2013.

On advice received from Council’s Principal Procurement Advisor, one (1) offer was discounted and not assessed due to a conflict of interest.

Listed below is a summary of the offer received and assessed. All amounts are exclusive of GST

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 113

Respondent Amount Amount per Nett cost per month month - per – Gate Monitoring month Keeping The Trustee $1,800.00 $480.00 $2,280.00 for The payment by payment by payment KNIGHT’S Council Council by BUSINESS Council TRUST ABN: 33 175 921 319 Respondent has indicated that, if successful, a one off payment (donation) of $1000.00 inclusive of GST will be made to Council prior to the commencement of the contract.

Council currently pays The Trustee for the KNIGHT’S BUSINESS TRUST ABN: 33 175 921 319 an amount of $1,980.00 exclusive of GST per month for gate keeping services at this facility. Included in this new contract is the requirement for monitoring and recording of waste deposits in order for Council to meet its obligations under the Waste Recycling and Reduction Act 2011.

The offer was assessed by an assessment panel with reference to the sound contracting principles in section 104 of the Local Government Act 2009, namely:

(a) Value for money; (b) Open and effective competition; and (c) The development of competitive local business and industry: and (d) Environmental protection; and (e) Ethical behavior and fair dealing.

The offer was also assessed by the assessment panel using the following criteria:

(a) Relevant experience; (b) Key personnel; (c) Respondent’s resources; (d) Demonstrated understanding; (e) Price.

Considering each of the above criteria a score was apportioned to this offer.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Ledger Number 2610103.1803 refers

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 114

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Work Health & Safety Act 2011.

As supervisor of a Council owned facility, the contractor is considered to be a representative of Council and has daily interaction with members of the public. As such, the contractor’s actions and behaviour on site are a reflection on Council. Council’s choice of a suitable contractor is an important consideration.

5. CONSULTATION Director Planning and Development; Corporate and Community Services Directorate – Procurement Branch; Infrastructure Services Directorate.

6. CONCLUSION The offer submitted by The Trustee for The KNIGHT’S BUSINESS TRUST (ABN: 33 175 921 319) satisfies the requirement for delivery of the required services.

7. ATTACHMENTS: Nil.

M44/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council accept the offer submitted by The Trustee for The KNIGHT’S BUSINESS TRUST (ABN: 33 175 921 319) for the provision of gatekeeping and recycling, and monitoring and recording services at Council’s Gunalda Waste Transfer Station on a contract basis for a period of one (1) year with the option of extension of a further one (1) year at Council’s absolute discretion.

The contract arrangement is to commence at 12:01 am on 1 July 2013 and expire at 11:59 pm on 30 June 2014.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 115

11/4 Gate Keeping and Recycling Services – Mary Valley Waste Management Facility

PORTFOLIO: Waste Management

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Environmental Health Officer – P. Lofts

DOC ID: 1635247, 1635187, 1635184.

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Corporate Plan – 4.3 – Responsibly managed environmental practices. Operational Plan – 4.3.2 – Environmental refuse management.

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council operates its Waste Management Facilities through the use of contract Recyclers who enter into Agreements for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services. These Agreements are generally for a period of twelve months with an option of extension for a further twelve months subject to satisfactory performance by the Recycler. Council reserves the right to extend the Agreement or not.

2. REPORT Quotations were called for provision of gate keeping and recycling services for a one (1) year period commencing 1 July 2013 at Council’s Mary Valley Transfer Station located at Kandanga – Imbil Road, Imbil.

A total of ten (10) sets of quotation documents were forwarded to prospective respondents with three (3) offers being received by the closing date of 30 April 2013.

On advice received from Council’s Principal Procurement Advisor, one (1) offer was discounted and not assessed due to a conflict of interest.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 116

Listed below is a summary of offers received and assessed. All amounts are exclusive of GST

Respondent Amount per Amount per year month excluding excluding GST GST Hinds, Loris May $400.00 payment $4,800.00 payment ABN: 33 724 736 by Council by Council 425 The Trustee for $3,600.00 payment $43,200.00 The KNIGHT’S by Council payment by BUSINESS TRUST * see note below Council ABN: 33 175 921 319

*plus a “one off” payment to Council of $1,000.00 (donation)

Council currently pays Hinds, Loris May ABN: 33 724 736 425 an amount of $400.00 per month excluding GST for these services at this facility.

Offers were assessed by an assessment panel with reference to the sound contracting principles in section 104 of the Local Government Act 2009, namely:

(a) Value for money; (b) Open and effective competition; and (c) The development of competitive local business and industry: and (d) Environmental protection; and (e) Ethical behaviour and fair dealing.

Offers were also assessed using the following criteria:

(a) Relevant experience; (b) Key personnel; (c) Respondent’s resources; (d) Demonstrated understanding; (e) Price.

Considering each of the above criteria and apportioning a score against each, the offer submitted by Hinds, Loris May ABN: 33 724 736 425 was scored highest overall by the assessment panel.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Ledger Number 2610103 refers.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 117

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Work Health & Safety Act 2011.

As supervisor of a Council owned facility, the contractor is considered to be a representative of Council and has daily interaction with members of the public. As such, the contractor’s actions and behaviour on site are a reflection on Council. Council’s choice of a suitable contractor is an important consideration.

5. CONSULTATION Director Planning and Development; Corporate and Community Services Directorate – Procurement Branch; Infrastructure Services Directorate.

6. CONCLUSION The offer submitted by Hinds, Loris May ABN: 33 724 736 425 satisfies the requirement for delivery of the required services and has been scored highest overall by the assessment panel.

7. ATTACHMENTS: Nil.

M45/05/13 Moved: Cr L.J. Friske Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council accept the offer submitted by Hinds, Loris May ABN: 33 724 736 425 for the provision of gatekeeping and recycling services at Council’s Mary Valley Waste Transfer Station on a contract basis for a period of one (1) year with the option of extension of a further one (1) year at Council’s absolute discretion.

The contract arrangement is to commence at 12:01 am on 1 July 2013 and expire at 11:59 pm on 30 June 2014.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 118

11/5 Regional Waste Management Strategy

PORTFOLIO: Waste Management

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Manager Health and Environmental Services – I. Wolff

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Operational Plan Reference 4.3 – Responsibly managed environmental practices

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council has engaged the services of an external waste management consultant – Spiritous Pty Ltd to develop a Waste Management Strategy for the Gympie Region.

The Waste Management Strategy identifies the legislative and regional conditions that impact on waste management in the Gympie region and assesses existing practices.

The objective of the strategy is to provide short, medium and long term policy and planning objectives for Council to implement.

2. REPORT The final draft of the Regional Waste Management Strategy prepared by Council’s consultant – Spiritous Pty Ltd appears as an attachment to this meeting agenda.

As detailed in the Executive Summary of this document, the Regional Waste Management Strategy has a vision for cost effective, efficient and customer focused services to manage the region’s waste. Adopting the actions contained in the strategy will enable Council to transition to a more sustainable position from which to manage future growth and also to pursue improvements and innovations in waste management.

There are eleven (11) goals that have been identified in the strategy.

These goals are as follows.

• Strategy goal 1 – Consolidate domestic collection contracts to provide a single contract.

• Strategy goal 2 – Define and declare wheel bin collection areas.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 119

• Strategy goal 3 – Provide services to maximise the collection of recyclable materials.

• Strategy goal 4 – Provide disposal facilities for residents without collection services.

• Strategy goal 5 – Deliver commercial collection services in conjunction with private operators.

• Strategy goal 6 – Gain efficiencies in collection services for Council premises and facilities.

• Strategy goal 7 – Provide the optimal network of waste transfer and recycling facilities.

• Strategy goal 8 – Responsible management of waste transfer and recycling facilities.

• Strategy goal 9 – Provide efficient facilities for the region’s short and long term landfill needs.

• Strategy goal 10 – Provide and/or facilitate sites with recycling opportunities.

• Strategy goal 11 – Provide community waste education.

Each goal details actions required along with measures and targets.

Prior to Council adopting a strategy, it is recommended that the draft Regional Waste Management Strategy document be released to the community for public comment for a minimum period of 28 days.

Following the community comment period, a report addressing the community input will be presented to Council for direction prior to the drafting of the final report. Following this consultation process the final Regional Waste Management Strategy will be presented to Council for adoption.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Once adopted by Council, the Regional Waste Management Strategy will inform future Council budgets.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS As detailed in the Executive Summary of this document, the Regional Waste Management Strategy will be the overarching document to guide waste management planning for the Gympie Region. It will be

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 120

supported by detailed plans and review documents that are developed from time to time.

5. CONSULTATION This document has been produced by the consultant after extensive consultation with relevant staff and Councillors.

6. CONCLUSION In order to ensure the Council’s waste operations are sustainable and efficiently and effectively managed into the future, a formalised Waste Management Strategy for the Region is required.

The draft Waste Management Strategy document produced by Council’s consultant will provide a strategic future direction for Council and the community.

The attached draft document has undergone an extensive internal consultation process with relevant staff and Councillors.

Releasing this draft document for community comment is an important step in the consultation process and should be undertaken prior to formal adoption of the strategy by Council.

7. ATTACHMENTS: ATTACHMENT 5 - Gympie Regional Council Draft Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013-2020

M46/05/13 Moved: Cr W.W. Sachs Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That Council release the Draft Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013-2020 for public comment for a minimum period of 28 days.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 121

11/6 Gate Keeping and Recycling Services – Bonnick Road, Tin Can Bay and Sexton Waste Management Facilities

PORTFOLIO: Waste Management

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Manager Health and Environmental Services – I. Wolff

DOC ID: 1635199, 1635201, 1635233, 1635237, 1635215, 1635246, 1635231, 1635243, 1635250, 1635270, 1635258

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

Corporate Plan – 4.3 – Responsibly managed environmental practices. Operational Plan – 4.3.2 – Environmental refuse management.

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council operates its Waste Management Facilities through the use of contract Recyclers who enter into Agreements for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services. These Agreements are generally for a period of twelve (12) months with an option of extension for a further twelve months subject to satisfactory performance by the Recycler. Council reserves the right to extend the Agreement or not.

2. REPORT Individual tenders/quotations were called for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services for a one (1) year period commencing 1 July 2013 at Council’s: • Bonnick Road Waste Management Facility; • Tin Can Bay Waste Management Facility; and • Sexton Waste Management Facility.

The tenders for Bonnick Road and Tin Can Bay comprise two components, being provision of gate keeping and recycling services as well as a requirement for monitoring and recording of waste deposits in order for Council to meet its obligations under the Waste Recycling and Reduction Act 2011.

A total of nineteen (19) sets of tender documents were forwarded to prospective tenderers with ten (10) responses being received by the closing date of 30 April 2013.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 122

One (1) further set of uncompleted documents was returned anonymously to the front counter of Council’s Planning and Development Directorate.

On advice received from Council’s Principal Procurement Advisor, one (1) offer for the three individual facilities was discounted and not assessed due to a conflict of interest.

Listed below is a summary of responses received and assessed. All amounts are exclusive of GST.

BONNICK ROAD WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY Respondent Amount per Amount per Net cost per Net cost month – Gate month - month per year Keeping Monitoring Res-Q and $4,200.00 $9,550.00 $5,350.00 $64,200.00 Recycle Pty Ltd payment to payment by payment by payment by ABN: 61 144 Council Council Council Council 485 852 TIN CAN BAY WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY Milne, Jessica ABN: 56 446 COMMERCIAL-IN-CONFIDENCE 414 793 The Trustee for $6,720.00 $1,680.00 $8,400.00 $99,800.00* The KNIGHT’S payment by payment by payment by Payment BUSINESS Council Council Council by Council TRUST ABN: 33 175 921 319 Res-Q and $250.00 $9,251.00 $9,001.00 $108,012.00 Recycle Pty Ltd payment to payment by payment by payment by ABN: 61 144 Council Council Council Council 485 852 H.P. Chapman $3,600.00 $7,100.00 $10,700.00 $128,400.00 and R.N. payment by payment by payment by payment by Chapman Council Council Council Council ABN: 99 895 897 190 SEXTON WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY – GATE KEEPING ONLY Brian J $2,424.24 N/A $2,424.00 $29,090.90 Osborne payment by payment by payment by ABN: TBA if Council Council Council successful Res-Q and $2,915.00 N/A $2,915.00 $34,980.00 Recycle Pty Ltd payment by payment by payment by ABN: 61 144 Council Council Council 485 852

*Includes a one off payment of $1,000.00 to Council (Donation).

RES-Q & Recycle Pty Ltd (ABN: 61 144 485 852) currently hold individual contracts for each of these facilities and has carried out contract duties in a satisfactory manner during the term of the contracts.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 123

Offers were assessed by an assessment panel with reference to the sound contracting principles in section 104 of the Local Government Act 2009, namely:

(a) Value for money; and (b) Open and effective competition; and (c) The development of competitive local business and industry: and (d) Environmental protection; and (e) Ethical behaviour and fair dealing.

Tenders were also assessed by the assessment panel using the following criteria:

(a) Relevant experience; (b) Key personnel; (c) Respondent’s resources; (d) Demonstrated understanding; (e) Price.

Considering each of the above criteria and apportioning a score against each response for each facility, the assessment panel determined that the offers submitted by RES-Q & Recycle Pty Ltd (ABN: 61 144 485 852) achieved the highest score overall for each of the three (3) individual facilities.

RES-Q & Recycle Pty Ltd (ABN: 61 144 485 852) also submitted an alternative offer for Council’s consideration as follows:

SERVICE AMOUNT PER AMOUNT PER REQUIRED MONTH YEAR EXCLUDING GST EXCLUDING GST

GATE KEEPING AND $4,450.00 $53,400.00 PAYMENT RECYCLING (BONNICK PAYMENT TO COUNCIL TO COUNCIL ROAD, TIN CAN BAY AND SEXTON)

MONITORING AND $18,801.00 PAYMENT $225,612.00 PAYMENT RECORDING (BONNICK BY COUNCIL BY COUNCIL ROAD AND TIN CAN BAY)

NETT COST TO COUNCIL PER YEAR EXCLUDING $172,212.00 GST FOR THREE FACILITIES COMBINED

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 124

COMPARISON OF ALTERNATIVE OFFER AS AGAINST INDIVIDUAL OFFERS BY RES-Q & RECYCLE PTY LTD (ABN: 61 144 485 852).

COMBINED OFFER FOR INDIVIDUAL OFFERS – NETT BONNICK ROAD, TIN CAN COST TO COUNCIL PER BAY AND SEXTON – NETT YEAR EXCLUDING GST COST TO COUNCIL PER YEAR EXCLUDING GST

$64,200.00 PAYMENT BONNICK BY COUNCIL ROAD

$172.212.00 TIN CAN BAY $108,012.00 PAYMENT PAYMENT BY COUNCIL BY COUNCIL

SEXTON $34,980.00 PAYMENT BY COUNCIL

TOTAL $172,212.00 TOTAL $207,192.00

Council’s Principal Procurement Advisor has confirmed that Council can consider this alternative offer submitted by RES-Q & Recycle Pty Ltd (ABN: 61 144 485 852).

In the event that Council resolves to accept this alternative offer submitted by RES-Q & Recycle Pty Ltd (ABN: 61 144 485 852), Council will need to resolve to combine the three (3) individual gate keeping and recycling contracts for Bonnick Road, Tin Can Bay and Sexton into a single contract.

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Ledger Number 2610103 refers.

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Work Health & Safety Act 2011.

Council has care and control of numerous Waste Management Facilities.

As supervisor of a Council owned facility, the contractor is considered to be a representative of Council and has daily interaction with members of the public. As such, the contractor’s actions and behaviour

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 125

on site are a reflection on Council. Council’s choice of a suitable contractor is an important consideration.

5. CONSULTATION Director Planning and Development; Principal Procurement Advisor; Infrastructure Services Directorate.

6. CONCLUSION The alternative offer submitted by Res-Q and Recycle Pty Ltd (ABN: 61 144 485 852) satisfies the requirement for delivery of the required services.

7. ATTACHMENTS: Nil.

M47/05/13 Moved: Cr M.W. Curran Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That Council:

1. Combine the three (3) individual contracts for the provision of gate keeping and recycling services and monitoring and recording services at the Bonnick Road and Tin Can Bay Waste Management Facilities and gate keeping and recycling services at the Sexton Waste Management facility into one (1) single contract; and

2. Accept the alternative offer submitted by RES-Q AND RECYCLE PTY LTD (ACN. 61 144 485 852) for the provision of gatekeeping and recycling services, and monitoring and recording services at Council’s Bonnick Road and Tin Can Bay Waste Management Facilities and gate keeping and recycling services at Council’s Sexton Waste Management Facility on a contract basis for a period of one (1) year with the option of extension of a further one (1) year at Council’s absolute discretion.

The single combined contract arrangement is to commence at 12:01 am on 1 July 2013 and expire at 11:59 pm on 30 June 2014.

Remuneration for the provision of these services under this combined contract to be as per the alternative offer submitted by RES-Q AND RECYCLE PTY LTD (ACN. 61 144 485 852) with net payment by Council for provision of the services being $172,212.00 excluding GST for the period 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 126

SECTION 12: TOURISM & MARY VALLEY

12/1 Gympie Region Tourism Advisory Committee Membership

PORTFOLIO: Tourism and Mary Valley

DIRECTORATE: Office of the CEO

AUTHOR: Chief Executive Officer, Bernard Smith

DOC ID: N/a

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

1. BACKGROUND & PREVIOUS COUNCIL CONSIDERATION Council at its meeting on the 27th March 2013 adopted the terms of reference for the Tourism Advisory Committee. Accordingly, expressions of interest were called for industry representatives with a number of applications being received.

The key objectives of the Tourism Advisory Committee is to provide Gympie Regional Council with advice and direction on issues, opportunities and action items that will assist the development of the region’s Tourism industry and promote the region generally. This will be based on the three pillars of sustainable tourism: • Destination Development; • Destination Marketing; and • Destination Management.

The overriding objective for Gympie Regional Council is to promote visitation whether it be for business, events or other reasons. The TAC will focus on the following: • Reviewing and guiding the implementation of the Destination Gympie Region Strategic Action Plan • Encouraging a collaborative approach to the development of the tourism industry in the Gympie Region. • Acting as a conduit between the Gympie Region Tourism Industry and Council, and in turn back to industry. • Providing advice on the direction of the Tourism Industry in the Gympie region. • Acting as advocate for the activities implemented through TAC. • Encouraging activities that lead the industry in an innovative manner.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 127

• Providing advice on marketing the region as a destination to visit, live, invest and stay. • Developing strategic partnerships with key stakeholders, such as: • Tourism and Events Queensland; • Sunshine Coast Destinations; • Fraser Coast Tourism; and • Noosa Tourism.

2. REPORT It is considered that the following applicants represent the diversity of the region well. The terms of reference identifies 5 industry representatives however, it is recommended to Council that 6 representatives be appointed. The terms of reference also provides for the appointment of 2 Councillors.

• Peter Todd – Tin Can Bay business operator • Charmain Hodges – Kilkivan retail business operator • Scott Elms – Rainbow Beach tourism business operator • Gaylene Smith – Mary Valley marketing consultant • James Dein – CEO Gympie Muster • James Arkle – Tourism business operator • Derek Connolly – Tourism industry operator

3. BUDGET IMPLICATIONS Nil

4. POLICY IMPLICATIONS Nil

5. CONSULTATION Cr R.J. Dyne, Mayor Cr R.A. Gâté

6. CONCLUSION The appointment of the Advisory Committee is important in terms of recognizing the role stakeholder engagement plays.

7. ATTACHMENTS: Nil

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 128

M48/05/13 Moved: Cr A.J. Perrett Seconded: Cr L.J. Friske

That:

1. The Gympie Region Tourism Advisory Committee Terms of Reference be amended to provide for 7 industry representatives; 2. - Peter Todd - Charmain Hodges - Scott Elms - Gaylene Smith - James Dein - James Arkle - Derek Connolly be appointed as industry representatives; 3. Council appoint Cr J.A. Walker and Cr R.A. Gâté to the Gympie Region Tourism Advisory Committee; and 4. Council appoint Cr J.A. Walker as Chairperson.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 129

SECTION 13: GENERAL BUSINESS

Leave of Absence

M49/05/13 Moved: Cr M.W. Curran Seconded: Cr A.J. Perrett

That Cr I.T. Petersen and Cr M.A. McDonald be granted a Leave of Absence for the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 19 June 2013.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 130

Funding available for flashing school zone signs

Re: Funding available for flashing school zone signs From: Cr R.J. Dyne File: 4-8-6-8-5 Date: 29 May 2013

1. REPORT

The following correspondence was received from the Honourable Scott Emerson MP Minister for Transport and Main Roads:

‘I am writing to seek your advice on whether your council wishes to take advantage of the Queensland Government funding currently available to install and maintain flashing school zone signs on your roads.

This is an important community and road safety initiative to reduce the incidence of motorists driving at unsafe speeds through school zones, which unquestionably endangers the safety and lives of children, school crossing supervisors and other road users.

The Department of Transport and Main Roads (TMR) consulted with local governments in developing new School Zone Guidelines that were released on 5 November 2012. These guidelines mandated the installation of flashing school zone signs at ‘split campus’ schools and those which have school zones on multi-lane roads. In addition to the mandatory installation program, the Queensland Government has developed a $10 million program to install signs at over 300 risk- assessed school zones over the next four years.

In rolling out these programs, TMR has received feedback from councils indicating concerns over the long-term financial impact on councils of maintaining flashing lights. I have considered this feedback and decided to extend funding assistance to councils to include maintenance costs over the useful life of flashing lights installed under both the mandatory and risk-assessed programs. This funding assistance will be formalised through grant agreement with your council if you should elect to participate in the program.

I would appreciate your consideration and confirmation of whether your council wishes to be considered as part of the risk assessment program.

Your council will have received from TMR a list of all the school zones on roads under council’s control where it is proposed to install flashing school zone signs, including all split-campus schools, any existing

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 131

multi-lane school zones, and schools that have been risk assessed for the 2012-2013 year. Additional schools may also be identified over the next three years, but in the interim I would welcome information from your council on school crossings it considers should be prioritised for inclusion in the discretionary program over the next four years.

It would be helpful it we can get an agreement to proceed together in this important safety initiative. I look forward to you earliest advice to enable as many schools as possible to have flashing lights installed as soon as possible.

If you require further information, please call Mr Mike Stapleton, General Manager (Transport Safety) on 3066 3017. Mr Stapleton will be pleased to assist.’

M50/05/13 Moved: Cr R.J. Dyne Seconded: Cr I.T. Petersen

That Council consider the installation of flashing lights in school zones.

Carried

ADJOURNMENT OF MEETING

The Meeting adjourned for morning tea at 10.00am.

RESUMPTION OF MEETING

The Meeting resumed at 10.18am.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 132

SECTION 14: IN COMMITTEE

COUNCIL IN COMMITTEE

The Mayor advised the meeting that Council was going “Into Committee” to discuss: 1. Renewal of Term Lease 230482 - Lot 157 on MCH3875, R265 Reserve for Water Purposes 2. Nine Monthly Budget Review 3. Environment Levy – Community Group Grants

M51/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr M.W. Curran

That pursuant to the provisions of Section 275 of the Local Government Regulation 2012, Council resolves to close the meeting to the public and move “into committee” to consider the following matter/s:- 1. Renewal of Term Lease 230482 - Lot 157 on MCH3875, R265 Reserve for Water Purposes 2. Nine Monthly Budget Review 3. Environment Levy – Community Group Grants

Further, that in relation to the provisions of Section 171 of the Local Government Act 2009, Council resolves that following the closing of the meeting to the public and the moving ‘into committee’ that all matters and all documents (whether in hard copy, electronic, optical, visual or magnetic form) discussed, raised, tabled and/or considered whilst the meeting is closed and ‘in committee’, are confidential to the Council and the Council wishes to keep them confidential.

Carried

COUNCIL OUT OF COMMITTEE

M52/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr A.J. Perrett

That proceedings be resumed in Open Council.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 133

14/1 Renewal of Term Lease 230482 - Lot 157 on MCH3875, R265 Reserve for Water Purposes

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Corporate Governance

AUTHOR: Manager Corporate & Customer Services

DOC ID: D1635592

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Outcome 1.2 and Outcome 3.2.9 respectively

This item is in-committee in accordance with s275(1)(h) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 – other business for which a public discussion would be likely to prejudice the interests of the local government or someone else, or enable a person to gain a financial advantage.

M53/05/13 Moved: Cr W.W. Sachs Seconded: Cr A.J. Perrett

In relation to the proposed renewal of State Lease 230482 on Lot 157 on MCH3875, Council advise the Department of Natural Resources and Mines that it offers no objections.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 134

14/2 Nine Monthly Budget Review

PORTFOLIO: Governance and Economic Development

DIRECTORATE: Corporate and Community Services

AUTHOR: Director Corporate & Community Services

DOC ID: N/A

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN:

This item is in-committee in accordance with s275(1)(c) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 - the local government’s budget.

M54/05/13 Moved: Cr W.W. Sachs Seconded: Cr R.A. Gâté

That the report be noted.

Carried

A DIVISION was called with the following results: FOR: Cr W.W. Sachs, Cr R.A. Gâté, Cr M.W. Curran, Cr A.J. Perrett and Cr R.J. Dyne. AGAINST: Cr I.T. Petersen Cr L.J. Friske.

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 135

14/3 Environment Levy – Community Group Grants

PORTFOLIO: Health and Environment

DIRECTORATE: Planning and Development

AUTHOR: Senior Environment Officer – A. J. Gosley

DOC ID: 6/5/04/001

LINK TO CORPORATE / OPERATIONAL PLAN: Corporate Plan - 4.1 - Sustainable environment and 4.3 - Responsibly managed environmental practices.

Operational Plan – 4.1.1 - Environmental Planning - Provide support to local environmental groups including Landcare, Coastcare, Mary River Catchment Coordinating Committee and City Farm.

This item is in-committee in accordance with s275(1)(c) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 – the local government’s budget.

M55/05/13 Moved: Cr R.A. Gâté Seconded: Cr W.W. Sachs

That Council endorse the distribution of the Environment Levy Community Group Grants for the 2013/2014 financial year as outlined in the report.

Further, that Council enters into a Mutual Service Agreement with each funded organisation to guarantee delivery of the agreed outcomes.

Carried

Gympie Regional Council Ordinary Meeting 29 May 2013 136

SECTION 15: ATTACHMENTS

Attachment 1 – Refer Item 5/7 - State Planning Policy – Draft for consultation April 2013

Attachment 2 – Refer Item 8/1 - Operational Plan 2012-2013 Third Quarter Performance Report

Attachment 3 – Refer Item 8/4 - Extract Register of Delegations

Attachment 4 – Refer Item 8/5 - Tender Consideration Plan

Attachment 5 – Refer Item 11/5 - GRC Regional Waste Management Strategy – Final Draft

There being no further business the meeting closed at 11.01am

Confirmed this NINETEENTH day of JUNE 2013

______Cr R.J. Dyne CHAIRMAN

Gympie Regional Council

ATTACHMENT 1

Refer Item 5/7

State Planning Policy – Draft for consultation April 2013

of the

ORDINARY MEETING

On Wednesday 29 May 2013 At 9.00 am Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning

State Planning Policy

Draft for consultation April 2013

Great state. Great opportunity. Have your say

Local governments, the community and other Forward your submission to: stakeholders are encouraged to have their say Post: Deputy Premier, Minister for State Development, on the draft State Planning Policy (SPP) prior Infrastructure and Planning State Planning Policy feedback to it being finalised later this year. Department of State Development, Under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA), the planning Infrastructure and Planning Minister, being the Honourable Jeff Seeney MP—Deputy Reply Paid 15009 Premier, Minister for State Development, Infrastructure and City East Brisbane Qld 4002 Planning, must make available the draft SPP for public Fax: +61 7 3237 1812 consultation for a minimum of 40 business days. Email: [email protected] The Minister must consider all properly-made submissions on the draft SPP in preparing the final SPP. Submissions by email or other electronic formats will be accepted provided they include the full name and residential For the purposes of feedback, a properly-made submission or business address of the submitter. must be made to the Minister and: Information collected through submissions will be used to • include the name and residential or business address of help inform the finalised SPP. the submitter • be made in writing and, unless the submission is made For further information about the draft SPP, visit electronically, must be signed by each person who has www.dsdip.qld.gov.au/spp or call 1800 600 163. made the submission. Information considered confidential should be clearly identified. Please note that the content of submissions may Submissions must be received by 5pm on Wednesday be accessed under the Right to Information Act 2009. 12 June 2013.

The Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning leads a coordinated Queensland Government approach to planning, infrastructure and development across the state. © State of Queensland. Published by the Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning, April 2013, 100 George Street, Brisbane Qld 4000. The Queensland Government supports and encourages the dissemination and exchange of information. However, copyright protects this publication. The State of Queensland has no objection to this material being reproduced, made available online or electronically but only if it is recognised as the owner of the copyright and this material remains unaltered. Copyright enquiries about this publication should be directed to [email protected] or in writing to PO Box 15009, City East, Queensland 4002. The Queensland Government is committed to providing accessible services to Queenslanders of all cultural and linguistic backgrounds. If you have difficulty understanding this publication and need a translator, please call the Translating and Interpreting Service (TIS National) on 131 450 and ask them to telephone the Queensland Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning on 07 3227 8548. Disclaimer: While every care has been taken in preparing this publication, the State of Queensland accepts no responsibility for decisions or actions taken as a result of any data, information, statement or advice, expressed or implied, contained within. To the best of our knowledge, the content was correct at the time of publishing. Contents

Part A: Introduction and policy context 3 Part B: Application and operation 7 Part C: State interests 11 Housing and liveable communities 12 Amenity and community wellbeing 12 Land development and housing supply 14 Economic growth 16 Agriculture 16 Development and construction 18 Mining and extractive resources 20 Tourism industry 22 Environment and heritage 24 Biodiversity 24 Coastal environment 27 Cultural heritage 30 Healthy waters 32 Hazards and safety 34 Air, noise and other emissions 34 Hazardous materials and developments 37 Natural hazards 38 Transport and infrastructure 42 State infrastructure and services 42 State transport infrastructure and networks 44 Strategic airports and aviation facilities 46 Strategic ports 50 Water supply catchments and infrastructure 52 Part D: Abbreviations and glossary 56

1 The State Planning Policy

Document structure

Part A: Introduction and policy context

Part B: Application and operation

Housing and liveable communities • Amenity and community wellbeing • Land development and housing supply

Economic growth Part C: • Agriculture The state interests • Development and construction • Mining and extractive resources Each state interest, • Tourism where relevant, will identify policies for:

• Making or amending Environment and heritage planning instruments • Biodiversity • Development • Coastal environment assessment decision • Cultural heritage making • Healthy waters • Designating land for community infrastructure. Hazards and safety Where relevant, further • Air, noise and other emissions information and material • Hazardous materials is also provided to • Natural hazards support the state interests. Transport and infrastructure • State infrastructure and services • State transport infrastructure and networks • Strategic airports and aviation facilities • Strategic ports • Water supply catchments and infrastructure

Part D: Abbreviations and glossary

2 Part A: Introduction and policy context

Introduction Statement of objectives

The State Planning Policy (SPP) sets out the state interests The SPP is a key framework in the reform of Queensland’s and related policies that local governments must take planning system. In the preparation of the SPP, the into account in preparing or amending local planning government is committed to ensuring that the views of the instruments, and that the state may consider in preparing community, local governments and industry are heard and and amending regional plans. considered. The SPP prescribes the development assessment Land use planning in Queensland is primarily the requirements for certain applications and sets out the responsibility of local government, and the state matters that must be considered by a Minister before government is intent on empowering local governments to designating land for community infrastructure. deliver and manage effective planning for their communities. A state interest is defined under the Sustainable Planning By expressing state interests in a complete and Act 2009 (SPA) as: comprehensive manner it will be easier for local governments to reflect and balance state interests ‘up • an interest that the Minister considers affects an front’ in local planning instruments, paving the way for economic or environmental interest of the state or a part the approval of the right development in the right location of the state, including sustainable development, or without undue process and delays. • an interest that the Minister considers affects the interest of ensuring there is an efficient, effective and Put simply the SPP will: accountable planning and development assessment • express the state’s interests in planning and system. development in a single place in a complete and concise The SPP is a statutory instrument and has effect throughout format, and the state. If there is an inconsistency between the SPP and • encourage flexible, innovative and locally appropriate a local planning instrument, the SPP prevails to the extent approaches to planning, and of the inconsistency under section 43 of SPA. • be supported by tools and guidance material to assist implementation. Together with other elements of planning reform such as the introduction of a State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) and the roll out of new regional plans, the SPP will lead to greater certainty, fewer unnecessary delays and better planning outcomes for Queensland communities.

3 Supporting best practice planning instruments and processes

Achieving the state’s interests in planning and development Table 1: Principles, details principles and implementation is supported through the development and application strategies designed to support and guide the development of best practice approaches to planning instruments and of efficient and effective planning instruments. processes. The principles apply to and underpin all state interests The functioning of the planning system and its processes articulated through the SPP and are to be applied by both can significantly impact the state’s capacity to attract the state and local governments. investment. It is also essential to achieving good planning In making or amending a local planning instrument, local and development outcomes, and ensuring that the planning governments will be required to have regard to these system is understandable to the public. principles and implementation strategies in their decision Efficient and effective planning instruments will meet the making to inform the preparation of the local planning needs and expectations of the community and support the instrument. ability of industry to respond quickly to new opportunities They will be applied by the state in the development of and markets or establish essential supply chains. state planning instruments and processes, and to assist local government in the consideration and contextualisation of state interests, in order to deliver the most robust, relevant and responsive planning system in Australia.

4 Table 1: Principles

Principle Implementation strategies 1. Support the efficient approval of • Ensuring that assessment levels and development requirements are appropriate development focused to satisfy the strategic framework of the planning instrument, the aspirations of the community and are proportionate to risk. • Ensuring any regulation and restriction of development is necessary and, if so, is proportionate to the potential impacts of the development being regulated. • Maximising community engagement and consultation activities during plan making stages and appropriately considering and reflecting consultation outcomes in planning instruments. 2. Facilitate effective delivery of sustainable • Facilitating development which supports the achievement of stated planning outcomes objectives, across state, regional and local levels. • Ensuring provisions such as levels of assessment and development requirements within codes/overlays are targeted to support the approval of strategically consistent development. • Providing development opportunities which support housing, employment, infrastructure and other economic, social or environmental needs of the community. • Adopting evidence-based approaches to the development of planning instruments and decisions. 3. Protect and enhance Queensland’s natural • Ensuring planning and urban design at all scales contributes and built environments and places to environments which support economic and environmental sustainability, liveability and the needs of the community in a cost effective and responsible manner. • Ensuring planning instruments support the maintenance of ecological processes and environmentally sensitive areas and enable the sustainable use and management of natural resources. 4.  Maximise transparency and accountability • Ensuring planning instruments are transparent, easily understood and of planning instruments and decisions support defensible and logical development decisions. 5.  Enable positive responses to change, • Maintaining currency in order to reflect contemporary information, challenges and opportunities challenges and the changing needs of the community. • Enabling responsive and flexible performance-based approaches to deal with an unforseen future and rapid changes. • Supporting and encouraging innovative design and development which supports the planning instrument’s strategic intent. 6. Consider infrastructure needs required to • Applying a ‘fit for purpose’ approach to infrastructure planning and support development provision. • Supporting the application of innovative solutions to infrastructure challenges.

5 Managing competing state interests

The management of varied and sometimes competing In addition to these three objectives, there may be sufficient interests is a core component of planning. grounds to depart from a particular provision expressed in Part C of this SPP where there is an overriding need in the When considering the state interests in situations of conflict, public interest. consideration needs to be given to a resolution that best achieves and advances the purpose of SPA. For the purposes of the SPP, there could be an overriding need in the public interest if: The SPP recognises that in many circumstances the resolution of competing interests is not possible to (1) the overall social, economic or environmental benefits of articulate on a statewide basis. There is no ‘one size the development or decision outweigh: fits all’ approach across a state as large and diverse as (a) any overall detrimental effect upon the social, Queensland and specific regional and local circumstances economic or environmental values of the land and must be key considerations. The contextualisation of state adjacent areas, and interests in state and local planning instruments, together (b) the development or decision advances the purpose with meaningful consultation is necessary to ensure the of SPA and the principles outlined in Table 1 of the preparation of appropriately integrated and balanced SPP, and planning instruments. (2) the development cannot reasonably be located When applying the SPP, the following three objectives are elsewhere so as to avoid conflict. to be followed. These objectives are a guide to manage The following do not establish an overriding need in the competing interests and priorities, including any conflict public interest: arising between state interests. They will be considered in the Minister’s determination of whether the state interests have (1) development with relatively few location-based been appropriately reflected in a local planning instrument. requirements, or (2) interests in or options over land, or (1) Consider the state interests in their entirety (3) availability or ownership of land, or The SPP is more than a set of individual policies on discrete matters of state interest. It is to be read in its entirety (4) the personal circumstances of an applicant, owner or and the relevant provisions applied to each situation. interested third party. This means consideration must be given to the regional and local context of each state interest.

(2) Support innovative and locally appropriate solutions Where the state interest could be met using a range of methods, the state and local governments are encouraged to consider alternative, innovative solutions appropriate to the local context in consultation with other relevant parties.

(3) Empower and support local governments to make the best planning decisions for their communities When consistent with a state planning instrument, planning decisions should be made by the relevant local government, with support and guidance from the state when necessary. Local governments are then able to respond to local diversity and circumstances and state interests are implemented in a way that best suits that particular local community.

6 Part B: Application and operation

Application

The SPP applies to: For the ‘natural hazards’ state interest when making a decision about whether to designate land, consideration (1) the making or amending of a local planning instrument, must be given to those provisions in Part C under the and heading ‘Designation of land for community infrastructure’. (2) the assessment of a development application mentioned in Part C by a local government, to the extent the SPP is Under Chapter 5 of SPA, a local government may only not identified in the planning scheme or a regional plan designate land by amending its planning scheme and as as being appropriately reflected in the planning scheme a result the SPP addresses this through the provisions or a regional plan, and associated with making or amending a local planning instrument. (3) the designation by a Minister of land for community infrastructure, and Making or amending a regional plan (4) the making or amending of a regional plan, and In relation to the making or amending of a regional (5) the assessment of development applications by the chief plan, the planning Minister may, in making the plan executive responsible for administering the SPA. or amendment, consider the SPP and, as appropriate, contextualise and resolve any competing state interests Making or amending a local planning instrument for the relevant region. In relation to the making or amending of a local planning instrument the policies that are required to be reflected in Editor’s note—Development assessment by the the local planning instrument are set out in Part C, ‘Making state government or amending a local planning instrument’. In certain cases, development applications are also required These policies apply to all local government areas unless to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency otherwise stated in Part C. or assessment manager under the Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009 (SPR). In most cases, these applications Development assessment by local government will be made to or referred to the chief executive In relation to the assessment of development applications responsible for administering SPA as the single State by local government, the SPP only applies: Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA). (1) to the extent the SPP has not been identified in The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will the planning scheme or a regional plan as being assess these applications against the State Development appropriately reflected in the planning scheme or Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being a regional plan, and prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in (2) to a development application mentioned in Part C. effect in the second half of 2013. The SDAP will be prescribed in the SPR and will continue to Designation of land for community infrastructure apply to development applications even when this SPP is The SPP applies to the designation by a Minister of land for identified as being appropriately reflected in a regional plan community infrastructure under Chapter 5 of SPA. or a planning scheme. For all state interests with the exception of ‘natural hazards’, when making a decision about the designation of land for community infrastructure, the Minister may consider the provisions outlined in the section ‘Making or amending a local planning instrument’ in Part C.

7 Operation

Material that is, and is not, part of the State Glossary and abbreviations Planning Policy The terms used in this SPP have the meaning given in SPA, SPR or the Standard Planning Scheme Provisions, as in Parts A and B: effect from time to time. Any additional terms used in the All information included in Part A: Introduction and policy policy are defined in the glossary. context and Part B: Application and operation, of the SPP, form statutory components of the policy, except if identified Numbered and bulleted lists as an editor’s note. Numbered and bulleted lists throughout this document are to be interpreted as ‘and’ statements unless the word ‘or’ is Part C: State interests specifically included. For ease of user readability and to ensure that sufficient context and background is provided within Part C, all Mapping information relating to a particular state interest is provided The Department of State Development, Infrastructure and under the heading for that particular state interest. This Planning (DSDIP) SPP Interactive Mapping System is being means that for each state interest—to provide the clearest developed and will be available with the finalised SPP. description and context—it is necessary to provide a While not yet active, references to the DSDIP Interactive combination of both statutory and non-statutory information. Mapping System are included throughout the document to The statutory information (i.e. material forming part of the indicate where mapping will be available with the final SPP. SPP) is provided in a box and under the headings of: The following table identifies which state interests have • state interest, and supporting mapping which will be available within the • making or amending a planning instrument, and DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System and the key users for the mapping. • local government development assessment provisions, and • designation of land for community infrastructure. The non-statutory information (i.e. the extrinsic material under the Statutory Instruments Act 1992) is provided outside of boxes and includes: • the introductory paragraph for each of the five themes, and • the information provided under the heading ‘Why is [insert state interest] of interest to the state?’, and • all information for the relevant state interest provided after the title ‘Further information’, including: - SARA provisions, and - relevant legislation, and - guidance, and - any section identified as an editor’s note or footnote.

Part D: Abbreviations and glossary All abbreviations and definitions included in Part D of the SPP are statutory. Where additional supporting information relates to a particular definition, this is provided in an editor’s note and does not form part of the definition.

8 DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System (under development) Map user: Map user: Mapping layers For preparing or For making or amending a available assessing a development planning instrument application (DA) Housing and liveable communities Amenity and community wellbeing No – – Land development and housing supply No – – Economic growth Agriculture Yes State and local government – Development and construction No – – Developer Mining and extractive resources Yes State and local government Local government Tourism industry No – – Environment and heritage Developer Biodiversity Yes State and local government Local government Developer Coastal environment Yes State and local government Local government Developer Cultural heritage Yes State and local government Local government Healthy waters No – – Hazards and safety Developer Air, noise and other emissions Yes – Local government Hazardous materials and developments No – – Developer Natural hazards Yes State and local government Local government Transport and infrastructure State infrastructure and services No – – Developer State transport infrastructure and networks Yes State and local government Local government Developer Strategic airports and aviation facilities Yes State and local government Local government Strategic ports Yes State and local government – Developer Water supply catchments and infrastructure Yes State and local government Local government

9 Guidance Editor’s note—Development regulated outside Where relevant in the SPP, guidance material is listed of the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 to support the implementation of the state interest. The Some significant development is not regulated under SPA. guidance material is hyperlinked within the document but For example, mining activities are regulated by the Mineral can also be found at www.dsdip.qld.gov.au/spp-guidelines. Resources Act 1989 and the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and major infrastructure projects are partly regulated Hyperlinks by the State Development and Public Works Organisation Where the hyperlink symbol appears ( ), this shows an Act 1971 and partly by SPA. embedded link to a document, website or mapping system. When project proponents and assessors consider Relationship to other planning instruments development regulated under other legislation, due regard and consideration should be given to state and local In relation to the making or amending of a planning planning instruments, including the SPP and regional plans. instrument, the manner in which the SPP will be applied will differ depending on the instrument. In making or amending a regional plan, the planning Minister may consider the SPP, and, as appropriate, contextualise and resolve competing state interests for the region. A regional plan will only provide regionally-specific policy direction about a matter of state interest where a regional reflection of the state interest is considered necessary by the planning Minister. Local planning instruments must appropriately reflect and locally contextualise the SPP. This will be achieved by reflecting those policies which apply to the making or amendment of planning instruments for each applicable state interest.

10 Part C: State interests

Part C identifies the state interests relevant to the SPP and with respect to the following themes:

Housing and liveable communities • Amenity and community wellbeing • Land development and housing supply Transport and infrastructure • State infrastructure and Economic growth services • Agriculture • State transport infrastructure • Development and and networks construction • Strategic airports and • Mining and extractive aviation facilities Producing resources • Strategic ports • Tourism • Water supply catchments a prosperous and infrastructure Queensland

Hazards and safety Environment • Air, noise and other emissions and heritage • Hazardous materials • Biodiversity • Natural hazards • Coastal environment • Cultural heritage • Healthy waters

11 Housing and liveable communities

Planning for housing and liveable communities

The built and natural environments can be positively designed or transformed to attract employment and investment; improve environmental outcomes; support community wellbeing and contribute to social, economic and environmental sustainability.

Planning and development decision making occurs across diverse regions of Queensland—cities, towns and rural areas. This decision making influences the quality of urban design, which helps shape where people live and work, how they get to work, and where they recreate. Planning frameworks must support efficient approval of appropriate development and support the housing, employment, infrastructure and other needs of the community.

To support economic development, investment and job creation, planning must ensure an adequate supply of land suitable for development. It will also provide certainty to the property industry to ensure Queensland’s future population growth is accommodated and in a manner that is environmentally sustainable.

The state interests in housing and liveable communities are as follows: • Amenity and community wellbeing • Land development and housing supply.

Amenity and community wellbeing

Why is amenity and community wellbeing of interest to the state? The built and natural environments are important This is achieved through the well-planned placement of components of any urban, regional, coastal or rural buildings, street networks and green spaces, which: settlement. The built and natural environments can be • accommodate and improve access to employment, positively designed or transformed to: services, green space and public gathering areas • attract employment and investment • contribute to the reinvestment in and regeneration of • improve environmental outcomes existing urban areas • contribute to community wellbeing • capitalise on existing essential infrastructure and are well • contribute to social, economic and environmental serviced by local shops, offices and community facilities. sustainability.

12

LIVEABLE HOUSING AND HOUSING COMMUNITIES ECONOMIC GROWTH

State interest—amenity and community wellbeing Encourage amenity and community wellbeing in new communities and when redevelopment occurs within existing communities.

Making or amending a local planning (3) promoting urban environments that enhance personal instrument safety and security, and In making or amending a local planning instrument, local (4) providing land for pedestrian and cycle transport government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, (active transport), and Table 1: Principles. (5) retaining or reflecting local character and historic features, while not preventing or discouraging The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for appropriate innovation, and this state interest by: (1) providing an adequate supply of land for residential, (6) providing for social, recreational and cultural facilities, retail, sport and recreation, commercial, industrial, and tourism and cultural development to meet (7) protecting the operation of existing and approved sport demographic, economic and lifestyle needs of the and recreation facilities, and community, and (8) where possible, protecting existing green space and (2) promoting good urban design, and ensuring no net loss of green space.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Guidance: provisions The following guidance material supports this state interest: In certain cases, development applications are required • SPP guideline: Housing and liveable communities to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Next Generation Planning Handbook applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive • Creating Places for People—an urban design protocol for responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. Australian cities The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will • Healthy Spaces and Places assess these applications against the State Development • Crime Prevention through Environmental Design. Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013.

13 Land development and housing supply

Why is land development and housing supply of interest new housing built in a timely manner to accommodate to the state? workers and families. Planning instruments should allow Housing is required to cater for different lifestyles, incomes, diversity in housing type and product to achieve housing ages and needs. Diversity of housing provides communities and economic outcomes. with more home ownership and rental opportunities, and The state’s interest in land development and housing supply contributes to community health, wellbeing, social diversity is to ensure there is sufficient land and housing stock to and economic prosperity. support vital development, resource and infrastructure Growing communities, particularly those in emerging related projects and meet the diverse needs of different regional and resource areas, need land developed and sections of the community.

State interest—land development and housing supply Facilitate housing and land for housing that caters for the various anticipated lifestyles, incomes, ages and needs of urban and regional communities.

Making or amending a local planning (2) providing water, sewerage, transport, gas, fibre telecommunications and electricity infrastructure to instrument support land development and housing supply, and In making or amending a local planning instrument, local (3) including provisions to give effect to best government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, practice housing and urban design and ecological Table 1: Principles. sustainability, and The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for (4) maximising the use of government land suitable for this state interest by: infill and redevelopment, and (1) providing an adequate supply of land for housing to (5) providing an adequate supply of land for non- meet demographic, economic and lifestyle needs of resident workforce accommodation, if there are large the community, including: approved projects directly associated with mining, • single person households major industry, major infrastructure or rural uses that require non-resident workers to stay for extended • couples periods. The land should either be: • families (a) within an existing urban area—where the • persons requiring assisted living accommodation can be appropriately integrated • extended families and potential adverse impacts mitigated, or • students (b) outside an existing urban area—where the • non-resident workers, and accommodation is completely separate from the township and self-sufficient.

14

LIVEABLE HOUSING AND HOUSING COMMUNITIES ECONOMIC GROWTH

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in land In certain cases, development applications are required development and housing supply includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Building Act 1975 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Economic Development Act 2012. applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. Guidance: The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will The following guidance material supports this state interest: assess these applications against the State Development Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being • SPP guideline: Housing and liveable communities prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in • Urban Land Development Authority Guideline—No.3 – effect in the second half of 2013. Non-resident worker accommodation.

15 Economic growth

Planning for economic growth

The state government is committed to growing the economy. The government’s four pillar economic policy is about building on our traditional strengths in resources, agriculture, construction and tourism. Encouraging growth in these sectors will provide flow-on benefits to the rest of the economy, and across our regions. While the four pillars form the backbone of the Queensland economy, there are many other competitive and innovative sectors that are critical to our future growth and contribute to Queensland’s strong economy. Planning has a critical role to play in achieving economic growth. All sectors of the economy need to be supported by responsive and effective planning outcomes. Effective planning ensures the availability of appropriate land and provides the mechanisms to approve developments in a timely manner while enabling well-designed and liveable communities that are attractive to workers and families. Planning for a growing and diverse economy will enable Queensland businesses, in both traditional and emerging industry sectors, to capitalise on new opportunities and deliver a more prosperous Queensland. The state interests in ensuring planning enables economic growth are as follows: • Agriculture • Development and construction • Mining and extractive resources • Tourism industry.

Agriculture

Why is agriculture of interest to the state? Agriculture is central to Queensland’s economic productivity, resources are finite and are not easily restored once employment and the supply of food, fibre, fish, timber and disturbed or degraded. foliage for domestic and international markets. Agriculture Supporting agricultural development involves creating is an integral part of many regional and local economies conditions that enable a competitive, thriving and viable and communities. It supports other businesses within the sector to be maintained and sustainably managing the agricultural supply chain and utilises key infrastructure, such natural resources (including soil, land and water) critical for as roads, rail networks and ports. agriculture. Agriculture makes up a significant proportion of the state’s The state’s interest in planning for agriculture is intended land use. Access to the state’s agricultural resources is to reduce the potential for conflict between other uses, critical to a sustainable agriculture industry. Agricultural protect resources from inappropriate development, minimise resources are of state and national importance and should encroachment to ensure viable tracts of agricultural land be protected from incompatible activities that would are maintained and improve opportunities for increased compromise existing or potential productivity. These agricultural production and diversification.

16 ECONOMIC GROWTH

State interest—agriculture Provide for the long-term growth of the agricultural sector by: • supporting and facilitating industry development, and • protecting resources on which agriculture depends.

Making or amending a local planning (5) providing for complementary agricultural industry development (e.g. roadside stalls, rural industry, instrument rural workers’ accommodation, short-term tourist In making or amending a local planning instrument, local accommodation, cellar door sales, and charter government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, fishing), and Table 1: Principles. (6) providing adequate separation distances between The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for agricultural uses and other land uses that may cause this state interest by: conflict, such as sensitive land uses or land uses that have biosecurity risks for agriculture, and (1) recognising agricultural land1 and ensuring its protection from fragmentation into land parcels (7) providing for infrastructure and services necessary to which are not viable for agriculture, and support agriculture industry and associated supply chains growth, and (2) protecting agricultural land and fisheries resources from land uses that compromise the long-term (8) providing access to resources important to productivity of agriculture, and agriculture, and (3) avoiding locating sensitive land uses on or adjacent (9) adopting the lowest appropriate level of assessment to existing agricultural development (e.g. intensive for agricultural development on agricultural animal industry, horticulture, aquaculture), and land and, where agricultural development is not exempt development, adopting specific agricultural (4) maximising opportunities for co-existence with other development codes. non-agricultural uses that do not diminish agricultural productivity, and

1 Agricultural land is defined in the glossary. Reference may be made to the SPP Interactive Mapping System for mapping relating to agricultural land.

17 Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in agriculture In certain cases, development applications are required includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Strategic Cropping Land Act 2011 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive • Fisheries Act 1994 responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Soil Conservation Act 1986 The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will • Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route Management) assess these applications against the State Development Act 1992 Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being • Environmental Protection Act 1994. prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013. Guidance: The following guidance material supports this state interest: • SPP guideline: Supporting and protecting agriculture (under development).

Development and construction

Why are development and construction of interest to the state? Strong development and construction industries are of Planning should facilitate efficient approvals, encourage vital importance to Queensland. The sector is one of innovation and, where appropriate, reduce the assessment Queensland’s largest employers and is a key enabler for the burden on developers. success of other industries. The state’s interest in planning for development and A healthy development sector relies upon effective planning construction supports a thriving industry that remains policies, efficient approval processes, adequate and timely a significant employer and supports other industries. land supply, sound infrastructure planning and delivery A viable development and construction sector helps and ongoing support for the development of appropriate cities and regions harness the benefits of investment in residential, commercial and industrial areas. industries such as mining and agriculture by building strong manufacturing, logistics and service industry hubs. Planning can support the development and construction industries by reflecting the outcomes of industrial and commercial demand analysis within planning instruments.

18 ECONOMIC GROWTH

State interest—development and construction Planning and decision making support the growth of a strong and competitive development and construction sector and employment needs through: • ensuring a sufficient supply of developable land (both infill and greenfield), and • facilitating appropriate development opportunities, and • planning for industrial and commercial development required to support growth and jobs.

Making or amending a local planning (3) adopting the lowest appropriate level of assessment for industrial and commercial uses in industry and instrument commercial zones in order to facilitate the efficient In making or amending a local planning instrument, local development of that land, and government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, (4) integrating and supporting state led initiatives (e.g. Table 1: Principles. State Development Areas and Priority Development The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for Areas) as identified by local industrial and this state interest by: commercial land needs analyses, and (1) planning for sufficient supply, location and attributes (5) maintaining industrial zoned land for development of commercial and industrial land uses across a short of uses that satisfy the purpose of an industrial zone (up to 10 years), medium (10–20 years) and long- and discouraging development of industrial zoned term (20 years and beyond) horizon, and land for uses which are more appropriately located elsewhere (e.g. large-format retailing), and (2) ensuring an appropriate mix of lot sizes, locations and infrastructure servicing standards in industrial (6) incorporating sufficient flexibility to facilitate and commercial zones, supporting the diverse needs performance-based assessment of new or emerging of different activities, and technologies, industries and opportunities that support economic growth and construction.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in provisions effect in the second half of 2013. In certain cases, development applications are required to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or Relevant legislation: assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these Other legislation relating to the state interest in applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive development and construction includes: responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Building Act 1975 The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will • Economic Development Act 2012. assess these applications against the State Development

19 Mining and extractive resources

Why are mining and extractive resources of interest to the state? The resources industry is a key driver of the Queensland products it is generally necessary to source extractive economy. It supports the needs of other industries and resources close to markets. These locations are often also communities across the state, nationally and internationally subject to encroachment from sensitive land uses. by supplying valuable commodities including coal, coal The state has an interest in ensuring that mining and seam gas, minerals and petroleum. extractive resources are considered in land use planning Mining and petroleum activities are not regulated under because of the economic benefits of resource development SPA. However, the location of mineral and petroleum to Queensland. This interest acknowledges that resource deposits and the issues and opportunities development decisions will require the careful balancing of generated by resources development must be appropriately competing interests. considered in land use planning. It is important to maximise opportunities for coexistence Extractive resources (e.g. quarries for construction materials) between resource extraction and other development types are regulated under SPA. While generally at a smaller scale where possible. The SPP, in doing this, recognises that there than mining activities, the economical supply of extractive is no ‘one size fits all’ approach and that regional and local resources, such as sand, gravel, rock, clay and soil is circumstances must be considered in balancing competing essential to the health of the construction industry. Given land uses. the high volume, low value nature of extractive resource

State interest—mining and extractive resources Significant mineral, coal, petroleum, gas, and extractive resources are appropriately considered in order to support the: • productive use of mining resources and a strong resource industry, and • supply of energy and construction materials, and • avoidance and management of current and potential land use conflicts.

Making or amending a local planning instrument resource/processing area, separation area and transport route/transport route separation area either through an In making or amending a local planning instrument, local extractive industry zone, extractive resources overlay or government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, other appropriate mechanism, and Table 1: Principles. (2) providing for appropriate separation distances or other The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for mitigation measures between the resource/processing this state interest by: components of KRAs and sensitive land uses so as to minimise conflict with the use of land in a KRA for an For extractive resources extractive industry, and (1) identifying and protecting key resource areas (KRAs) (3) providing for and protecting transport routes to enable (refer to the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System, adequate access to KRAs. as amended from time to time) including the core

20 ECONOMIC GROWTH

For mineral, petroleum and coal resources (c) a material change of use within a separation area (1) recognising the importance of areas identified as of an identified KRA except for one or more of the having valuable mineral, petroleum and coal resources following uses: when making land use planning decisions, and (i) caretaker’s accommodation (2) enhancing opportunities for co-existence between (ii) animal husbandry mineral, petroleum and coal resource development (iii) cropping operations and other land uses and sensitive (iv) permanent plantation, or receiving environments, and (d) a material change of use within a transport (3) considering the location of mining and resource route’s separation area of a KRA if the 2 tenures and considering the use of an overlay or development results in an increase in the number other mechanism to identify these areas where of people living in the separation area. practicable and locally appropriate, and (4) considering the location of specified petroleum The development application is to be assessed infrastructure (such as well heads, compressor against the following requirements: stations, collector pipelines, evaporation ponds and (1) the development is compatible with the existing or workshops) that occurs on petroleum leases or under future extraction, processing and transportation of petroleum facility licences and pipeline licences in extractive resources from a KRA, that is, it ensures that: land use planning. (a) development within a resource/processing area for a KRA does not alienate or significantly Local government development assessment impede the undertaking of an existing or future provisions extractive industry development, and These provisions apply to development applications (b) sensitive land uses are not to be located within as follows: the separation area for a resource/processing area of a KRA, and (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning scheme or regional plan as being appropriately (c) development within a transport route’s separation reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and area does not increase the number of residents adversely affected by noise, dust and vibration (2) where the development application involves: generated by the haulage of extractive materials (a) reconfiguring a lot within a KRA (refer to the along the route, and DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System, as (d) development adjacent to the transport route does amended from time to time), or not adversely affect the safe and efficient use (b) a material change of use within a resource/ of the transport route by vehicles transporting processing area of a KRA, or extractive resources.

2 The mining and resource tenures considered will depend on the local area. Refer to the ‘SPP Guideline–Mining and extractive resources’ for further advice.

21 Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in mineral, In certain cases, development applications are required petroleum and extractive resources includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Mineral Resources Act 1989 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Petroleum Act 1923 applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Petroleum and Gas (Production and Safety) Act 2004 • Environmental Protection Act 1994. The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development Guidance: Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in The following guidance material supports this state interest: effect in the second half of 2013. • SPP guideline: Mining and extractive resources • Department of Natural Resources and Mines Interactive Resource and Tenure Maps.

Tourism industry

Why is the tourism industry of interest to the state? Tourism contributes significantly to creating and sustaining The state’s interest in tourism seeks to support direct and jobs, generating export revenue and strengthening local and indirect economic opportunities for local communities, regional economies. A strong tourism industry is supported regions and the state. Planning to support tourism by Queensland’s diverse natural environments, cultural and recognises that tourism can complement and support a wide social values and the provision of supporting infrastructure range of land uses and economic activities within urban, and services. rural and conservation areas. Tourism encompasses a diverse range of development Tourism development can be achieved by identifying and types, sizes and locations. Planning needs to recognise this facilitating tourism opportunities in plan making and diversity and be sufficiently flexible to support tourism, ensuring tourism development is facilitated by appropriate particularly where it can complement existing land use and land use planning mechanisms. economic activities.

22 ECONOMIC GROWTH

State interest—tourism industry Grow the tourism industry through: • enabling sustainable development of tourism accommodation, attractions, facilities, infrastructure and other ancillary services, and • the facilitation of opportunities for tourism activities to complement and co-exist with existing land use and economic activities.

Making or amending a local planning instrument (3) considering localities or areas appropriate for tourism development (existing and potential) and include In making or amending a local planning instrument, local measures which: government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, Table 1: Principles. (a) support tourism by ensuring it is recognised and supported through the strategic framework, and The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for (b) facilitate the development of appropriate tourism this state interest by: uses through planning measures (including (1) considering the findings of tourism planning activities levels of assessment, zoning, overlays and that have been undertaken for the local and regional code provisions) which support the efficient area, and development of tourism orientated uses, including (2) protecting and enabling development of current and new and innovative tourism products, and potential tourism assets and values (both natural (c) actively encourage opportunities for tourism to and built) including areas of high scenic amenity, develop as a complementary and compatible land gateways, access routes and infrastructure, and use, and (d) support tourism orientated development that promotes the amenity, economic, environmental and cultural values of an area.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development provisions Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being In certain cases, development applications are required prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or effect in the second half of 2013. assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these applications will be made to or referred to the chief Guidance: executive responsible for administering SPA as the single The following guidance material supports this state interest: SARA. • SPP guideline: Tourism industry.

23 Environment and heritage

Planning for the environment and heritage

Queensland is one of the most biologically diverse places on earth, and is home to a complex and diverse coastal environment, outstanding natural values and heritage of world, national, state and local significance. Planning has a critical role to play in supporting the protection of our environment and heritage for current and future generations, while enhancing the sustainability and liveability of our state. Effective planning should help protect the health of our waterways and groundwater, our heritage and biodiversity, and the conservation and appropriate use of the coastal environment. Industry, particularly tourism, depends on maintaining world-class and accessible natural areas and conserving Australian icons. Delivering sustainable planning will balance the preservation of important environmental values with economic growth, job creation and social wellbeing. The state interests in the environment and heritage are as follows: • Biodiversity • Coastal environment • Cultural heritage • Healthy waters.

Biodiversity

Why is biodiversity of interest to the state? Planning can support biodiversity conservation by It is also important to manage and protect areas that protecting and managing species habitat, ecosystems and provide linkages between significant remnant natural areas ecosystem services and other natural values. For example, in regions where fragmentation has occurred. the conservation of wetlands contributes to community Clear policy requirements to protect ecosystem and habitat wellbeing and economic development by protecting the values ensure that the requirements of Commonwealth various ecosystem services that wetlands provide i.e. and Queensland legislation relating to biodiversity, filtering of pollutants, regulation of climate and flooding, nature conservation and native vegetation and wetland coastal protection, provision of habitat for biodiversity and management can be achieved when planning and recreation and tourism opportunities. development assessment decisions are made.

24

heritage

ENVIRONMENT environment and AND HERITAGE

State interest—biodiversity Matters of national and state environmental significance are valued and appropriately safeguarded to support healthy and resilient ecosystems and ensure the sustainable, long- term conservation of biodiversity and the social, economic, cultural and environmental benefits it provides.

Making or amending a local planning (d) including planning measures that require development to avoid significant and adverse instrument environmental impacts, or where this cannot be In making or amending a local planning instrument, local reasonably achieved, impacts are minimised and government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, residual impacts offset. Table 1: Principles. Local government development assessment The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for this state interest by: provisions (1) reflecting an appropriate consideration of: These provisions apply to development applications 5 (a) matters of national environmental significance3, and as follows : (b) matters of state environmental significance4, and (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning scheme or regional plan as being appropriately (c) strategic offset areas, and reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and (2) facilitating the protection of matters of national and (2) where the development application relates to state environmental significance by: land affected by a matter of state environmental (a) protecting species and species habitat, ecosystems significance6, and involves: and ecosystem services and other natural values, to (a) operational work, or the greatest extent practicable, and (b) a material change of use, other than for a (b) maintaining or enhancing ecological connectivity, dwelling house, or and (c) reconfiguring a lot that results in more than six (c) avoiding establishing urban areas or other lots or where any of the resulting lots are less development (unless there is no feasible than five hectares. alternative location) that may: (i) significantly and adversely affect matters of The development application is to be assessed national or state environmental significance, against the following requirements: or (1) any potential adverse environmental impacts are (ii) prevent strategic offset areas from being identified and considered, and secured, and (2) the development avoids adverse environmental impacts, or where this is not reasonably possible, impacts are minimised and residual impacts are offset.

3 Matters of national environmental significance are defined in the glossary. Refer to the Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool for advisory mapping and information. 4 Matters of state environmental significance are defined in the glossary. Refer to the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System for advisory mapping. 5 The South East Queensland Koala Conservation State Planning Regulatory Provisions continue to regulate development applications in South East Queensland (SEQ). 6 The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cwlth) applies to matters of national environmental significance. Where there is a ‘significant impact’ on a matter of national environmental significance, approval may be required from the relevant federal government minister.

25 Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Guidance: provisions The following guidance material supports this state interest: In certain cases, development applications are required • SPP guideline: Biodiversity (under development) to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • SPP fact sheet: Matters of national and state assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these environmental significance applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Guideline: Protecting wetlands of high ecological significance in Great Barrier Reef catchments (currently The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will under review) assess these applications against the State Development • Queensland wetland buffer planning guideline Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in • Queensland wetlands program on wetlandinfo. effect in the second half of 2013. In relation to offsets7: Relevant legislation: • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cwlth) Environmental Offsets Policy Other legislation relating to the state interest in biodiversity includes: • Queensland Government Environmental Offsets Policy • Queensland Biodiversity Offsets Policy • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cwlth) • Offsets for Net Gain of Koala Habitat in South East Queensland Policy • Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (Cwlth) • Marine Fish Habitat Offset Policy • Environmental Protection Act 1994 • Policy for Vegetation Management Offsets. • Fisheries Act 1994 • Vegetation Management Act 1999 In relation to matters of national environmental significance: • Nature Conservation Act 1992 • Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool • Marine Parks Act 2004 • Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1: Matters of national • Wild Rivers Act 2005. environmental significance (Cwlth).

7 The Queensland Government is currently revising the Environmental Offsets Policy. The new policy will replace issue specific biodiversity offset policies that are presently applied (including vegetation management, fisheries and koalas in SEQ). Mapping of strategic offset areas is also being prepared as part of the Queensland Government Environmental Offsets Policy review.

26

ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGE

Coastal environment

Why is the coastal environment of interest to the state? The coastal environment is important for its natural based on agreed channels, that ensure safety and optimise processes and resources and its economic, social and benefits of limited maintenance dredging budgets and aesthetic values. In order to protect and minimise any managed to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on the adverse impacts on these resources and the scenic amenity coastal environment. of the coastal environment, urban growth needs to be Public expectation is for unrestricted access to the coast from effectively managed, and consolidation through infill and both the land and the water. Access to coastal waters and the redevelopment within existing urban areas promoted. foreshore is highly desirable for local communities and visitors. Certain types of development must be located in areas Access can also provide significant benefits to the community adjacent to the coast to allow for access to coastal through a number of recreational uses (e.g. recreational resources, such as tidal water. It is critical that planning fishing) and for commercial operations (e.g. tourism and and land use decisions ensure that coastal-dependent commercial fishing). development is provided in suitable areas on the Restricted public access may be required in certain coast. In particular, planning decisions should support circumstances due to operational requirements, such as the establishment or expansion of coastal-dependent ensuring public safety or the safety of employees (e.g. at development in preference to other development, where a working ship yard, slipway or commercial marina). It may there is competition for available land on the coast. also be appropriate to have restricted public access to Dredging from land below highest astronomical tide (e.g. maintain stability of dunes and the foreshore and to afford within coastal waters) provides navigational and economic long-term protection of adjacent landward infrastructure benefits to Queensland and should be strategically located from natural hazards.

27 State interest—coastal environment The coastal environment is protected and conserved and opportunities for coastal- dependent development are supported in areas along the coast. Public access to or along the foreshore is to be maintained or enhanced in a way that protects coastal resources and their associated values, while also ensuring public safety.

Making or amending a local planning Local government development assessment instrument provisions In making or amending a local planning instrument, local These provisions apply to development applications government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, as follows: Table 1: Principles. (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning Where does the state interest apply? scheme or regional plan as being appropriately reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, All local government areas partially or wholly located in and the coastal zone8. (2) the development application is for development The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for (excluding development for a dwelling house) on this state interest by: land in a coastal management district. (1) supporting conservation of the coastal zone in its The development application is to be assessed against natural state to the greatest extent practicable, and the following requirements9: (2) supporting the protection of coastal resources and (1) the development avoids or minimises adverse their values and maintaining or enhancing natural impacts on coastal resources and their values, and scenic amenity in the coastal zone to the greatest (2) the development maximises opportunities to extent practicable, and maintain or enhance natural scenic amenity values of (3) adequately providing for coastal-dependent the coast, and development in areas adjoining the foreshore in (3) the development maintains or enhances general preference to other development, and public access to, or along, the foreshore unless this (4) maintaining or enhancing opportunities for safe is contrary to the protection of coastal resources or public access and use of the foreshore, and public safety, and (5) minimising risks to life and property resulting from (4) the development avoids private structures attaching coastal hazards in accordance with the ‘natural to, or extending across, non-tidal state coastal land hazards’ state interest, and abutting tidal waters, and (6) facilitating the conservation of biodiversity in the (5) the development supports the location and design of coastal zone in accordance with the ‘biodiversity’ tidal work that is private marine development, only state interest. where the development: (a) is on private land abutting state tidal land and used for property access purposes, and

8 The coastal zone is defined in the glossary. Also, refer to the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System. 9 Refer to ‘biodiversity’ and ‘natural hazards’ state interests when considering coastal biodiversity or coastal hazards.

28

ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGE

(b) occupies the minimum area reasonably required (9) the development does not involve reclamation of for its designed purpose, and tidal land other than for the purposes of: (c) is not roofed or otherwise covered, and (a) coastal-dependent development, public marine (d) does not require the construction of coastal development or community infrastructure, where protection works, riverbank hardening or dredging there is no feasible alternative, or for marine access, and (b) strategic ports, boat harbours or strategic airports (e) does not adversely impact on public health and and aviation facilities in accordance with a safety or public access and use of the foreshore, statutory land use plan, or and (c) coastal protection work or work necessary to protect coastal resources or coastal processes, (6) the development supports further development of and canals, dry land marinas and artificial waterways only where the development avoids or minimises adverse (10) if the development is for a marina, with six or more impacts on coastal resources and their values and berths, it provides facilities for the reception and does not contribute to one or more of the following: disposal of ship-sourced pollutants in accordance (a) degradation of water quality, or with the Ship-sourced pollutants reception facilities in marinas development code. (b) an increase in the risk of flooding, or (c) degradation or loss of matters of state and national environmental significance (including, but not limited to, coastal wetlands, fish habitat areas and migratory species habitat), and (7) the development does not result in the disposal of material dredged from land into coastal waters, with the exception of: (a) reclamation of tidal land, or (b) coastal protection works, or (c) the maintenance of an existing artificial waterway and the at-sea disposal of material that has previously been approved for the waterway, and (8) the development complies with a dredge management plan that demonstrates how environmental impacts will be managed and mitigated, and complies with requirements of the National Assessment Guidelines for Dredging 200910, and

10 Refer to the National Assessment Guidelines for Dredging 2009.

29 Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions The legislation relating to the state interest in the coastal In certain cases, development applications are required environment includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Transport Operations (Marine Pollution) Act 1995 applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive • Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 (Cwlth) responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Marine Parks Act 2004. The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development Guidance: Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being The following guidance material supports this state interest: prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in • SPP guideline: Coastal environment (under development). effect in the second half of 2013.

Cultural heritage

Why is cultural heritage11 of interest to the state? Queensland’s world, national, state and local heritage Protection and enhancement of heritage places or heritage is unique, diverse and irreplaceable. Places or areas of areas can deliver valuable social and economic benefits cultural heritage significance include historic buildings, throughout Queensland, such as enhancing community structures, gardens, cemeteries, archaeological sites, identity, preserving historic and natural landmarks and streets, townscapes, culturally significant natural landscapes supporting the tourism industry. and Indigenous places. These places or areas are Development affecting a place or area of cultural important because of embedded heritage values including heritage significance should aim to support its long-term architectural, historical, social and/or spiritual values. conservation and, where practicable, enhance appreciation of its heritage values.

11 Natural heritage is also of interest to the state and is considered as part of the ‘biodiversity’ state interest.

30

ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGE

State interest—cultural heritage The cultural heritage significance of world, national, state and local heritage places and areas is appropriately conserved and enhanced for the benefit of the community and future generations. Making or amending a local planning instrument (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning scheme or regional plan as being appropriately In making or amending a local planning instrument, local reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, Table 1: Principles. (2) where a development application is for development on land: A local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for (a) adjoining a Queensland heritage place12, or this state interest by: (b) that is or adjoins: (1) identifying heritage places and heritage areas, and (i) a local heritage place13, or (2) supporting conservation of the cultural heritage (ii) if the local government is mentioned in significance of a heritage place or heritage area, and the Queensland Heritage Regulation 2003, (3) ensuring that adjoining land uses and developments schedule 1—a heritage area identified in a are of a nature and scale that does not compromise local planning instrument or a local law. the cultural heritage significance of the heritage place or heritage area. The development application is to be assessed against the following requirements: Local government development assessment (1) the development avoids or mitigates adverse impacts provisions on the cultural heritage significance of a Queensland or local heritage place or heritage area. These provisions apply to development applications as follows:

Further information State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in cultural 14 In certain cases, development applications are required heritage includes : to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these Act 1999 (Cwlth) applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Queensland Heritage Act 1992. The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will Guidance: assess these applications against the State Development The following guidance material supports this state interest: Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in • SPP guideline: Cultural heritage (under development). effect in the second half of 2013.

12 Queensland heritage places are entered on the Queensland Heritage Register 13 Refer to individual local governments for a copy of the relevant Local Heritage Register. For a list of those local governments that are not required to keep a local heritage register, please see the Queensland Heritage Regulation 2003, schedule 1 14 The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003 (ACHA) and Torres Strait Islander Cultural Heritage Act 2003 (TSICHA) provide for the recognition, protection and conservation of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultural heritage and impose a duty of care in relation to carrying out of activities. The requirements of the ACHA and TSICHA apply separately and in addition to the SPP.

31 Healthy waters

Why are healthy waters of interest to the state? Healthy waterways (including groundwater systems) are an All elements of the water cycle are interdependent. Therefore, it is integral part of our lifestyle and economy. In order to protect important that water use is managed on a total water cycle basis, these values, planning, design, construction and operation of balancing uses of water, maximising opportunities for recovery development should be undertaken to protect environmental and reuse and avoiding or minimising impacts of stormwater values and maintain or enhance water quality. and waste water discharge on waterways. This will lead to the enhancement and protection of the environmental values of receiving waters, such as bays and the Great Barrier Reef.

State interest—healthy waters Development is planned, designed, constructed and operated to protect environmental values of Queensland waters and supports the achievement of water quality objectives.

Making or amending a local planning instrument Local government development assessment In making or amending a local planning instrument, local provisions government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, These provisions apply to development applications Table 1: Principles. as follows: A local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning this state interest by: scheme or regional plan as being appropriately (1) providing for the protection of water environmental reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and values and supporting the achievement of relevant (2) for a development application involving stormwater water quality objectives, and management or management of new or expanded non-tidal artificial waterways if the application is for: (2) including, as a minimum, the relevant design objectives for urban stormwater quality and quantity (a) a material change of use for urban purposes that contained in the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning involves: Guidelines 2010 , and (i) a land area of more than 2500m2, or (3) allocating land for urban or future urban purposes (ii) six or more additional dwellings, or in areas which minimise the disturbance to natural (b) reconfiguring a lot for urban purposes that: drainage, erosion risk, impact on groundwater levels (i) will result in six or more residential allotments and landscape features, and or that provides for six or more additional (4) requiring that development in nutrient hazardous dwellings, or areas is located, designed or managed to avoid the (ii) involves a land area of more than 2500m2 and mobilisation and release of nutrients of concern for results in an increased number of lots, or algal blooms. (iii) involves operational work disturbing more than 2500m2 of land, or

32

ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGE

(c) operational works for urban purposes that The development application is to be assessed involves disturbing more than 2500m2 of land, against the following requirements: and (1) avoids or otherwise minimises adverse impacts on the (3) for a development application involving waste water environmental values of receiving waters, arising from: management (other than contaminated stormwater (a) altered stormwater quality or flow, or or sewage) if the development application is for industrial or commercial development and involves (b) waste water (other than contaminated stormwater a material change of use, reconfiguring a lot or and sewage), or operational works for urban purposes involving (c) the creation or expansion of non-tidal artificial waste water discharge. waterways, such as urban lakes, and (2) supports the achievement of relevant water quality objectives and design objectives for urban stormwater quality contained in the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning Guidelines 2010.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in healthy In certain cases, development applications are required waters includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Environmental Protection Act 1994 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single • Water Act 2000. SARA. Guidance: The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will The following guidance material supports this state interest: assess these applications against the State Development Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being • SPP guideline: Healthy waters prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in • Queensland Urban Drainage Manual effect in the second half of 2013. • Guideline for implementing policies and plans for managing nutrients of concern for coastal algal blooms in Queensland • ANZEC and ARMCANZ (2000) Australian and New Zealand guidelines for fresh and marine water quality.

33 Hazards and safety

Planning for hazards and safety

An effective planning system has a critical role to play in avoiding and minimising the potential impacts of hazards brought about by extreme weather events, natural processes and the result of human activities. These hazards, which are often unpredictable in nature, include flooding, landslide, bushfire, coastal erosion as well as air, noise and other emissions, contaminated land and acid sulfate soils. Planning for hazards and safety will enable positive responses to challenges and change. By providing adaptable and flexible responses, and encouraging innovation, planning can help ensure the continued prosperity of Queensland, the wellbeing of people and the protection of property, the environment and infrastructure. The state interests in protecting the community’s safety are as follows: • Air, noise and other emissions • Hazardous materials and development • Natural hazards.

Air, noise and other emissions

Why is the management of air, noise and other emissions of interest to the state? Protecting the health, safety, wellbeing and amenity Air quality in Queensland is in a generally good condition. of communities, individuals and the environment is However, the location of new or expanding industrial fundamental to achieving good planning outcomes. development that may cause potential adverse impacts on sensitive land uses is an important consideration. Certain development activities need to be planned and effectively managed to avoid or minimise any potential adverse Similarly, the safe and sustainable operation of existing and impacts from air, noise and other emissions (e.g. odour, light future industrial development and any sport or recreation and vibration). For example, this may include: activities that may cause nuisance or adverse impacts needs to be protected from unreasonable encroachment by • industrial development, such as a brewery or abattoir incompatible development and unnecessary restrictions. • alternative energy generation such as wind farms15 • major sport, recreation and entertainment facilities including shooting or motor sports facilities.

15 Wind farm developments will be assessed by the State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA).

34 fety sa

d n a HAZARDS

State interest—air, noise and other emissions Sensitive land uses and the environment are to be protected from the potential adverse impacts from air, noise and other emissions (such as odour, light and vibration) while ensuring the long-term viability of industrial development, alternative energy and certain sport or recreation activities in appropriate locations.

Making or amending a local planning instrument Table 2: Management areas In making or amending a local planning instrument, local Management areas Local government area government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, Table 1: Principles. Amberley/Purga Ipswich City Council Bajool Rockhampton Regional Council The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for Bohle Townsville City Council this state interest by: Brookhill Townsville City Council (1) requiring the appropriate and compatible location of Caloundra Sunshine Coast Regional Council sensitive land uses, industrial land uses and major Business Park sport, recreation and entertainment facilities to avoid Charlton-Wellcamp Toowoomba Regional Council adverse impacts from air, noise or other emissions, and (2) supporting the protection of the following existing Cleveland Redland City Council and approved land uses or zones from encroachment Coolum Sunshine Coast Regional Council by sensitive land uses: Coomera Gold Coast City Council (a) medium impact, high impact, extractive, and Marine Precinct noxious and hazardous industry zones, or Cranley Toowoomba Regional Council (b) intensive animal industries, or Dalby Western Downs Regional Council (c) industrial land in a state development area, or Elimbah Moreton Bay Regional Council an enterprise opportunity area or employment Glanmire Gympie Regional Council opportunity area identified in a regional plan, or Helidon Lockyer Valley Regional Council (d) any major sport, recreation and entertainment Kunda Park Sunshine Coast Regional Council facilities (including shooting or motor sport facilities) Laidley Lockyer Valley Regional Council that may cause nuisance or adverse impacts. Lowood Somerset Regional Council Local government development assessment Maryborough Fraser Coast Regional Council provisions Mount Larcom Gladstone Regional Council These provisions apply to development applications Narangba Moreton Bay Regional Council as follows: Paget Mackay Regional Council (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning Swanbank Ipswich City Council scheme or regional plan as being appropriately Wulkuraka Ipswich City Council reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and Yabulu Townsville City Council (2) where a development application is: Yandina Sunshine Coast Regional Council (a) for a material change of use or reconfiguring a lot Yarwun Gladstone Regional Council for a sensitive land use, and (b) for development of land located wholly or partly in a management area listed in Table 2: Management areas17. Continued over page

17 For mapping of management areas, refer to the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System.

35 The development application is to be assessed (a) Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008, against the following requirements: and (1) is designed to avoid or otherwise minimise adverse (b) Environmental Protection (Air) Policy 2008, and impacts from air, noise and other emissions that will (3) does not compromise the viability of existing affect the health and safety, wellbeing and amenity of or future industrial development, including communities and individuals, and industrial land within a state development area, (2) achieves the relevant acoustic and air quality or an enterprise opportunity area or employment objectives of the: opportunity area identified in a regional plan.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in air, noise In certain cases, development applications are required and other emissions includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Environmental Protection Act 1994 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008 applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Environmental Protection (Air) Policy 2008. The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will Guidance: assess these applications against the State Development The following guidance material supports this state interest: Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in • SPP guideline: Air, noise and other emissions (under effect in the second half of 2013. development). In relation to motor sport: • Council of Mayors SEQ Preliminary Trail Bike Noise Planning Policy in Providing Opportunities for Off-Road Motorcycling. A guide for local governments.

36 fety sa

d n a HAZARDS

Hazardous materials and developments

Why is the management of hazardous materials and developments of interest to the state? The use, storage and handling of hazardous materials Developments involving hazardous materials also need and the disturbance of acid sulfate soils present potential to be protected from unreasonable encroachment by sources of risk to health and safety of communities and incompatible development and unnecessary restrictions. individuals, and the natural and built environment. This means adjoining land uses should be of a nature and scale that will not compromise the use, storage and Development involving hazardous materials and acid sulfate handling of hazardous materials. soils has become an increasingly important facet of land use planning in recent years to effectively avoid or minimise potential adverse impacts.

State interest—hazardous materials and developments Developments involving: • the storage and handling of hazardous materials, or • the disturbance of acid sulfate soils are appropriately located, designed and constructed to minimise health and safety risks to communities and individuals and adverse effects on the environment.

Making or amending a local planning (3) providing for development involving the use, storage and handling of certain dangerous goods and instrument combustible liquids as self-assessable development, In making or amending a local planning instrument, local including the codes identified in SPP mandatory government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, requirements: Dangerous goods and combustible Table 1: Principles. liquids , and The local planning instrument is to appropriately (4) for acid sulfate soils—appropriately considering the reflect the state interest by: adverse impacts of acid sulfate soils on the natural and built environment (including infrastructure) and (1) avoiding the encroachment of sensitive land uses on human health by: major hazard facilities, and (a) identifying areas with high probability of (2) protecting sensitive land uses from the impacts of containing acid sulfate soils, and previous activities that may cause risk to people or property, including: (b) providing preference to land uses that will avoid or minimise the disturbance of acid sulfate soils, (a) post-mining activities and hazards (e.g. disused and underground mines, tunnels and shafts), or (c) managing the disturbance of acid sulfate soils (b) landfill and refuse sites, or where it is clearly demonstrated that it is not (c) environmental hazards, and possible to avoid disturbance.

37 Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in hazardous In certain cases, development applications are required materials and developments includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Work Health and Safety Act 2011 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive • Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011. responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. Guidance: The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will The following guidance material supports this state interest: assess these applications against the State Development Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being • SPP guideline: Acid sulfate soils (under development). prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013.

Natural hazards

Why are natural hazards of interest to the state? Flooding, bushfires, landslides, storm tide inundation and • ensuring the use of mapping, risk assessment and coastal erosion are forces of nature. It is the responsibility planning responses are fit for purpose17 of all levels of government, industry and the community • ensuring communities understand natural hazards and to minimise the impact these natural hazards may have the extent to which they are acceptable, tolerable and on people, social wellbeing, property, the economy, the intolerable environment and infrastructure. • using the best information and technology to identify, Outlining a standard planning approach to address natural analyse, evaluate and communicate about natural hazards is based on the following principles: hazards and their associated risks. • avoiding, mitigating, adapting and building resilience to The state’s planning interest in natural hazards seeks to natural hazards in new and existing development areas ensure hazards are properly considered in all levels of the • maintaining personal safety from natural hazards in new planning system, community resilience is increased and and existing communities hazards are avoided or minimised where possible. • understanding that land use planning controls are a core risk management response which may occur in conjunction with building controls, structural measures, community awareness and emergency management

17 The fit for purpose approach is based on a response to natural hazards that is tailored to the characteristics of the hazard, the population exposed and development growth pressures experienced, and the resources available to address the natural hazard.

38 fety sa

d n a HAZARDS

State interest—natural hazards The risk of, and the adverse impacts from, natural hazards are avoided, minimised or mitigated to protect people and property and enhance the community’s resilience to natural hazards.

Making or amending a local planning (5) addressing provisions 1-4 in accordance with the instrument following: • SPP mandatory requirements: flooding hazard In making or amending a local planning instrument, local government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, • SPP mandatory requirements: bushfire hazard Table 1: Principles. • SPP mandatory requirements: landslide hazard • SPP mandatory requirements: coastal hazard. Where does the state interest apply? Statewide, where a local government area is affected by Local government development assessment one or more of the following natural hazards (statewide provisions hazard mapping, as amended from time to time, is These provisions apply to development applications available on the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System): as follows: (a) flood (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning (b) bushfire scheme or regional plan as being appropriately (c) landslide reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, (d) coastal (including erosion prone areas and/or and storm tide inundation areas). (2) where the development application is for a material change of use, reconfiguring a lot or operational The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for works on land within one or more of the following this state interest by: natural hazard areas18: (1) reflecting the outcomes of a natural hazard (a) flood hazard areas19, or investigation, including natural hazard maps for the (b) medium or high bushfire hazard areas, or local government area, and (c) landslide hazard areas, or (2) reflecting the outcomes of a natural hazard risk assessment, and (d) coastal hazard areas including erosion prone areas and storm tide inundation areas. (3) reflecting the development potential of land by ensuring development in new and existing areas The development application is to be assessed avoids or mitigates the risks of natural hazards to against the following requirements: an acceptable or tolerable level, and (1) development addresses the natural hazard and (4) for development in a coastal hazard area, ensuring associated risks to people, property, economic that erosion prone areas in a coastal management activity, social wellbeing and the environment by district are maintained as development-free buffers or achieving the following performance outcomes: where permanent buildings or structures exist, coastal (a) the development is compatible with the level of erosion risks are avoided or mitigated, and risk associated with the natural hazard, and Continued over page

18 Refer to the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System for the hazard area mapping. 19 The flood hazard area map is the Level 1 Interim Floodplain Assessment Overlay Mapping prepared by the Queensland Reconstruction Authority. If a local government provides a more detailed flood hazard map, the state government will consider including this information into the statewide flood hazard area map.

39 (b) the development siting, layout and access (3) in considering the above matters, regard must be responds to a potential natural hazard and had to the following: minimises risk to personal safety, and • SPP mandatory requirements: flooding hazard (c) the development is resilient to natural hazard • SPP mandatory requirements: bushfire hazard events by ensuring siting and design accounts for • SPP mandatory requirements: landslide hazard the potential risks of natural hazards to property, and • SPP mandatory requirements: coastal hazard. (d) the development directly, indirectly and Designation of land for community cumulatively avoids an unacceptable increase in infrastructure the severity of the natural hazard and does not significantly increase the potential for damage on When/where do these provisions apply? the site or to other properties, and Where designating land for community infrastructure, (e) the development avoids the release of hazardous if the land is affected by one or more of the following materials as a result of a natural hazard event, natural hazards: and (a) flood (f) natural processes and the protective function of (b) bushfire (medium or high risk) landforms and/or vegetation are maintained in natural hazard areas, and (c) landslide (2) development in a coastal hazard area ensures that: (d) coastal (including erosion prone areas and/or storm tide inundation areas). (a) erosion prone areas in a coastal management district are maintained as development-free The designation of land for community infrastructure buffers or where permanent buildings or is to appropriately reflect the following: structures exist, coastal erosion risks are avoided The community infrastructure must address the or mitigated, and natural hazard and associated risks to people, social (b) coastal protection work is undertaken only as a wellbeing, property, the economy, the environment and last resort where erosion presents an imminent infrastructure by: threat to public safety or property, and (1) functioning effectively during and after a broad range (i) the property cannot reasonably be relocated of natural hazard events (where appropriate), and or abandoned, and (2) avoiding natural hazard areas or mitigating risks to (ii) the coastal protection work is located acceptable or tolerable levels, and on private land to the maximum extent (3) building community resilience to natural hazards, and reasonable, and (4) in considering the above matters, regard must be (iii) the coastal protection work does not increase had to the following: coastal hazard risk for adjacent areas, and • SPP mandatory requirements: flooding hazard • SPP mandatory requirements: bushfire hazard • SPP mandatory requirements: landslide hazard • SPP mandatory requirements: coastal hazard.

40 fety sa

d n a HAZARDS

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in provisions effect in the second half of 2013. In certain cases, development applications are required to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or Relevant legislation: assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these Other legislation relating to the state interest in natural applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive hazards includes: responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Queensland Reconstruction Authority Act 2011. The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development

41 Transport and infrastructure

Planning for transport and infrastructure

The state delivers and supports a wide range of infrastructure across diverse sectors which include transport, education, health, sports and recreation, essential services, and cultural facilities. This infrastructure plays a fundamental role in creating our built environment and providing for growth in our cities and towns. It influences urban form, access to employment, community building and recreational opportunities. It drives economic growth by supporting productive and successful industries and businesses that are important to the state. The transport and infrastructure network represents a significant physical resource in the state and requires careful planning and development. Effective planning will consider infrastructure needs required to support development, support innovative solutions to infrastructure provision and ensure infrastructure is appropriately designed and located to meet needs. The state interests in transport and infrastructure are as follows: • State infrastructure and services • State transport infrastructure and networks • Strategic airports and aviation facilities • Strategic ports • Water supply catchments and infrastructure.

State infrastructure and services

Why are state infrastructure and services of interest to the state? Infrastructure is essential to our economic and social It also has a substantial impact on the ability of the state wellbeing. The state delivers and supports a wide range of to efficiently deliver services such as public transport, infrastructure across sectors including transport, education, community safety, health, education and recreation and health, sports and recreation, and utilities. Development the community’s ease of access to these services. that directly or indirectly hampers the efficient operation Successful implementation of this state interest also of significant infrastructure has a detrimental impact on requires state agencies and authorities responsible for the state. infrastructure planning and delivery to support local Integration of land use planning with infrastructure planning government by providing timely and accurate information and investment represents a way in which the state can around infrastructure planning activities. maximise its returns on infrastructure investment, realising Infrastructure planning by the state should ensure benefits across a wide range of economic, environmental appropriate consideration is given to integration with local and community measures. and state planning instruments and strategies, and should The settlement pattern provided for in planning instruments consider innovative approaches to reduce costs, such as at the state and local government level directly influences use of multi-use corridors for state and local infrastructure the efficient operation of infrastructure networks and the where appropriate. productivity gained from that infrastructure.

42 transport and transport infrastructure

State interest—state infrastructure and services The benefits of investment in state infrastructure and services are maximised through integrated state and local land use planning.

Making or amending a local planning (2) protecting existing and approved future infrastructure 20 locations and corridors including easements and instrument adjoining land from development that would In making or amending a local planning instrument, local compromise the efficient delivery and functioning of government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, the identified infrastructure, and Table 1: Principles. (3) concentrating and promoting complementary The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for development in areas with a high level of access to this state interest by: infrastructure and services, including through the provision of higher densities in existing urban areas (1) considering significant infrastructure within the local with access to infrastructure, and government area such as state-controlled roads; rail; education facilities; major sport, recreation and (4) ensuring planning and sequencing of new entertainment facilities; arts and cultural facilities; development areas (both greenfield and infill) health facilities; and economic infrastructure, such as gives appropriate consideration to requirements for major utility corridors (e.g. bulk water; gas pipelines; additional state infrastructure and services, and fibre telecommunications infrastructure; high voltage (5) including measures to ensure that development electricity transmission; distribution networks and is designed to enable the provision of fibre associated infrastructure21, and telecommunications infrastructure in greenfield sites.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development provisions Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being In certain cases, development applications are required prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or effect in the second half of 2013. assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA.

20 The state interest for ‘state infrastructure and services’ should be considered in conjunction with the state interest for ‘state transport infrastructure and networks’. 21 Refer to the Interactive Resource and Tenure Maps (IRTM)—a tool to identify relevant infrastructure.

43 State transport infrastructure and networks

Why are state transport infrastructure and networks of interest to the state? Economic and social development in Queensland is dependent Development can also affect the performance of the whole on a system of transport infrastructure that is safe, structurally transport network by impacting on the safe and efficient sound and reliable. Transport infrastructure provides access movement of people and goods across the network. The to employment, social services and recreational opportunities integration of development with state transport infrastructure and drives economic growth by supporting productive and is important for ensuring the safe, efficient and sustainable successful industries and businesses. use of transport networks and the provision of connected, prosperous and liveable communities. Development can affect the safety, structural and operational integrity of state transport infrastructure if it is not State transport infrastructure generates environmental appropriately located, designed, constructed and maintained. emissions such as noise, vibration, air particulates and light. Development must have regard to the location of existing Environmental emissions can have adverse impacts on the infrastructure, its access, design features, safety requirements, health, wellbeing and quality of life of communities located in function, current and future operating conditions and the the vicinity of state transport infrastructure so it is important increased infrastructure demand and maintenance requirements that development is located, designed and/or constructed to that may result from development. reduce the community’s exposure to environmental emissions.

State interest—state transport infrastructure and networks State transport infrastructure, corridors and transport networks are protected from the impacts of development to ensure their ongoing safe and efficient operation. Development is located and designed to: • mitigate impacts from environmental emissions generated by state transport infrastructure on the development, and • integrate with and make the most efficient, safe and sustainable use of existing and planned state transport infrastructure, corridors and transport networks.

Making or amending a local planning The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for instrument this state interest by: (1) identifying and protecting state transport In making or amending a local planning instrument, local infrastructure and existing and future state transport government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, corridors from incompatible development22, and Table 1: Principles. (2) requiring development to occur in areas currently serviced by state transport infrastructure and new development to be established in a logical and orderly sequence that is in accordance with planning for new and upgraded state transport infrastructure, and

22 Refer to DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System for current and future state transport infrastructure and networks.

44 transport and transport infrastructure

(3) requiring development to integrate with and support (2) where the development application involves a the safe, efficient and sustainable use of state material change of use or reconfiguring a lot and transport infrastructure and existing and future state involves land: transport corridors and provide a hierarchy of road (a) located within 400 metres of a public passenger and street networks to manage local and through transport facility or a future public passenger traffic, and transport facility, and (4) including the Land use and transport integration (b) has a total site area equal to or more than 5000 m2. code for development within 400 metres of a public passenger transport facility (refer to the The development application is to be assessed State Planning Policy Guideline: State transport against the following requirements23: infrastructure and networks for the code ) or (1) integrates with and promotes the safe, efficient and similar development assessment measures, and sustainable use of state transport infrastructure and (5) requiring development be located and designed networks, and to mitigate the impact of environmental emissions (2) complies with the Land use and transport integration generated from state transport infrastructure on code for development within 400 metres of a the development. public transport facility (refer to the State Planning Policy Guidelines State transport infrastructure and Local government development assessment networks for the code ). provisions These provisions apply to development applications as follows: (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning scheme or regional plan as being appropriately reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and

23 Under the Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009 the state has jurisdiction for development assessment policy outcomes designed to ensure safety, structural integrity and operational efficiency of state transport infrastructure. These include: • ensuring development does not adversely impact state transport infrastructure or existing and future state transport corridors • ensuring development addresses and mitigates adverse impacts from the development on the safety and operational efficiency of state transport infrastructure, corridors and transport networks • ensuring development mitigates adverse impacts on the development from environmental emissions generated by state transport infrastructure.

45 Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in state In certain cases, development applications are required transport infrastructure and networks includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994. applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. Guidance: The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will The following guidance material supports this state interest: assess these applications against the State Development • SPP guideline: State transport infrastructure and Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being networks. prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013.

Strategic airports and aviation facilities

Why are strategic airports and aviation facilities of interest to the state? The state recognises the importance of certain airports and emergency service activities when not in active military use. It aviation facilities, such as communication, navigation and is expected that government planning instruments will support surveillance (CNS) facilities to the economy, and the vital optimisation of the role airports play in facilitating strategic contribution they make to economic growth in areas such as economic development. tourism, trade, logistics, business travel, resources and defence. The strategic airports and aviation facilities to which the SPP All sectors of the Queensland economy rely in some way upon applies are essential elements for the national and state air the efficient movement of people and freight through strategic transport network and the national defence system, and play airports. Protection of CNS facilities is crucial to the operational an important role in driving and sustaining economic growth. viability of these airports. Inappropriate development can directly and indirectly affect airports and their operations. It is important to note that the Military airfields also contribute significantly to national defence policy outcomes do not apply to the land within the boundaries and the regional economy where they are located, and support of strategic airports or aviation facilities themselves.

46 transport and transport infrastructure

State interest—strategic airports and aviation facilities Strategic airports and aviation facilities (including CNS facilities) are protected from incompatible development to ensure their long-term safe and viable operation. Development is located and designed to mitigate the noise and public safety impacts of aviation operations on the development.

Making or amending a local planning (3) protecting public safety areas by ensuring development avoids increasing risk to public safety instrument in defined public safety areas, and In making or amending a local planning instrument, local (4) protecting aviation facilities by ensuring development government is to have regard to the principles in Section and associated activities do not adversely affect the A, Table 1: Principles. functioning of aviation facilities, and Where does the state interest apply? (5) integrating land use and development with airports All local government areas that contain or are impacted by promoting use of land surrounding strategic by a strategic airport and/or aviation facility identified in airports for development that is compatible with, Table 3: Strategic airports or the aviation facilities table depends upon or gains significant economic in the SPP guideline: Strategic airports and aviation advantage from being in proximity to a strategic facilities. airport, or supports the role of the strategic airport as a critical freight and logistics hub, and The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for (6) protecting key transport corridors linking strategic this state interest by: airports to the broader transport network, and (1) protecting operational airspace by ensuring (7) including mapping24 in relation to provisions (1) to development and associated activities do not (6) above, as obtained from the relevant airport adversely impact on the operational safety and manager. viability of strategic airports by creating incompatible intrusions into the operational airspace, and (2) mitigating impacts of aircraft noise by ensuring development is compatible with forecast levels of aircraft noise within the 20 Australian Noise Exposure Forecast (ANEF) contour or greater of strategic airports, and Continued over page

24 Consideration must be given to the most recent mapping (endorsed or gazetted by the relevant Commonwealth agency) that may supersede the local planning instrument’s overlay. This information can be sourced from the relevant airport manager.

47 Table 3: Strategic airports

Public safety area (PSA) Strategic airport Local government area Airport type required on main runway Royal Australian Air Force Ipswich City Council Defence airfield Yes (RAAF) Base Amberley Archerfield Brisbane City Council Leased Federal Yes Northern Peninsula Northern Peninsula Area Other No Regional Council Brisbane Brisbane City Council Leased Federal Yes Bundaberg Bundaberg Regional Council Other Yes# Cairns Cairns Regional Council Other Yes Coolangatta/Gold Coast Gold Coast City Council Leased Federal Yes Emerald Central Highlands Other Yes* Regional Council Gladstone Gladstone Regional Council Other Yes Hamilton Island Whitsunday Regional Council Other Yes* Hervey Bay Fraser Coast Regional Council Other Yes* Horn Island Torres Shire Council Other No Longreach Longreach Regional Council Other Yes Mackay Mackay Regional Council Other Yes Mareeba Tablelands Regional Council Other No Sunshine Coast Sunshine Coast Regional Council Other Yes Moranbah Isaac Regional Council Other No Mount Isa Mount Isa City Council Leased Federal Yes* Army Aviation Centre Oakey Toowoomba Regional Council Defence airfield Yes Proserpine Whitsunday Regional Council Other Yes* Rockhampton Rockhampton Regional Counicl Other Yes Roma Maranoa Regional Council Other No RAAF Base Scherger Cook Shire Council Defence airfield Yes Toowoomba Toowoomba Regional Council Other Yes# Townsville Airport/RAAF Townsville City Council Joint-user Yes Base Townsville Weipa Cook Shire Council Other No * New airports meeting the PSA threshold criteria # PSA in place at local government discretion

48 transport and transport infrastructure

Local government development assessment provisions These provisions apply to development applications (c) the proposed development has the potential to as follows: increase the number of people living, working or (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning congregating, or involves the use or storage of scheme or regional plan as being appropriately hazardous materials, within public safety areas. reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and The development application is to be assessed (2) the development application is for land located against the following requirements: within a local government area that contains or is The development: impacted by a strategic airport identified in Table 3: (1) does not adversely impact on the operational safety and Strategic airports or an aviation facility identified in viability of strategic airports by creating incompatible the SPP guideline: Strategic airports and aviation intrusions into the operational airspace, and facilities in Table A: Aviation facilities, and one or more of the following applies: (2) is compatible with forecast levels of aircraft noise within the 20 ANEF contour or greater of strategic (a) the development application involves airports, and development or activities which could adversely affect the safety and operational efficiency of (3) avoids increasing risk to public safety in defined operational airspace or the functioning of an public safety areas, and aviation facility (4) does not adversely affect the functioning of aviation (b) the proposed development is incompatible with facilities, and the forecast levels of aircraft noise (as defined by (5) complies with the Code for the protection of strategic the 20 ANEF contour or greater in accordance with airports and aviation facilities (refer to the SPP Australian Standard AS 2021-2000: Acoustics— Guideline: Strategic airports and aviation facilities ). Aircraft noise intrusion—Building siting and construction (AS 2021) as adopted 7 July 2000 )

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Leased Federal airports provisions • Airports Act 1996 (Cwlth) In certain cases, development applications are required • Airports (Protection of Airspace) Regulations 1996 (Cwlth) to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Commonwealth Places (Application of Laws) Act 1970 (Cwlth). assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these Defence airfields applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Defence Act 1903 (Cwlth) • The Defence (Areas Control) Regulation 1989 (Cwlth). The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development Other airports (Civil Aviation Safety Authority) Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being • Civil Aviation Act 1988 (Cwlth) prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013. • Civil Aviation Regulations 1988 (Cwlth) • Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998 (Cwlth). Relevant legislation: Guidance: Other legislation relating to the state interest in strategic airports and aviation facilities includes: The following guidance material supports this state interest: • SPP guideline: Strategic airports and aviation facilities (incorporating practice notes).

49 Strategic ports

Why are strategic ports of interest to the state? Queensland’s economy is reliant on exports. This means that of goods along supply chains, as well as create unintended our export gateways, such as our network of sea ports, are social and environmental impacts. of strategic importance in connecting Queensland’s supply The state interest in strategic ports is part of a broader chains to global markets. Ports also play a vital import role in planning context for ports in Queensland and accordingly supplying the essential goods and materials, which enhance focuses on the land use issues on land surrounding our quality of life and provide for the needs of the economy. strategic ports, which are applicable to local government Incompatible development in proximity to our strategic instruments. ports can hamper the efficient and cost effective movement

State interest—strategic ports Strategic ports are identified and protected from incompatible development and land uses to ensure their safe and ongoing viable operation and potential growth. Development is located and designed to mitigate impacts from environmental emissions from strategic ports on the development.

Making or amending a local planning Table 4: Local governments to which the state interest applies instrument Brisbane City Council In making or amending a local planning instrument, local Bundaberg Regional Council government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, Table 1: Principles. Cairns Regional Council Carpentaria Shire Council Where does the state interest apply? All local government areas identified in Table 4. Cassowary Coast Regional Council Gladstone Regional Council Relevant local governments to Hinchinbrook Shire Council which the state Hope Vale Aboriginal Shire Council interest applies Mackay Regional Council Rockhampton Regional Council Torres Shire Council Townsville City Council Whitsunday Regional Council Weipa Town Authority

50 transport and transport infrastructure

Table 5: Strategic ports The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for this state interest by: Abbot Point (1) protecting existing strategic port land or core port Brisbane land for strategic ports identified in Table 5: trategicS Bundaberg ports, and (2) protecting key transport corridors linking ports to the Cairns broader transport network, and Cape Flattery (3) ensuring any development in proximity to a strategic Gladstone port does not prejudice the efficient operations of the port and mitigates environmental emissions Hay Point generated by port activities on the development, and Strategic ports Karumba (4) including measures to promote development in Lucinda proximity to strategic ports which is compatible with port operations and environmental emissions, and Mackay (5) promoting use of land surrounding strategic ports Mourilyan that is compatible with, depends upon or gains Rockhampton (Port Alma) significant economic advantage from being in proximity to a strategic port, or supports the role of Thursday Island the strategic port as a critical freight and logistics Townsville hub, and Weipa (6) having regard to the findings of noise, air and light emission modelling undertaken as part of port planning processes.

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in strategic In certain cases, development applications are required ports includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Transport Infrastructure Act 1994. assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive Guidance: responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. The following guidance material supports this state interest: The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will • SPP guideline: Strategic ports (incorporating a model assess these applications against the State Development ports protection code). Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013.

51 Water supply catchments and infrastructure

Why are water supply catchments and infrastructure of interest to the state? The majority of Queensland’s population relies on stored contribute to social and economic benefits but need to be runoff from catchments for their water needs. carefully considered so as not to affect the primary use of the water storage assets. Planning and decision making impact upon the health and functioning of water supply catchments and the cost, Inappropriate and inconsistent planning and development operational efficiency and safety of bulk water supply decisions within water supply catchments that fail to infrastructure. appropriately consider critical water supply infrastructure can result in direct and indirect impacts that may lead to To manage existing or planned bulk water supply infrastructure detrimental health and safety, economic and environmental efficiently and effectively, it is important that the implications outcomes. of development are understood and steps are taken to avoid development which compromises this infrastructure. The state recognises the importance of land use planning that reflects total water cycle planning principles, and There are opportunities to use dams and lakes for ensures appropriate consideration of critical water sources secondary purposes such as recreation uses. Such activities as well as physical treatment and supply infrastructure.

State interest—water supply catchments and infrastructure Ensuring a safe, secure and efficient water supply through the protection of water supply catchments, groundwater resources and water supply infrastructure

Making or amending a local planning maintenance and improvement where possible of instrument water quality in those catchments, and In making or amending a local planning instrument, local (3) including measures to protect bulk water supply government is to have regard to the principles in Part A, infrastructure from development that would Table 1: Principles. compromise the ability to supply water safely and efficiently including measures to ensure development The local planning instrument is to reflect the SPP for in identified water supply buffer areas is planned and this state interest by: designed to manage stormwater and wastewater in (1) considering the location of water supply catchments ways that minimise impacts on water quality. and bulk water supply infrastructure (such as Local government development assessment transport pipelines, chemical dosing facilities, pump stations, reservoirs and associated facilities). provisions Water supply buffer areas and bulk water supply These provisions apply to development applications infrastructure for SEQ has been mapped on the as follows: DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System (as amended from time to time), and (1) to the extent the SPP is not identified in a planning scheme or regional plan as being appropriately (2) ensuring development in water supply catchments reflected in the planning scheme or regional plan, and is undertaken in a manner which contributes to the

52 transport and transport infrastructure

(2) the development application is triggered by the The development application is to be assessed Trigger A—catchment protection and/or Trigger B— against the following requirements: bulk water supply infrastructure below, and For Trigger A—Catchment protection (3) is for development on land in the following local government areas25: Development achieves: (1) appropriate setbacks to, and riparian zone Brisbane Moreton Bay management for, defined watercourses, and Redlands Scenic Rim (2) appropriate management of all wastes associated Ipswich Somerset with development, and Gold Coast South Burnett (3) provision of a space demonstrating sufficient size and suitable conditions for the on-site treatment and Gympie Sunshine Coast disposal of effluent in un-sewered areas, and Lockyer Valley Toowoomba (4) appropriate stormwater management measures, and Logan (5) avoidance of unnecessary removal of vegetation, and Trigger A—catchment protection (6) avoidance of development on land prone to flooding or steep and unstable slopes, and Trigger A applies to development applications for land that is wholly or partly within a water supply buffer area (7) compliance with the relevant sections of the (refer to the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System, as Seqwater development guidelines for water quality amended from time to time) if the application involves management in drinking water catchments 2012 as either of the following: identified in Table 7. (1) a material change of use for: For Trigger B—Bulk water supply infrastructure (a) intensive animal industry, or Development: (b) high impact industry, or (1) is compatible with the planning, safe operation, (c) noxious and hazardous industry, or maintenance and structural integrity of bulk water supply infrastructure through the maintenance of (d) extractive industry, or separation distances in accordance with Table 6: Bulk (e) utility installation (where involving sewerage water supply infrastructure development separation services, drainage or stormwater services, and/or distances. Where a reduced separation distance is waste management facilities), or proposed the development must demonstrate: (f) motor sport facility, or (a) mitigating circumstances to not achieving the (2) reconfiguring a lot to create five or more additional separation distance, and lots if any resultant lot is less than 16 hectares (b) lack of a suitable alternative, and in size, and the lots created will rely on on-site (c) mitigation and management measures required wastewater treatment. to ensure there are not adverse impacts on the Trigger B—bulk water supply infrastructure infrastructure26, and Trigger B applies to development applications for land within (2) maintains appropriate access (both routine and a separation distance as identified in Table 6: Bulk water emergency) to bulk water supply infrastructure supply infrastructure development separation distances. (particularly underground pipelines and surface facilities such as chemical dosing facilities, pump Mapping of applicable bulk water supply infrastructure stations, dams, reservoirs and associated facilities). identified in Table 6 is located on the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System (as amended from time to time). Continued over page

25 Development assessment requirements are triggered only for those local government areas containing catchments for water storages managed by Seqwater. 26 It is recommended that advice from the Queensland Bulk Water Supply Authority be sought where a reduced separation distance is proposed.

53 Table 6: Bulk water supply infrastructure development separation distances

Development type Pipeline corridor Chemical dosing Pump station Reservoir Associated (distance to be facility (measured (measured from (measured from infrastructure measured from from the land the land title the land title (i.e. air or infrastructure) title boundary) boundary) boundary) scour valving and offtake) (distance to be measured from infrastructure) Building work 20 m 100 m 50 m 50 m 20 m Material change 20 m, or 50 m 50 m 50 m 50 m 20 m of use for a major hazard facility or if involving an ERA Reconfiguring a lot 20 m 50 m, or 100 m 50 m 50 m 20 m if the ultimate activity on the land is removal of quarry material or an ERA Operational work 20 m, or 50 m if 50 m, or 100 m if 50 m 50 m 20 m, or 50 m if involving removal involving removal involving removal of quarry material of quarry material of quarry material or involving an or involving an or involving an ERA ERA ERA

Table 7: Seqwater development guidelines for water quality management in drinking water catchments 2012

Development type Relevant sections Material change of use All applicable uses Specific outcomes and measures: • Part 3: Site analysis requirements • Element 1: On-site wastewater treatment and effluent disposal • Element 2: Riparian management • Element 7: Vegetation management Setbacks and other siting requirements: • Table 3: Horizontal separation distances (setbacks) for all land uses, development and activities Intensive animal In addition to the requirements for all applicable uses— industry Specific outcomes and measures: • Element 15B: Intensive animal husbandry

54 transport and transport infrastructure

Development type Relevant sections High impact In addition to the requirements for all applicable uses— industry, noxious Specific outcomes and measures: and hazardous • Element 13: Utilities, industry and commercial land uses industry, and utility installation Extractive industry In addition to the requirements for all applicable uses— Specific outcomes and measures: • Element 11: Extractive industry Motor sport facility In addition to the requirements for all applicable uses— Specific outcomes and measures: • Element 16: Recreational land use Reconfiguring a lot Reconfiguring a Specific outcomes and measures: lot (creating an • Element 1: On-site wastewater treatment and effluent disposal additional five lots or Setbacks and other siting requirements: more), where any • Table 3: Horizontal separation distances (setbacks) for all land uses, development and resultant lot is less activities than 16 hectares in size and will rely on on-site wastewater treatment

Further information

State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) Relevant legislation: provisions Other legislation relating to the state interest in water In certain cases, development applications are required supply catchments and infrastructure includes: to be submitted to another entity as a referral agency or • Water Act 2000 assessment manager under SPR. In most cases, these • South East Queensland Water (Restructuring) Act 2007 applications will be made to or referred to the chief executive responsible for administering SPA as the single SARA. • Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act 2008 • Environmental Protection Act 1994 The chief executive responsible for administering SPA will assess these applications against the State Development • Vegetation Management Act 1999. Assessment Provisions (SDAP). SDAP is currently being prepared by the department and is anticipated to be in effect in the second half of 2013.

55 Part D: Abbreviations and glossary

Abbreviations

ACHA Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003 AEP Annual exceedance probability ANEF Australian Noise Exposure Forecast ARI Average recurrence interval ASS Acid sulfate soils AWO All Weather Operations BRA Building restricted area CNS Communication, Navigation and Surveillance DSDIP Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning ERA Environmentally relevant activity HAT Highest astronomical tide IRTM Interactive Resource and Tenure Maps KRA Key resource area MNES Matters of national environmental significance MSES Matters of state environmental significance PANS-OPS Procedures for Air Navigation Services–Aircraft Operational Surfaces PSA Public safety area QPP Queensland Planning Provisions SARA State Assessment and Referral Agency SCL Strategic cropping land SDAP State Development Assessment Provisions SEQ South East Queensland SPA Sustainable Planning Act 2009 SPP State Planning Policy SPR Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009 TSICHA Torres Strait Islander Cultural Heritage Act 2003 WQOs Water quality objectives

56 Glossary acid sulfate soil see the Environmental Protection Regulation annual exceedance probability (AEP) means the likelihood 2008, section 61(4). of occurrence of a flood of a given size or larger in any one year; usually expressed as a percentage. agriculture means the growing, production and harvesting of food, fish, fibre, timber and foliage including, but Editor’s note—For example, if a peak flood discharge of not limited to, cropping, intensive horticulture, animal 500 cubic metres per second has an AEP of five per cent, it husbandry, intensive animal industries, aquaculture, means that there is a five per cent risk (i.e. probability of forestry, wholesale nursery, production nursery and other 0.05 or a likelihood of one in 20) of a peak flood discharge complementary primary production activities. of 500 m3/second or larger occurring in any one year. The AEP of a flood event gives no indication of when a flood of agricultural land means land suitable, available or being that size will occur next. used for agriculture. aquaculture see the Fisheries Act 1994, schedule. Editor’s note—The DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System will include spatial data developed by the state government artificial waterway see the Coastal Protection and relating to areas important for current and future agriculture Management Act 1995, section 8. in Queensland. This includes the Queensland Agricultural Australian Noise Exposure Forecast (ANEF) means a single Land Audit being developed by the state government. number index (expressed on an ANEF chart as a series of algal bloom means a bloom of algae in coastal or estuarine contours) that predicts for a particular future year (usually waters. 10 or 20 years ahead) the cumulative exposure to aircraft noise likely to be experienced by communities near airports Editor’s note—Algae include photosynthetic organisms, during a specified time period (usually one year). both microalgae and macroalgae, as well as cyanobacteria (often referred to as blue-green algae) and can occur in Editor’s note—Further explanation is set out in the SPP non-toxic and toxic forms—the latter having the most practice notes. significant negative impacts on the environment, public building restricted area (BRA) means a volumetric area in health and local economy. A bloom involves an increase in which buildings have the potential to cause unacceptable algae numbers to such an extent as to discolour the water, interference to the signal-in-space in the service volume of impart taste, odours, toxins and/or other compounds to the aviation or CNS facilities for All Weather Operations (AWO). water, adversely affect the other biotic components of the aquatic ecosystem or generally render the water unsuitable Editor’s note—All CNS facilities have a BRA defined, which for its for its intended use (from Queensland Harmful Algal is not limited to actual site boundaries of the facility but Bloom Plan 2002). extends to significant distances from the facility. A common toxic bloom-forming algae causing adverse bulk water supply infrastructure includes: impacts in Queensland waters is the cyanoacterium • transport pipelines, chemical dosing facilities, pump Lyngbya majuscule (Lyngbya). However other algal species stations, reservoirs and associated facilities such as air also occur that have the potential to impact on the and scour valving and off-takes environment, natural resources and public health. • the land or easement on which the facility is located. canal see the Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995, section 9. CNS facility means a facility for communication, navigation and surveillance. coast see the Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995, section 10.

57 coastal-dependent development means development that coastal zone see the Coastal Protection and Management requires land adjoining the foreshore and access to tidal Act 1995, section 15. water to function and includes: contaminant means one or more of the prescribed water • industrial and commercial facilities such as ports, contaminants listed in schedule 9 of the Environmental harbours and navigation channels and facilities, Protection Regulation 2008. aquaculture involving marine species, desalination contaminated stormwater means stormwater that contains plants, tidal generators, erosion control structures and a contaminant. beach nourishment • tourism facilities for marine (boating) purposes or core port land see the definition ‘Brisbane core port land’ that are part of an integrated development proposal under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994. incorporating a marina. cropping see the Strategic Cropping Land Act 2011. The term does not include residential development, waste cultural heritage significance means aesthetic, architectural, management facilities (landfills, sewerage treatment plants) historical, scientific, social, spiritual or other significance to or transport infrastructure (other than for access to the the present generation or past or future generations. coast). defined storm tide event (DSTE) means the event (measured coastal erosion means the wearing away of land or the in terms of likelihood of reoccurrence) and associated removal of beach or dune sediments by wave or wind inundation level adopted to manage the development of a action, tidal currents and water flows. particular area. coastal hazard see the Coastal Protection and Management Editor’s note—The recommended DSTE for development Act 1995, schedule. generally is the one per cent annual exceedance probability coastal hazard area means a storm tide inundation area or (AEP) storm tide, equivalent to one in 100-year average an erosion prone area. recurrence interval (ARI) unless a lower risk event is required for community infrastructure. coastal management district (CMD) see the Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995, schedule. defined watercourse (for the purposes of water supply catchments and infrastructure) means the area of land coastal processes means the natural processes of the between the high banks of a natural channel—whether coast including sediment transport to and along the coast; artificially improved or not—in which water flows fluctuations in the location and form of the foreshore, permanently or intermittently, and that is represented as: beach, dunes and associated ecosystems; tides; changes in sea-level and coastal hazards (for example, storm tide), • creek, stream, river or watercourse on the most recent ecological processes (for example, migration of plant and 1:25 000 Queensland Department of Natural Resources animal species) and the natural water cycle (for example and Mines topographic map in the local government coastal wetlands’ role in filtration and flood mitigation). areas of South East Queensland, excluding key resource areas, or coastal protection work means any permanent or periodic • creek, stream, river or watercourse on the most recent work undertaken primarily to manage the impacts of coastal 1:100 000 Geoscience Australia topographic map in all hazards, including altering physical coastal processes such other local government areas or in key resource areas, or as sediment transport. • creek, stream, river or watercourse on the most recent coastal resources see the Coastal Protection and 1:250 000 Geoscience Australia topographic map in Management Act 1995, section 12. all other local government areas or in key resource coastal waters see the Coastal Protection and Management areas where there is no 1:100 000 Geoscience Australia Act 1995, section 13. topographic map available.

58 development plan for a petroleum lease, see the Petroleum future state transport corridor means any of the following and Gas (Production and Safety) Act 2004, section 24. (terms defined under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994, Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 and dredged material means mud, sand, coral, ballast, shingle, Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009): gravel, clay, earth and other material removed by dredging from the bed of tidal waters. • a future state-controlled road under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 dredging means the mechanical removal of dredged material from below tidal water. • future railway land under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 dry land marina means a marina created by the excavation • a future public passenger transport corridor of land above high water mark. • a future state-controlled transport tunnel environmental emissions means emissions to the • a future active transport corridor. environment considered to have the potential to have an adverse impact on health, community wellbeing and hazardous material means a substance with potential quality of life or cause nuisance. The term includes noise, to cause harm to persons, property or the environment air particulates and emissions, vibrations, light, odour and because of one or more of the following: electric and magnetic fields. • the chemical properties of the substance environmental value see the Environmental Protection Act • the physical properties of the substance 1994, section 9. • the biological properties of the substance. Editor’s note—The Environmental Protection (Water) Policy highest astronomical tide (HAT) means the highest tide level 2009 states the environmental values of waters. that can be predicted to occur under average meteorological conditions and any combination of astronomical conditions. erosion prone area see the Coastal Protection and This level will not be reached every year, and is less than Management Act 1995, schedule. the extreme levels that can be caused by storm tides. extractive resources means natural deposits of sand, gravel, heritage area means an area that includes multiple heritage quarry rock, clay and soil extracted from the earth’s crust places or features, and their surrounds. and processed for use in construction. The term does not include a mineral defined under the Mineral Resources Act heritage place includes a world heritage property, national 1989, section 6. heritage place, Queensland heritage place or local heritage place. fish see the Fisheries Act 1994. important agricultural area means an area or land identified fisheries resources see the Fisheries Act 1994, schedule. as important to current and/or future agricultural production fish habitat see the Fisheries Act 1994, schedule. by the Queensland Agricultural Land Audit (as conducted from time to time). fishing see the Fisheries Act 1994, schedule. Editor’s note—Land will be identified as an important foreshore see the Coastal Protection and Management Act agricultural area if it meets all of the requirements for 1995, schedule. agriculture to be successful and sustainable, is part of forestry means a forest practice on either state or private a critical mass of land with similar characteristics and is land as defined under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009, strategically significant to the region and the state. schedule 3. key resource area (KRA) means an area that contains extractive resources of state or regional significance. This term includes the resource/processing area for the KRA, the separation area for the KRA and any associated transport route and transport route separation area.

59 local heritage place see the Queensland Heritage Act 1992, matters of state environmental significance (MSES) means schedule. the following natural values and areas protected under state environmental legislation: major hazard facility see the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 (Cwlth). • protected area estates (including all classes of protected area except nature refuges and coordinated conservation management area means a mapped area listed in Table 2 of areas) under the Nature Conservation Act 1992 the SPP. • marine parks (including ‘marine national park’, ‘marine marina see the Transport Operations (Marine Pollution) Act conservation park’, ‘scientific research’, ‘preservation’ and 1995, schedule. ‘buffer’ zones) under the Marine Parks Act 2004 matters of national environmental significance (MNES) • fish habitat areas A and B under the Fisheries Act 1994 means the eight matters protected under the Environment • threatened species (including plants, animals and animal Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cwlth), breeding places) under the Nature Conservation Act 1992 chapter 2, part 3: • regulated vegetation under the Vegetation Management • world heritage properties Act 2009 including: • national heritage places - regional ecosystems identified as ‘endangered’, • wetlands of international importance (listed under the ‘of concern’, ‘connectivity areas’, ‘critically limited’, Ramsar Convention) ‘threshold’, ‘wetland’ • listed threatened species and ecological communities - ‘high value regrowth’ areas containing ‘endangered’ or ‘of concern’ regional ecosystems • migratory species (protected under international agreements) - regional ecosystems identified as ‘watercourse’ • Commonwealth marine areas • high preservation areas of wild rivers under the Wild Rivers Act 2005 • the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park • high conservation value wetlands under the Environment • protection of the environment from nuclear actions Protection Act 1994 including: (including uranium mines). - wetlands assessed as containing ‘high’ or ‘very high’ Editor’s note—MNES listed as containing natural values, values via a conservation assessment, or features and areas are to be considered in applying the biodiversity state interest of the SPP. The protection of the - where a conservation assessment has not yet been environment from nuclear actions (including uranium mines) completed; wetlands that intersect with areas shown is an activity/process rather than a natural value, feature or in the ‘Directory of Important Wetlands’ and high area that is to be valued and appropriately safeguarded, ecological value wetlands and waterways declared and does not apply to the biodiversity state interest. under the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 • legally secured offset areas. World heritage properties and natural heritage places may also be listed for cultural heritage significance. In these national heritage place means a national heritage place instances, world heritage properties and national heritage under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity places are also to be considered as part of the cultural Conservation Act 1999 (Cwlth). heritage state interest.

60 natural hazard means a naturally occurring situation or • soil or vegetation types that are naturally conducive to condition, such as a flood, bushfire, landslide or coastal high concentrations of nitrogen, phosphorus, iron and/ hazard, including erosion prone areas and storm tide or organic matter (for example, wetlands, marine and inundation areas, with the potential for loss or harm to alluvial sediments) or where management activities or the community, property or environment. land use contribute to intensification or mobilisation of these nutrients of concern (for example, disturbance of natural hazard area means an area for the management of a acid sulfate soils) natural hazard. • site conditions (for example, water logging and Editor’s note—The natural hazard area may not reflect the anaerobic conditions, perched groundwater tables) that full extent of the area that may be affected by the hazard promote formation of nutrients into bioavailable form (e.g. land above the one per cent AEP floodline may flood • location in close proximity to waterways or with site during a larger flood event). conditions that readily promote transport of nutrients non-tidal artificial waterway includes access channels, to waterways or groundwater (for example, highly constructed urban lakes or other bodies of water that are transmissive, permeable soils such as Podosols). designed to be: nutrients of concern means nutrients or other trace elements • permanent bodies of open water, or that can enhance the growth of algae, including nitrogen, • fringed with hard edges or emergent macrophytes, or phosphorus, iron or organic matter (dissolved organic carbon). • indirectly connected to tidal water (by a lock or weir or These elements have been shown to increase the severity of other system), or Lyngbya majuscule (cyanobacterium) blooms. • artificial lakes (generally land locked without a direct obstacle limitation surface (OLS) means the obstacle connection to tidal waterways). limitation surface identified by the Civil Aviation Safety This term does not include waterbodies used only for Authority (CASA). aquaculture or agricultural activities. Editor’s note—The obstacle limitation surface (OLS) nutrient hazardous area means an area: depends on factors such as runway length (which determines likely aircraft use) and whether a runway has • containing appreciable levels of nutrients of concern that an instrument approach/departure procedure. The OLS may may contribute to increased occurrence, frequency or extend to a radius of approximately 15 kilometres from intensity of coastal algal blooms (particularly nitrogen, the airport and may require objects to be restricted below phosphorus, iron and organic matter) defined elevations. It comprises a set of surfaces defined by • within a catchment that flows to the Queensland reference to the runway strip/s or to the airport itself. The coastline in the local government areas listed in OLS is used to determine when intrusion into airspace is an Appendix 1 of the Guideline for Implementing Policies obstacle to an aircraft operating to or from the airport. and Plans for Managing Nutrients of Concern for Coastal operational airspace includes: Algal Blooms in Queensland. • for civilian airports: the areas and vertical dimensions Editor’s note—Hazard maps are used to spatially represent of the obstacle OLS and the surface identified in nutrient hazardous areas vulnerable to the supply and the Procedures for Air Navigation Services—Aircraft potential export of nutrients of concern for coastal algal Operational Surfaces as necessary to protect flights blooms. Coarse-scale maps are regionally based and used being operated non-visually to indicate nutrient hazardous areas where more detailed mapping is needed. Detailed hazard maps are more locally • for military airports: the areas and vertical dimensions based and produced at a scale suitable for inclusion into as depicted by the height restriction zones under the local government planning instruments. Areas may have Defence (Areas Control) Regulation 1989 (Cwlth) any of the following features:

61 • for airports operating as joint civil and military Editor’s note—The extraction of extractive materials can airports: the height restriction zones under the Defence include ripping, blasting or dredging; the processing (Areas Control) Regulations 1989 (Cwlth), the civilian of extractive materials can include crushing, screening, obstacle limitation surface and the surface identified washing, blending or grading and waste water treatment; in the Procedures for Air Navigation Services—Aircraft and associated activities can include storage, rehabilitation, Operational Surfaces as necessary to protect flights loading, transportation, administration, and maintenance being operated non-visually. facilities. petroleum facility licence means a petroleum licence under separation area (for a resource/processing area for a KRA) the Petroleum and Gas (Production and Safety) Act 2004. means an area surrounding the resource/processing area, needed to maintain separation of people from undesirable petroleum lease means a petroleum lease under the levels of noise, dust, ground vibration or air blast Petroleum Act 1923 or the Petroleum and Gas (Production overpressure that may be produced as residual impacts from and Safety) Act 2004. existing or future extraction or processing of the extractive pipeline licence means a pipeline licence under the resource. Petroleum and Gas (Production and Safety) Act 2004. separation area (for agriculture) means the separation priority development area means a priority development distance, buffers, vegetative buffers, baffled screens, area under the Economic Development Act 2012. mounds and other management strategies to minimise land use conflict and/or impact to agriculture. private marine development means marine development constructed to provide private access to private land from Editor’s note—The area or management technique required tidal water for non-commercial purposes, including jetties, is determined on a site by site basis taking into account ramps, floating docks, fixed piers and gangways. local context, topography, wind direction etc, and best available information (i.e. approved industry guidelines or production nursery means the growing and selling of plants, science based standards). Guidance material regarding this but not to the general public, where the plants are grown issue will be included in SPP Guideline: Supporting and on or adjacent to the site. protecting agriculture. public safety area means an area immediately beyond the sensitive land uses means the following uses: child care end of a runway and having a relatively high risk from an centre, community care centre, community residence, dual aircraft accident. occupancy, dwelling house, educational establishment, Queensland heritage place includes a state heritage place, health care services, hospital, hostel, multiple dwelling, an archaeological place or a protected area under the relocatable home park, residential care facility, retirement Queensland Heritage Act 1992. facility, short-term accommodation, tourist park. reclamation of tidal land means raising the land above high- ship-sourced pollutants see the Transport Operations water mark, whether gradually and imperceptibly or otherwise, (Marine Pollution) Act 1995. by carrying out works, including dredging and the depositing Editor’s note—Under the Transport Operations (Marine of solid material, but not including beach nourishment. Pollution) Act 1995, Ship has the meaning given by resource/processing area for a KRA means the extent of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution extractive resource and any existing or future processing from Ships (MARPOL) and includes an aircraft when it is operations. on the surface of the water. Pollutant means a harmful substance, and includes sewage.

62 specified petroleum infrastructure means the petroleum storm tide inundation area means the area of land infrastructure in the development plan for a petroleum determined to be inundated during a defined storm lease, including facilities for the processing, storage or tide event. transport of petroleum or incidental activities in the area of stormwater see the Environmental Protection Act 1994, a petroleum lease. schedule 4. state development area means a state development strategic airport means an airport identified in Table 3 of area under the State Development and Public Works the SPP. Organisation Act 1971. strategic cropping land means strategic cropping land under state tidal land see the Coastal Protection and Management the Strategic Cropping Land Act 2011. Act 1995, schedule. strategic offset area means an area mapped or otherwise state transport corridors means any of the following described in a planning instrument or a guideline to a (terms defined under the Transport Infrastructure Act planning instrument that shows preferred areas for locating 1994, Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 and environmental offsets where an offset is required as a Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009): condition of a development approval. • a state-controlled road Editor’s note—The Queensland Government is preparing • a railway mapping of strategic offset areas as part of its current • a public passenger transport corridor revision of the Queensland Government Environmental • a state-controlled transport tunnel Offsets Policy. The new policy will replace issue specific biodiversity offset policies that are presently applied • an active transport corridor. (including vegetation management, fisheries and koalas state transport infrastructure means any of the following in SEQ). (terms defined under the Transport Infrastructure Act strategic port means a port that includes: 1994, Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 and Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009): • strategic port land • state-controlled road • Brisbane core port land. • busway transport infrastructure transport network means the series of connected routes, • light rail transport infrastructure corridors and transport facilities required to move goods and passengers and includes roads, railways, public • rail transport infrastructure transport routes (for example, bus routes), active transport • other rail transport infrastructure routes (for example, cycleways), freight routes and local, • active transport infrastructure. state and privately owned infrastructure. statutory land use plan means: transport route (for a KRA) means a road or rail link from the boundary of the resource/processing area for a KRA to • the Brisbane Port Land Use Plan approved under the a major road or railway that is used to transport extracted Transport Infrastructure Act 1994, chapter 8, part 3C, or resources to markets. • a land use plan approved under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994, section 286, or • a land use plan approved under Airport Assets (Restructuring and Disposal) Act 2008, chapter 3, part 1.

63 transport route separation area (for a KRA) means the area, measured 100 m from the centre line of the transport route for a KRA, needed to maintain separation of people from undesirable levels of noise, dust and ground vibration produced as residual impacts from the transportation of extractive resources. urban water supply storage means a physical urban water storage area, from which raw water is sourced for treatment, being either: • the lake formed by a dam wall structure, including the structure itself, or • a major watercourse from which supplies are directly sourced, or • a pool created by a weir structure. waste water see the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009, schedule 2. water supply buffer area means the area shown on the DSDIP SPP Interactive Mapping System (as amended from time to time) as a water supply buffer area. water supply catchment means a catchment area or drainage basin capturing overland flows contributing to an urban water supply storage used to store urban raw water supplies. water treatment plant means a major utility used for the treatment of urban water supplies. water quality objectives (WQOs) means the numerical concentration limits, mass or volume limits per unit of time or narrative statements of indicators established for waters to enhance or protect the environmental values for those waters set out in: • the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009, schedule 1 for water mentioned in the policy, or • otherwise–the Queensland Water Quality Guidelines 2009. world heritage property means a declared world heritage property under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cwlth).

64 65 State Planning Policy PO Box 15009 City East Qld 4002 Australia tel 1800 600 163 email [email protected] www.dsdip.qld.gov.au

ATTACHMENT 2

Refer Item 8/1

Operational Plan 2012-2013 Third Quarter Performance Report

of the

ORDINARY MEETING

On Wednesday 29 May 2013 At 9.00 am Gympie Regional Council Operational Plan 2012-2013

Third Quarter Performance Report Jan – March 2013

1

Introduction

In accordance with the requirements of section 174(3) the Local Government Regulation 2012, this report outlines Council’s progress towards the implementation of the 2012/2013 Operational Plan.

The Operational Plan is structured on the framework of five core themes. These five themes were identified in the Community and Corporate Plans. They are:

• Infrastructure • Economic Development • Engaged Governance • Environment • Social Wellbeing

The Operational Plan articulates 18 objectives or strategic directions that the organisation uses to guide the delivery of some 442 identified service activities and projects.

This report provides a progress update on the delivery of these projects and activities as at the end of the 3rd quarter (January-March 2013).

The report has been compiled through the collection of status indicator data for each service activity identified in the Operational Plan 2012-2013.

Each service activity in the Operational Plan has been assessed and given a status indicator. These ‘traffic light’ status indicators are explained in the following table.

Project completed or performance targets are generally Completed /On track progressing well

Progress is significantly behind schedule.

Delayed/Revised This option is also used in instances where eg. a change in council policy or revised budget allocation results in a necessary shift in targets for the project.

Project scheduled to commence at a later date. To be Commenced

A graphical summary for the overall themes and objectives is presented below. Attachment One contains comprehensive details of progression of the various service activities identified in the Operational Plan.

2

Summary

The graphs below display the progress of service activites by theme. The horizontal axis displays the different statuses, while the vertical axis indicates the number of activities / projects.

As at March 31 2013, 95% of Operational Plan activities and projects were ‘Completed/On Track’. Only 2% of activities had been delayed or revised which was due in part to organisational structure changes and the associated time delays involved in the recruitment of relevant staff for various positions.

Overall the data shows that Council is on target to achieve its objectives for the 2012-2013 financial year.

Infrastructure accounts for 86 activities / projects.

100 80 Completed / On track 60 Delayed/Revised 40 To be commenced 20 0 Infrastructure

Economic Development accounts for 46 activities / projects.

50 40 Completed / On track 30 Delayed/Revised 20 To be commenced 10 0 Economic Development

Engaged Governance accounts for 181 activities / projects.

200

150 Completed / On track

100 Delayed/Revised To be commenced 50

0 Engaged Governance

3

Environment accounts for 60 activities / projects.

60 50 Completed / On track 40 30 Delayed/Revised 20 To be commenced 10 0 Environment

Social Wellbeing accounts for 62 activities / projects.

60 50 40 Completed / On track Delayed/Revised 30 To be commenced 20 10 0 Social Wellbeing

4

1. Infrastructure

The progression of the Infrastructure vision and theme is based on the following strategic directions.

1. 1. Planned Infrastructure that meets the needs of the community

50 Completed / On 40 track 30 Delayed/Revised 20 To be commenced 10 Number of Activities 0 1.1

1.2 Community focused facilities and services

30

25 Completed / On track 20 Delayed/Revised 15 10 To be commenced 5 Number od Activities 0 1.2

1.3 Comprehensive community and corporate asset management

14

12 Completed / On track 10 Delayed/Revised 8 6 To be commenced 4

Number of Activities 2 0 1.3

5

6

2. Economic Development

The progression of the Economic Development vision and theme is based on the following strategic directions.

2.1 Diverse Regional Business and Industry Development

8

6 Completed / On track

4 Delayed/Revised To be commenced 2 Number of Activities

0 2.1

2.2 Improved employment opportunities

5

4 Completed / On track 3 Delayed/Revised 2 To be commenced 1 Number of Activities 0 2.2

2.3 Planned Development for a growing community

40

Completed / On 30 track Delayed/Revised 20

10 To be commenced Number of Activities 0 2.3

7

3. Engaged Governance

The progression of the Engaged Governance vision and theme is based on the following strategic directions.

3.1 Local Communities that meet residents' needs

6 Completed / On track 4 Delayed/Revised 2 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 3.1

3.2 Transparent and accountable service delivery

Completed / On 100

track Delayed/Revised 50 Activities Number of of Number To be commenced 0 3.2

3.3 An organizational culture of continuous improvement

10 Completed / On 8 track 6 Delayed/Revised 4 To be commenced 2 Number of Activities 0 3.3

3.4 Responsible Corporate Financial Management

150 Completed / On track 100 Delayed/Revised

50 To be commenced Number of Activities 0 3.4

8

4. Environment

The progression of the Environment vision and theme is based on the following strategic directions.

4.1 Sustainable environment

15

10 Completed / On track Delayed/Revised 5 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 4.1

4.2 Healthy and Safe environment

40 30 Completed / On track 20 Delayed/Revised 10 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 4.2

4.3 Responsibly managed environmental practices

15

Completed / On track 10 Delayed/Revised 5 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 4.3

4.4 Innovative energy and resource initiatives

1 Completed / On 0.8 track 0.6 Delayed/Revised 0.4 0.2 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 4.4

9

5. Social Wellbeing

The progression of the Social Wellbeing vision and theme is based on the following strategic directions.

5.1 An active community for all ages

25 Completed / On 20 track 15 Delayed/Revised 10 5 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 5.1

5.2 An inclusive and diverse community

4 3 Completed / On track 2 Delayed/Revised 1 To be commenced

Number of Activities 0 5.2

5.3 A region of education and learning

10 Completed / On 8 track 6 Delayed/Revised 4 2 To be commenced Number of Activities 0 5.3

5.4 A valued heritage and creative community

25 20 Completed / On track 15 Delayed/Revised 10 To be commenced 5

Number of Activities 0 5.4

10

Attachment One:

Operational Plan Detailed Report

3rd Quarter Update, January-March 2013

HOME Vision Direction Reference Service Activity Sub activity Performance Target/measure Responsibility 3rd Quarter Update Comments

Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.1 Gravel Resources Gravel Resources Gravel extract and processing. Low cost gravels to all road maintenance works. DIS On track Supply of gravel this quarter has been a challenge post the Flood events of January and February. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.10 Water Operations Operations Management Develop procedures for all normal operational Procedures for all relevant activities in place. DE On track 0 activities. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.10 Water Operations Operations Management Maximise water storage levels before holiday and peak Storage filled to capacity prior to holidays, cyclones, DE On track 0 demand periods, cyclones and floods. and floods. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.10 Water Operations Water Loss Management Determine system leakage and conduct water audits System in place to monitor system leakage. DE On track Test45 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.10 Water Operations Water Loss Management Continue leak detection survey Extent of unaccounted water determined. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.10 Water Operations Water Loss Management Implement computerised bulk water use metering System in place to detect and minimise system DE On track 0 system water loss. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.10 Water Operations Water Loss Management Implement computerised bulk water use metering Computerised bulk water reading system in place. DE To be commenced 0 system Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.2 Main Roads Construction Contracts Secure Department of Transport and Main Roads Submit tenders for sole invitee contracts which DIS On track Submitted contracts to gain income, employment and expertise Council is available to carry out. tender to TMR for Council staff. for Kilkivan Tansey Rd Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.2 Main Roads Maintenance Maintain the Department of Transport and Main Roads Satisfactory financial outcome from contract for DIS On track 0 contract and operate to recover full cost. Road Maintenance Performance Contract (RMPC).

Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.3 Other Recoverable Works Contract Works Maintain and improve skills of the workforce Private works account with net surplus for year. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.3 Other Recoverable Works External Funding Road Alliance Participating as full member in the Wide Bay DE On track 0 Burnett Regional Road Group. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.3 Other Recoverable Works External Funding Other Government sources All opportunities for State/Federal funds explored. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Works General Street lighting Adequate street lighting. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Works General Car parks operation and maintenance Clean and maintain car parks in central business DIS On track 0 area. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Emergent Works Natural Disaster Relief Arrangements Timely and effective response in the field to natural DIS On track 0 disasters. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Emergent Works Natural Disaster Relief Arrangements Facilitate funding assistance received. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Road Maintenance General Review complaints/requests system Review of complaint trends annually. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Road Maintenance General Review complaints/requests system Review of outstanding customer requests DIS On track 0 completed quarterly. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Council "maintained" assets fit for purposes in DIS On track 0 accordance with Budget Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.4 Road Maintenance Bridge Maintenance Bridge Maintenance Timber bridge maintenance program in place. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.5 Sewerage Administration, Infrastructure Plan Ensure long term capability for plant discharge or Maintain planning reports that are less than five DE On track 0 Planning and Design water reuse. years old or that have been reviewed within the last three years. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.6 Sewerage Maintenance Maintenance Management Investigate and implement a system of Maintenance Maintenance Management Systems in place. DE On track 0 Management. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.6 Sewerage Maintenance Maintenance Management Develop Maintenance Manuals for all facilities. Maintenance Manuals for all systems in place. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.6 Sewerage Maintenance Maintenance Management Maintain the condition of sewage transport systems to Systems to minimise pump system failures in place. DE On track 0 minimise overflows. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.6 Sewerage Maintenance Maintenance Management Maintain treatment plants at maximum capacity. Treatment plants capable of working at full capacity. DE On track 0

Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Trade Waste Management Update Trade Waste Environmental Management Trade Waste Environmental Management Plan DE To be commenced 0 Plan. updated. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Trade Waste Management Audit and document all trade waste discharges. Trade waste monitoring systems in place. DE To be commenced Delayed due to Trade Waste system computer implementation

Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Environmental Management Site Based Management Plans (SBMP) for all relevant SBMPs reviewed every three years. DE On track 0 activities updated. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Environmental Management Receiving Environmental Management Plans (REMP) REMPs in place and implemented. DE On track 0 for all relevant activities reviewed and implemented.

Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Operations Management Develop procedures for all normal operational Procedures for all relevant activities in place. DE On track 0 activities Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Sewer Inflow/infiltration Develop a public education system. Information of infiltration/inflow developed. DE On track 0 Management Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Sewer Inflow/infiltration Identify the level of inflow/infiltration in each catchment. Details of per capita sewage flow available for all DE On track 0 Management systems. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.7 Sewerage Operations Sewer Inflow/infiltration Carry out a progressive Mains Repair Program. Mains Repair Programs in place. DE On track 0 Management Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Infrastructure Plan Develop and maintain Water Supply Planning reports. Maintain planning reports that are less than five DE On track 0 and Design years old or that have been reviewed within the last three years. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Drought Management Review options and document responses to drought Drought Management Plan in place. DE On track 0 and Design for each water supply system. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Demand Develop a system to determine water usage. Water use per capita available for all systems. DE On track 0 and Design management Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Demand Old water meters replaced with “smart meters”. Water meter replacement program commenced. DE On track 0 and Design management

Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Demand Develop outdoor water use conservation plan. Number of old water meters replaced. DE On track 0 and Design management Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Demand Develop and document the water use control plan for Outdoor water use conservation plan in place. DE On track 0 and Design management water restrictions. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Demand Develop and document the water use control plan for Water use control plan documented. DE On track 0 and Design management water restrictions. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Sources Management Obtain long term security of water sources. Adequate supply for 20 years with planning in place DE On track 0 and Design for 50 years. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Sources Management Investigate bore water options for water supply in Bore water supply alternatives for Gympie DE To be commenced 0 and Design Gympie. operating. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.8 Water Administration, Planning Water Sources Management Construct pipeline from Teewah Creek to Tin Can Pipeline from Teewah Creek to Tin Can DE On track 0 and Design Bay/Cooloola Cove Treatment Plants. Bay/Cooloola Cove treatment plant operating. Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.9 Water Maintenance Maintenance Management Investigate and implement a system of Maintenance Maintenance Management Systems in place. DE On track 0 Management Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.9 Water Maintenance Maintenance Management Develop Maintenance Manuals for all facilities Maintenance Manuals for all systems in place. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.1 1.1.9 Water Maintenance Maintenance Management Maintain treatment plants at maximum capacity Treatment plants capable of working at full capacity. DE On track 0

Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.1 Aerodromes 0 Provide infrastructure for airport users Management plan in place. No safety incidents DE On track 0 where Council is responsible. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.1 Aerodromes 0 Handle all operational issues through the Airport Operations Committee meeting at regular intervals. DE On track 0 Management Committee Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.2 Caravan Parks Council controlled facilities Monitor operations in accordance with legislative and Carry out inspections as required. DCG Completed 0 (Imbil, Tin Can Bay, Gympie) lease conditions.

Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.3 Disaster Management State Emergency Service Assist the State Emergency Service through Liaise with SES and provide assistance where CEO On track 0 accommodation and equipment assistance required.

Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.3 Disaster Management State Emergency Service Assist the State Emergency Service through Source Government funding where applicable. CEO On track 0 accommodation and equipment assistance Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.3 Disaster Management Disaster Management Update the Disaster Management Plan as required. Compliance with the Disaster Management Act CEO On track 0 2003. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.3 Disaster Management Disaster Management Maintain a Local Disaster Coordination Centre Emergency Coordination Centre is to be available DC&C On track 0 (currently at the Old Bank Building) as required. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.4 Footpaths, verges and non Footpaths Maintain high priority footpaths and verges Meet community expectations within budget DIS On track 0 developed land constraints Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.5 Foreshores 0 Finalise the Cooloola Coastal Reserves and Plan finalised. DPD On track 0 Foreshore Management Plan Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.5 Foreshores 0 Maintain, rehabilitate and develop foreshores in Highest priority actions implemented. DPD On track 0 accordance with the Plan Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.5 Foreshores 0 Liaise and co-operate with Cooloola Coastcare and Council represented at committee meetings. DPD On track 0 City Farm in coastal projects. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.5 Foreshores 0 Liaise and co-operate with Cooloola Coastcare and Joint projects initiated. DPD On track 0 City Farm in coastal projects. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.6 Parks Parks Undertake improvements program as approved. Parks upgraded in accordance with user needs. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.6 Parks Parks Seek external funds and partnerships for park Program developed by Works Department and DIS On track 0 improvements. Planning and Development Directorate. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.6 Parks Parks Seek external funds and partnerships for park Funds gained through the Department of Local DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.6 Parks Parks Seek external fundsimprovements. and partnerships for park PartnershipsGovernment with local serviceprograms. organisations DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.6 Parks Parks Seek external fundsimprovements. and partnerships for park Assistance from communitymaintained. groups in developing DIS On track 0 improvements. funding applications and volunteer work. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.7 Saleyards 0 Work with agents to increase throughput and safety. Hold two Safety Meetings per year. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.7 Saleyards 0 Provide industry-leading facility. Continue Investment. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.7 Saleyards 0 Maintain capability. Maintain QA accreditation. DE On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.8 Showground Facilities Adrian McClintock Park Maintain showgrounds to a high standard of safety, All venues and infrastructure maintained in an DC&C On track 0 cleanliness, functionality and visual presentation acceptable condition. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.8 Showground Facilities Adrian McClintock Park Support initiatives of lessees Work toward increasing usage of facilities. DC&C On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.9 Swimming Pools Gympie Memorial, Goomeri Ensure all equipment used in the water disinfection Routine maintenance of all pumps, filters and other DPD On track 0 Public, Kandanga Public, process is operational and maintained to a suitable disinfection equipment to be performed prior to the Kilkivan and Tin Can Bay standard commencement of each swimming season.

Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.9 Swimming Pools Gympie Memorial, Goomeri Ensure all equipment used in the water disinfection Problems with equipment when pools are open to DPD On track 0 Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.9 Swimming Pools GympiePublic, Memorial,Kandanga GoomeriPublic, Monitorprocess the is qualityoperational of swimming and maintained pool water to awhen suitable open Waterthe public samples to be from addressed all pools in to a beprompt taken manner. monthly DPD On track 0 Public, Kandanga Public, for public use when open for public use – results of samples to Kilkivan and Tin Can Bay comply with recognised guidelines.

Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.9 Swimming Pools Gympie Memorial, Goomeri Progressively upgrade infrastructure at all facilities Upgrading of facilities to be undertaken each DPD On track 0 Public, Kandanga Public, financial year in accordance with Budgetary Kilkivan and Tin Can Bay provisions. Infrastructure 1.2 1.2.9 Swimming Pools Gympie Memorial, Goomeri Contract only suitably qualified persons as pool All pool managers to hold current lifesaving, DPD On track 0 Public, Kandanga Public, managers resuscitation and swimming qualifications. Kilkivan and Tin Can Bay Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.1 Depots Depots Depots and workshops Safe and efficient depots DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.2 Engineering Operations and Asset management and Apply a combination of management, financial, Review the Asset Management Policy. DE On track 0 Administration planning economic and engineering practices to physical assets with the objective of providing the required level of service in the most cost effective manner.

Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.2 Engineering Operations and Asset management and Apply a combination of management, financial, Management System upgraded, and informing the DE On track 0 Administration planning economic and engineering practices to physical assets Budget process. with the objective of providing the required level of service in the most cost effective manner. Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.2 Engineering Operations and Design services Develop plans and Specifications Design work fit for purpose. DE On track Test63 Administration Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.2 Engineering Operations and Design services Develop plans and Specifications Timely delivery of plans for Works Division. DE On track 0 Administration Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.2 Engineering Operations and Design services Develop plans and Specifications Cost effective designs. DE On track 0 Administration Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.2 Engineering Operations and Geographic Information Provide comprehensive spatial data for all sections of Accurate and accessible system DE On track 0 Administration System Council Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.3 Fleet and Plant Operations Purchase and Sales Maintain minimum size but reliable plant fleet All plant within optimum age and specification. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.3 Fleet and Plant Operations Purchase and Sales Purchase plant where economically beneficial Plant hire monitored. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.3 Fleet and Plant Operations Purchase and Sales Acquire new plant to increase production rates Production rates of all plant reviewed. DIS On track 0 Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.3 Fleet and Plant Operations Maintenance Maintain a safe efficient and reliable plant fleet 95% availability. DIS On track Recommenced the Plant Utilisation Continuous Improvement Project Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.3 Fleet and Plant Operations Operations Maximise utilisation of Council plant Report on plant utilisation. DIS On track #REF! Infrastructure 1.3 1.3.4 Small Plant Operations Small Plant and Tool Ensure provision of adequate small plant and tools to Minimal lost time. DIS On track 0 Provision carry out works Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Gympie Cooloola Tourism Collaborate with GCT to build the capacity of regional Effective promotion and representation within the CEO On track 0 Development tourist business operators Queensland Tourism Industry. Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Gympie Cooloola Tourism Provide funding and resources to the GCT to promote Effective promotion and representation within the CEO Delayed/Revised 0 Development Regional tourism Queensland Tourism Industry. Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Gympie Cooloola Tourism Support Regional tourism bodies in accordance with Effective promotion and representation within the CEO Delayed/Revised 0 Development Council’s Budget Queensland Tourism Industry.

Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Ensure Council's Planning Scheme readily facilitates Create a positive climate for business growth. CEO On track 0 Development Incentives the expansion of the various development sectors in appropriate areas of the Region Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Enhance the Region’s economic and industry base Attracting new business and industry which will CEO On track 0 Development Incentives provide employment opportunities.

Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Diversify and strengthen strategic industry sectors Supporting the sustainability and growth of existing CEO On track 0 Development Incentives businesses. Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Diversify and strengthen strategic industry sectors Expansion and enhancement of local industry. CEO On track 0 Development Incentives Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Source economic development related funding Expanded investment opportunities. CEO On track 0 Development Incentives Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Formulate and develop strategies to market the Funding for regional industry and business attained. CEO On track 0 Development Incentives Gympie Region Economic 2.1 2.1.1 Economic Development Ec Dev Promotion and Formulate and develop strategies to market the Effective marketing strategies. CEO On track 0 Development Incentives Gympie Region Economic 2.2 2.2.1 Industry Development Jobs and Skills Identify regional business and industry training and Establishment of Gympie Project Steering Group to CEO On track 0 Development Development Initiatives skills gaps implement project Economic 2.2 2.2.1 Industry Development Jobs and Skills Link with Federal and State Government stakeholders Establish networks in Gympie Region to assist in CEO On track 0 Development Development Initiatives to coordinate the rebuilding and restoration of public planning local recovery and rebuilding efforts. and community infrastructure damaged during natural disasters. Economic 2.2 2.2.1 Industry Development Jobs and Skills Facilitate the uptake of staff and busienss operator Liaise directly with regional businesses, gain CEO On track 0 Development Development Initiatives skills development programs ermployer feedback on local governemnt and skilling needs. Economic 2.2 2.2.1 Industry Development Jobs and Skills Facilitate the uptake of staff and busienss operator Facilitate a minimum of 4 jobs projects for the CEO On track 0 Development Development Initiatives skills development programs Gympie Region. Economic 2.2 2.2.1 Industry Development Jobs and Skills Direct contact with small businesses to access Facilitate a minimum of 2 skills projects for the local CEO On track 0 Development Development Initiatives relevant funding and business development programs. community to address skills priorities or identifued gaps for local employers existing workforce.

Economic 2.3 2.3.1 Compliance 0 Develop and maintain a process of pre-completion Site Use Certificate issued confirming compliance DPD On track 0 Development inspections to determine compliance with requirements prior to occupancy/use commencing.

Economic 2.3 2.3.1 Compliance 0 Respond to community complaints regarding Response times to community concerns about DPD On track 0 Development development offences development offences. Economic 2.3 2.3.1 Compliance 0 Undertake compliance inspection programs from time Resolution of development offences in a timely and DPD On track 0 Development to time cost effective manner with resources available.

Economic 2.3 2.3.1 Compliance On site Sewerage Disposal Promote proper operation of on site sewerage disposal Investigation and monitoring program for on-site DPD On track 0 Development Systems systems facilities developed. Economic 2.3 2.3.1 Compliance On site Sewerage Disposal Improve monitoring of on-site sewerage disposal All connections comply with relevant Regulations DPD On track 0 Development Systems systems and Codes. Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Apply an integrated approach to development Compliance with the Sustainable Planning Act DPD On track 0 Development Applications assessment 2009, the planning scheme and other relevant planning instruments. Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Provide accurate and consistent pre and post Positive feedback from the community and DPD on track 0 Development Applications application services free of charge development industry. Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Provide an ongoing building certification service within Processing and approval times consistent with DPD On track 0 Development Applications the Gympie Regional Council area as an alternative to industry expectations. private certification Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Establish an efficient internal process for review of Income received covers costs. DPD On track 0 Development Applications development applications Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Adopt a risk management approach to development Record keeping as required by legislation. DPD On track 0 Development Applications assessment Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Adopt a risk management approach to development Where possible, meet or exceed statutory DPD On track 0 Development Applications assessment timeframes in the Sustainable Planning Act 2009. Economic 2.3 2.3.2 Development Assessment and 0 Adopt a risk management approach to development Continue to implement State Government’s DPD On track Risk Smart Development Applications assessment “RiskSmart” initiative. initiatives being implemented, together with CI project recommendati ons.

Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Main Street Program Coordinate Central Business District/Main Street Town business areas appearance and function DPD On track Scoping Study Development planning and improvements in consultation with the improved. for CBD business community Revitalisation nearing completion. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Coordinate Rural Towns beautification planning and Rural Towns' sense of identity, appearance and DPD On track Stage 1 - Development improvements in consultation with the community. function improved. Inception planning for Kilkivan and Kandanga nearing completion. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Conduct planning projects as approved and directed Cooloola Coastal Reserves and Foreshore DPD On track 0 Development by Council. Management Plan completed. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Conduct planning projects as approved and directed Open Space and Recreation Plan completed. DPD On track 0 Development by Council. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Keep Council informed on matters of strategic planning Projects approved in the Budget commenced or DPD On track 0 Development importance undertaken. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Keep Council informed on matters of strategic planning Regular reports provided to Council. DPD On track 0 Development importance Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Collect data on development activity within the Region Data collected and documented. DPD On track 0 Development Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Monitor population growth and changing demographics ABS data analysed and information sheets DPD On track 0 Development produced. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Strategic Planning Develop infrastructure charging mechanisms that Implement State Government’s new Standard DPD On track 0 Development adequately provide for the provision of infrastructure to Infrastructure Charging regime. meet community needs

Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Regional Planning Participate in the development of the Wide Bay Burnett Gympie Regional Council represented on the DPD On track 0 Development Statutory Regional Plan Regional Planning Committee and Planning Advisory Group. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Regional Planning Monitor legislative amendments and introduction of Ongoing liaison with the Department of State DPD On track 0 Development new Acts, policies and guidelines Development, Infrastructure and Planning. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Regional Planning Review the Planning Scheme for accuracy and Reports submitted to Council on the effect of new DPD On track 0 Development completeness in relation to current legislation or amended Acts, policies or guidelines. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Regional Planning Review the Planning Scheme for accuracy and Amendments identified and incorporated into the DPD On track 0 Development completeness in relation to current legislation revised Planning Scheme. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Undertake planning research to inform the policy Planning Study prepared. Further research as DPD Completed 0 Development framework for the new planning scheme required. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Collect information and issues that need to be File with issues maintained and updated. DPD Completed 0 Development addressed in the new planning scheme. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Develop new Planning Scheme policies for compliance Policies reviewed and amended as part of planning DPD Completed 0 Development with environmental provisions. scheme development. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Ensure the new planning scheme carries an Review extent of existing regulation and alter as DPD Completed 0 Development appropriate level of regulation. required to reflect community expectations and affordability. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Develop Priority Infrastructure Plan (PIPs) and PIP to be adopted as part of new planning scheme. DPD On track 0 Development Infrastructure Charges Schedules for water supply, sewerage, open space, transport and drainage. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Develop new Planning Scheme policies (PSP) in PSP to be adopted as part of new planning DPD On track 0 Development accordance with best practice. scheme. Economic 2.3 2.3.3 Strategic and Regional Planning Planning Scheme Develop structure plans for high growth local Structure plans adopted as an amendment to the DPD To be commenced Will commence Development development areas. new Planning Scheme. following adoption of new planning scheme.

Engaged 3.1 3.1.1 Community Complexes Function Facilities Maintain venues to a high standard of safety, All venues Work Health and Safety compliant, DC&C On track 0 Governance cleanliness, functionality and visual presentation. clean and suitable for hirers needs upon inspections and start of hire. Engaged 3.1 3.1.1 Community Complexes Function Facilities Implement initiatives to improve useability of multiple All venues to meet basic requirements of all hirers. DC&C On track 0 Governance purpose venues. Engaged 3.1 3.1.1 Community Complexes Function Facilities Promote venues throughout the Region and further Increased awareness and usage of venues. DC&C On track 0 Governance afield. Engaged 3.1 3.1.1 Community Complexes Public Halls and other Review tenure of Council’s Community facilities. All operational community managed facilities will DC&C On track 0 Governance community facilities have a document of tenure.

Engaged 3.1 3.1.1 Community Complexes Public Halls and other Review use of Council public halls. Council resources for halls maximised. DC&C On track 0 Governance community facilities Engaged 3.1 3.1.1 Community Complexes Public Halls and other Develop a scheduled maintenance, safety and All halls and other community buildings are DC&C On track 0 Governance community facilities compliance program for public halls and other maintained and comply with fire safety and basic community buildings access requirements. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Public relations and Coordinate Community information initiatives. Provided as per Budget provision. CEO On track 0 Governance information Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Public relations and Provide regular press releases on matters of public Regular press releases each month. CEO On track 0 Governance information interest or concern. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Public relations and Consult with industry bodies on proposed changes to Hold meetings as required. CEO On track 0 Governance information Council policies and procedures. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Public relations and Develop a communications strategy for effective Communications Strategy in place. CEO On track 0 Governance information interaction between Council and its various stakeholders Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Regional Marketing Nominate Council/Regional project initiatives for Nominate Council projects as appropriate. CEO On track 0 Governance appropriate Awards. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Regional Participation Promote and lobby for significant regional Active and ongoing promotion within the State and CEO On track 0 Governance development projects/opportunities. Commonwealth arenas. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Regional Participation Promote and lobby for significant regional Coordinate projects where appropriate. CEO On track 0 Governance development projects/opportunities. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Regional Participation In conjunction with GCT, promote the region as a Improved awareness of the region CEO On track 0 Governance place to visit, live and do business. Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Regional Marketing Support community organisations and events. Improved Regional awareness and participation. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.1 Community/regional engagement Regional Participation Participate in regional stakeholder groups/networks. Active participation. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Administrative support Provide staffing administrative support to Council's Meet staffing needs in a cost effective manner CEO On track 0 Governance Directorates and the Council meeting structure. Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Administrative support Coordinate the timely completion of Council's Ordinary Produce accurate Agendas and Minutes on a timely CEO On track 0 Governance Meeting processes. basis. Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Kilkivan Branch Operations Provide QGAP and Centrelink services. Meet customer, QGAP and Centrelink DCG Completed 0 Governance expectations. Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Kilkivan Branch Operations Provide various services on behalf of all Directorates Meet Directorates’ requirements within resource DCG Completed 0 Governance bounds.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Registers Maintain statutory registers. Continue to update. DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Registers Review delegations and Instruments of Appointment Up to date Register and Appointments. DCG Delayed/Revised 0 Governance as per King & Co advice in conjunction with Directorates.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations RTI, IP Coordinate applications and activity reports. Complete applications on a timely basis. DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations RTI, IP Update Council's Publication Scheme and Disclosure Regularly update the Publication Scheme and DCG Completed 0 Governance Log. Disclosure Log. Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations RTI, IP Provide ongoing awareness training to staff on Right to Provide ongoing awareness training to staff. DCG On track 0 Governance Information and Information Privacy issues as relevant. Engaged 3.2 3.2.2 Council Business Operations Legal Coordinate legal requirements arising from time to time Advice obtained and given on a timely basis. DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.3 Council Executive Management General Operations Implement organisational development intiatives to Continuous Improvement program initated. DCG On track 0 Governance improve service delivery including continuous improvement Engaged 3.2 3.2.3 Council Executive Management General Operations Provide general operational resources. Ability to meet operational requirements. DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.3 Council Executive Management Customer Service Focus Improve customer service performance on an every Ongoing customer satisfaction. DCG On track Call Centre Governance working day basis. commenced, supporting documentation continues to be sourced and updated. Engaged 3.2 3.2.3 Council Executive Management Customer Service Focus Continue to ensure systems and procedures are User friendly systems in place. DCG On track Nearing Governance customer friendly. completion.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.3 Council Executive Management Customer Service Focus Intiate call centre procedures Procedures in place DCG Completed 0 Governance

Engaged 3.2 3.2.3 Council Executive Management Service Standards Establish a new Customer Service Standard Project finalised DCG On track 0 Governance Management

Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Elected members Ensure the resource requirements of Councillors are Effective streamlined decision-making. CEO On track 0 Governance catered for. Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Elected members Provide training opportunities for elected members. Consistent and sound decision making. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Elected members Provide considered and professional guidance to Councillor satisfaction with staffing and resource CEO On track 0 Governance assist Councillors in their decision processes. provision. Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Elected members Regularly review Council policies for appropriateness Better informed Councillors. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Elected members Regularly review Council policies for appropriateness Support provided as appropriate. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Elected members Regularly review Council policies for appropriateness Practical, plain English policies in place and CEO On track 0 Governance reviewed regularly. Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Executive Support for The CEO to structure processes to enable relevant Accurate and timely processes in place. CEO On track 0 Governance elected reps Corporate information to be brought before Councillors

Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Deputations/advocacy/lobbyi Develop active and ongoing lobbying initiatives to Recognition of the Region’s viewpoints in CEO On track 0 Governance ng enable Regional interests to be effectively promoted. Government and success in having the Region’s initiatives implemented.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.4 Councillor Support Civic ceremonies Coordinate and actively participate in civic functions Successful civic functions and ceremonies. CEO On track 0 Governance and ceremonies in a manner which is appropriate to each occasion and engenders civic pride. Engaged 3.2 3.2.5 Election Services Elections Meet any electoral requirements Meet Electoral Commission Queensland funding CEO On track 0 Governance requirements. Engaged 3.2 3.2.5 Election Services Boundary Reviews Coordinate accurate information to enable informed Completed as required. DCG Completed 0 Governance internal/external boundary considerations. Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal Annual Report Produce an informative and timely Annual Report Annual Report produced in accordance with DCG Completed 0 Governance legislative requirements. Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal Legal Responsibilities Monitor, research and review the effects of State and Meet legislative requirements. DCG On track Finalising Governance Commonwealth legislation and policies on the Region legislative and respond appropriately. changes - nearing completion. Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal Policy support Ensure the provision of legal and technical support to Appropriate policies in place. DCG Completed 0 Governance assist Council in implementing its legislative roles. Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal PIDs, AACs and Integrity Act Establish policies and procedures in accordance with Provide appropriate awareness/training sessions DCG Completed 0 Governance legislative requirements. for staff as required. Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal PIDs, AACs and Integrity Act Process complaints/disclosures within required Process disclosures/complaints in a timely manner. DCG Completed 0 Governance timeframes. Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal PIDs, AACs and Integrity Act Meet all reporting requirements Meet all statutory reporting requirements. DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.6 Governance - legal Community and Corporate Review Council’s Community, Corporate and Review Plans annually and complete the related DCG Completed 0 Governance Planning Operational Plans and ensure the Annual Strategic Annual Strategic Review. Review meets legislative requirements. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Staff training Identify required training. Annual “Individual Training Plans” completed. CEO Completed 0 Governance

Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Staff training Establish and review a Corporate Training Plan to Identification of ad hoc training needs within specific CEO On track 0 Governance address needs. Sections and Directorates. Maintain accurate individual training records. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Staff training Attendance at professionally focussed conferences Target professional development conferences CEO On track 0 Governance and seminars. dealing with contemporary issues. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Ensure continued compliance with the Work Health Reduction in identifiable hazards. CEO On track 0 Governance and Safety Act 2011 and Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Monitor, review and instruct with respect to all health Satisfactory internal/external SafePlan audit results. CEO On track 0 Governance and safety requirements. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Work towards improvements following the internal Reduction in workplace incidents. CEO On track 0 Governance Workplace Health and Safety Audit Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Administer, monitor and review all Workers Monitor and update SafePlan on a continuing basis. CEO On track 0 Governance Compensation systems. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Administer, monitor and review all Workers Actively seek to improve Audit percentage scores. CEO On track 0 Governance Compensation systems. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Administer, monitor and review all Workers Contained Workers Compensation premiums. CEO On track 0 Governance Compensation systems. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Administer, monitor and review all Workers Reduction in compensable injuries. CEO On track 0 Governance Compensation systems. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Administer, monitor and review all Workers Meet audit requirements under SafePlan. CEO On track 0 Governance Compensation systems. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Work Health and Safety Administer, monitor and review all Workers Meet QComp Audit requirements. CEO On track 0 Governance Compensation systems. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Enterprise Bargaining Monitor and review the implementation of the current Regular Local Government Employment Group CEO On track 0 Governance Certified Agreement. meetings held. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Medical Expenses Facilitate work related employee vaccinations and Make influenza vaccinations available to all CEO On track 0 Governance medical examinations. staff/facilitate staff influenza vaccination clinics. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Medical Expenses Facilitate work related employee vaccinations and Relevant staff vaccinated and examined. CEO On track 0 Governance medical examinations. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Equal Employment Implement, monitor and review the EEO Management Up to date Management Plan. CEO Completed 0 Governance Opportunity Plan. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Recruitment Coordinate advertising, medical examinations and Cost effective recruitment outcomes. CEO On track 0 Governance related employment expenses. Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Human Resources General Monitor and review HR policies and procedures. Up to date documentation. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Human Resources General Coordinate staff development reviews. Timely completion of staff development reviews. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Human Resources General Coordinate Employee Assistance Program (EAP). EAP meeting staff needs. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.2 3.2.7 Human Resources Management Human Resources General Coordinate Traineeships and Work Experience Employment opportunities created. CEO On track 0 Governance Programs. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Coordinate and develop within Budget constraints, Provision of corporate information to all work DCG On track Projects Governance corporate based computer hardware and software stations and relevant mobile devices. continuing. resources. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain the most current software version levels Upgrade to latest version of Civica Authority DCG Completed 0 Governance within Budget limitations. software on an annual basis. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain the most current software version levels Migrate from Novell eDirectory to Microsoft Active DCG Delayed/Revised Expected to be Governance within Budget limitations. Directory on core network completed in 1st qtr 2013/2014. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain the most current software version levels Upgrade to Microsoft Office Ver 2010 DCG On track 0 Governance within Budget limitations. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Develop and coordinate in-house computer training for Conduct regular training sessions on GroupWise, DCG Completed 0 Governance staff on key software systems. Internet Explorer, Intranet, file storage and mobile devices.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain an up to date hardware network Renew hardware in accordance with the annual DCG On track 0 Governance replacement schedule. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain an up to date hardware network Increase storage capacity on production and DR DCG Completed 0 Governance SANS in line with expanding data storage requirements

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain an up to date hardware network Upgrade Gympie to Kilkivan Branch Office link to DCG Completed 0 Governance 50mbs

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain an up to date hardware network Upgrade Town Hall network to gigabit speed DCG On track Nearing Governance completion.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain an up to date hardware network Upgrade link from Mary St to John St Depot DCG Completed 0 Governance

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Information systems Maintain an up to date hardware network Separate email and VPN traffic to a dedicated full DCG Completed 0 Governance synchronous internet connection

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services System development, Expand use of the Authority system across all Encourage and coordinate system enhancements DCG On track 0 Governance maintenance and consulting Directorates where appropriate. to take best advantage of available system capabilities.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services System development, Expand use of the Authority system across all Introduce mobile computing, online requisitioning DCG Delayed/Revised Delayed due to Governance maintenance and consulting Directorates where appropriate. and enhancements to CRM system subject to pending Civica budget constraints HTML 5 mobile platform completion.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services System development, Expand use of Civica i-Services system. Develop action plan to implement i-services DCG On track Part of newly Governance maintenance and consulting features/functionality as relevant. established GRC Civica Authority Advancement Plan.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services System development, Maintain Content Filtering across all Council internet Migrate to Websense email filtering. Investigate and DCG Completed 0 Governance maintenance and consulting connections including mobile devices. implement appropriate filtering controls for all mobile devices. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Remote Continue to develop Council’s website to maximise the Quality website with positive feedback. DCG On track Progressing, Governance access/intranet/internet quality, range and presentation of information however, electronically to Council’s customers. behind origianl time frame.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Remote Maximise the audit capacity of the website. Website redevelopment to incorporate full audit DCG On track Progressing, Governance access/intranet/internet tracking and portal design. however, behind origianl time frame. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Remote Continue to implement E-commerce initiatives (within Implementation of E-commerce initiatives DCG On track Part of newly Governance access/intranet/internet Budget constraints). documented. established GRC Civica Authority Advancement Plan. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Disaster recovery Maximise DR capacity of Council’s website. Change website hosting arrangements to ensure DCG On track Progressing, Governance Tier 1 level of DR. however, behind origianl time frame.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Disaster recovery Implement real time DR for Council’s core IT services. Tied to Business Continuity Project DCG Completed 0 Governance

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Disaster recovery Implement site redundancy across key locations. Tied to Business Continuity Project DCG Delayed/Revised Part of overall Governance Business Continuity considerations Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Records management To ensure complete and accurate Records are kept. Undertake regular Information Audits and ensure all DCG Completed 0 Governance relevant information is captured in the Records System. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Records management Store, archive and dispose of records in accordance Establish long term centralised archive/storage DCG Completed 0 Governance with State Archives recommendations. facility at Mary St. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Records management To ensure the Records System is used to the Arrange for ongoing product demonstrations and DCG Completed 0 Governance maximum advantage of Council and that all staff are reviews by Records Management software system trained in its’ use. provider. Conduct regular staff training on Records Management and the InfoXpert system.

Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Records management To ensure all legislative requirements for record Undertake archiving in accordance with Local DCG Completed 0 Governance keeping are met. Government Archives and Disposal Schedule in consultation with all directorates. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Records management To ensure all legislative requirements for record Ensure documents are registered and referred DCG Completed 0 Governance keeping are met. within written target time frames. Engaged 3.2 3.2.8 Information Services Records management To ensure all legislative requirements for record Ensure records are kept in accordance with IS40 DCG Completed 0 Governance keeping are met. Record Keeping requirements. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management DEHP purchases Take up opportunities to purchase and develop Crown Opportunities developed. CEO On track 0 Governance land Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Council land for Seek projects where seed capital will assist All seed capital prospects investigated and CEO On track 0 Governance development/sales employment and will yiled safe returns. considered. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Building Maintenance Develop a maintenance/upgrading program for Carry out maintenance works within the Budget DCG On track 0 Governance particular Council properties. allocation. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Lease/rentals Provide an administrative role with respect to legal and Satisfactory feedback from users and lessees. DCG Completed 0 Governance landlord related issues. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Lease/rentals Liaise with public organisations on matters involving Reduced lead-time to finalisation of leases. DCG Completed 0 Governance Council properties. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Lease/rentals Liaise with public organisations on matters involving Maintain property database. DCG Completed 0 Governance Council properties. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Building Maintenance Oversee the maintenance program for particular Undertake quarterly inspections. DCG On track 0 Governance Council buildings. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Building Maintenance Develop a maintenance/upgrading program for Effective communication outcomes concerning DCG Completed 0 Governance particular Council properties. property matters. Engaged 3.2 3.2.9 Property Management Council land for Identify surplus Council land. Develop program to Program strategy in place. DCG On track 0 Governance development/sales develop or dispose of surplus property Engaged 3.3 3.3.1 Change Management 0 Commence a Business Continuity Plan Business Continuity project commenced CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.1 Change Management 0 Continuous Improvement project Commence identified projects. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.1 Change Management 0 Identify and undertake change management initiatives Identified initiatives undertaken DCG On track 0 Governance within Budget constraints Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Management Systems Maintain Quality Management Systems to AS/NZ ISO Maintain accreditations. CEO Completed 0 Governance 9001:2008. Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Management Systems Implement Risk Management as per ISO 31000. 2009. QMS documentation system meeting requirements. CEO Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Management Audits Queensland Audit Office Activities. Non compliances minimised. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Risk Management Review and update Risk Assessment Formalised Risk Management System in place. CEO Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Management Audits Conduct internal audit activities and investigations. Non compliances minimised. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Management Audits Report to Audit Committee at required intervals Non compliances minimised. CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.3 3.3.2 Internal Systems Risk Management Examine where failure management plans are required Review of Risk Management Plan. CEO To be commenced 0 Governance Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Rehabilitation works - urban within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Depot workshop improvements within budget DIS On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Gympie - relocate combine drains within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Southside sewerage within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Bonnick Rd Sewer extension within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure TCB pump station refurbishment within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure TCB sewerage treatment plant sludge lagoon upgrade within budget DE On track 0

Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure TCB pump station relocation and trunk sewer within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Pump station - G12 rising main - Gympie within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Mains extension within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Kilkivan lagoon repair within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Bridge replacement within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Western Division - depot improvements within budget DIS On track 0

Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Roads to recovery within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Road reseals within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads TIDS road work - government grant within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Mains upgrade within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Treatment plant upgrade - Cooloola Coast within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Jones Hill Water treatment plant upgrade within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Mains replacement within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Replace imperial meters - Cooloola Coast within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Trunk main duplication - Cooloola Coast within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Replace imperial meters - Gympie within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Bore investigations - Gympie within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Amamoor and Kandanga sludge system - Mary Valley within budget DE On track 0

Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Wineglass pump station - Gympie within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Source upgrading - Mary Valley within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure New house connections within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Sewer infrastructure replacement within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Treatment plant upgrade - Gympie within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Gympie pump station - rising main upgrade program within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure New services within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Cooloola Cove Treatment Plant within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Road overlays within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Urban storm water within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Bridge rehabilitation within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Bridge replacement - Amamoor Bridge within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Other infrastrcture Aerodrome within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Intangible assets Cadastre upgrade within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Mains extension within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Rising main replacement - Tin Can Bay treatment plant within budget DE On track 0

Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Road upgrades - contributed works within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Water Infrastructure Goomeri Plant Upgrade / replacement within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Roads Balanced road works (prior years) within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Sewerage Infrastructure Mains upgrade within budget DE On track 0 Engaged Gov 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Soil Laboratory ventilation within budget DIS On track 0 Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Town Hall within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Office accomodation within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Other infrastrcture Waste management facility establishment within budget CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Saleyard improvements within budget DE On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Other infrastrcture Gympie Aquatic centre within budget DE On track 0 Governance

Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Plant and Equipment Office equipment within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Plant and Equipment Computer equipment within budget DCG On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Tin Can Bay Industrial estate - stage 3 within budget DCG Delayed/Revised Matter being Governance investigated by Design Services. Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Noosa Road - sale of yard within budget DCG Delayed/Revised Matter with Governance DOE. Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Kilkivan Anglican Church grounds project within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Dart St, Tin Can Bay subdivision within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance

Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Proposed café site at Lake Alford within budget DCG On track To be Governance advertised early next quarter.

Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Gunalda land development within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Goomeri Township expansion within budget DCG Delayed/Revised Matter being Governance investigated by Design Services. Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site One Mile sporting complex within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Traveston Bridge recreation area within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Cooloola Coast Cemetry - Master Plan within budget DPD To be commenced 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Jack Spicer Oval extension within budget DCG Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Water and Sewage Mellor St Building within budget DE On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Future office accomodation investigation within budget DE On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Poppet Head - restoration works within budget DCG On track Awaiting 3rd Governance leg to be completed for final payment. Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Entrance signage - Gympie within budget CEO On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Plant and Equipment regulated parking equipment within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance

Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Adrian Mclintock Park within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Public conveniences upgrade within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Gympie Library roof repairs, ramp etc within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Public Halls - various within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Community services building garage fit out within budget DC&C Completed 0 Governance

Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Other infrastrcture Art Gallery - carpark redevelopment within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Other assets Library books within budget DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Art Gallery - lighting etc within budget DC&C Completed 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Cemetry Kilkivan within budget DPD To be commenced 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Disaster Management / SES accomodation within budget CEO On track Investigation Governance being made regarding additional SES accommodatio n Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Plant and Equipment Plant purchases within budget DIS On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Monkland Quarry within budget DIS Delayed/Revised Subjedct to Governance review of future operations at Monkland site. Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Rainbow Beach and Tin Can Bay beach protection within budget DIS On track 0 Governance works Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Land and Site Park improvements - current year within budget DIS On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Buildings Wheelie Bin enclosures - Cooloola Coast within budget DIS On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.1 Capital Works Other infrastructure Goomeri Swimming Pool - poll blanket, pool butler, within budget DPD Completed 0 Governance shade structure Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Rating Ensure that rates and utility charges are levied in Provide every ratepayer with an accurate rate DC&C Completed 0 Governance accordance with the adopted Budget and provide notice within 60 days of adopted Budget. Limit timely and accurate issue of assessments. arrears to <10% of Gross Levy. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Payroll Fulfil employer obligations to staff through accurate Pays credited to employees’ accounts by Tuesday DC&C On track 0 Governance and timely payment of salaries, wages and associated evenings. deductions.

Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Payroll Adhere to Fringe Benefit Tax legislative requirements. Finalise within legislative timeframes. DC&C On track 0 Governance Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Debtors Offences Provide timely and accurate issue of accounts and Issue of invoices within 30 days of job completion. DC&C On track 0 Governance streamline processes in the recovery of overdue 90% collection of all offence notices. accounts. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Collections/cashier Streamline processes and enhance procedures for Daily banking of receipts. DC&C On track 0 Governance receipting, banking and reconciliation of all Council revenue. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Collections/cashier Streamline processes and enhance procedures for Investigate any new modes of payment for DC&C On track 0 Governance receipting, banking and reconciliation of all Council enhanced customer service. revenue. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Rating Ensure that rates and utility charges are levied in Non compliance of instalment agreements followed DC&C On track 0 Governance accordance with the adopted Budget and provide up within 60 days. timely and accurate issue of assessments. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Fees and Charges Ensure that fees and charges are levied in accordance Provision of fees and charges accounts within DC&C On track 0 Governance with the adopted Budget. applicable time frames. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Fees and Charges Ensure that fees and charges are levied in accordance Recovery of outstanding fees and charges in DC&C On track 0 Governance with the adopted Budget. accordance with Council policy. Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Insurance Implement policy and procedures for risk minimisation Progress with implementation of Risk Management DC&C On track 0 Governance and ensure Council has adequate insurance coverage Program.

Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Insurance Implement policy and procedures for risk minimisation Respond to all claims within 14 days of notification. DC&C On track 0 Governance and ensure Council has adequate insurance coverage

Engaged 3.4 3.4.2 Financial Accounting Insurance Implement policy and procedures for risk minimisation Identify all Council assets for insurance cover. DC&C Completed 0 Governance and ensure Council has adequate insurance coverage

Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Financial reporting Coordinate and maintain general ledger and job cost Complete financial statements within three months DC&C Completed 0 Governance systems and provide management and financial of the end of the financial year. information regularly and in response to specific requests. Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Investments To plan and forecast cash flows to optimise return on Maintain daily bank cash balance to avoid DC&C On track 0 Governance short-term investments. overdraft. Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Investments To plan and forecast cash flows to optimise return on Earn maximum interest on surplus cash funds. DC&C On track 0 Governance short-term investments. Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Asset Valuation and Develop and maintain property, plant and equipment Continued development of accounting procedures DC&C On track 0 Governance Registers registers in accordance with finance regulations and and valuation model in accordance with Accounting professional accounting standards. and Finance standards. Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Borrowings Provide funds for Council's capital works program Payment of all debt servicing payments by due DC&C On track 0 Governance through loan raisings or lease financing and control date. Develop financial plans for funding from related debt servicing charges. Contain reliance on revenue. loan borrowings with an aim to finance most projects from Revenue. Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Legislative Policy Issues Develop accounting policies and procedures that Continued development of accounting policy and DC&C On track 0 Governance conform with relevant Acts and professional procedure manual. Accounting Standards. Engaged 3.4 3.4.3 Management Accounting Budgeting Review and refine the accrual Budgeting process and Provide quality monthly reports in accrual format DC&C On track 0 Governance develop effective financial plans for allocation of with high user satisfaction. resources. Engaged 3.4 3.4.4 Procurement Management and Issues/purchases Conduct purchases in accordance with Council's No non-conformances. DC&C On track 0 Governance Stores purchasing policy and procedures. Engaged 3.4 3.4.4 Procurement Management and Operation Utilise panel arrangements for major procurements. Minimise deviations from panel arrangements. DC&C On track 0 Governance Stores Engaged 3.4 3.4.4 Procurement Management and Operation Minimise loss or damage of stock. No significant stock write-offs. DC&C On track 0 Governance Stores Engaged 3.4 3.4.4 Procurement Management and Maintenance To maintain procurement and store facilities to Procurement and store facilities to be kept tidy, DC&C On track 0 Governance Stores acceptable standards. safe, secure and environmentally responsible. Engaged 3.4 3.4.4 Procurement Management and Financial Management Maintain and update 10 year Financial Plan. 10 year Financial Plan updated annually. DC&C On track 0 Governance Stores Engaged 3.4 3.4.4 Procurement Management and Supply Chain Reform To achieve more cost effective purchasing of goods As provided, within Budget. CEO On track 0 Governance Stores and services. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Develop environmental policy and initiatives. Enhanced environmental provisions drafted for the DPD Completed 0 Planning Scheme review. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Develop environmental policy and initiatives. Standard conditions reviewed and enhanced. DPD To be commenced 0 Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Develop environmental policy and initiatives. Environmental Management Plan reviewed. DPD On track 0 Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Develop environmental policy and initiatives. New projects initiated addressing targets in Burnett DPD On track 0 Mary Regional Group for Natural Resource Management Ltd (BMRG) strategy. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Implement revised nature conservation program. Landholders level of satisfaction with the services DPD Completed This program provided. no longer undertaken by Council. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Implement revised nature conservation program. Number of landholders receiving environmental DPD On track 0 advice increased. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Provide support to local environmental groups Environment levy funds distributed for projects in DPD On track 0 including Landcare, Coastcare, Mary River Catchment accordance with Council Policy. Coordinating Committee and City Farm. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Provide support to local environmental groups Services used to support Council operations. DPD On track 0 including Landcare, Coastcare, Mary River Catchment Coordinating Committee and City Farm. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Provide support to local environmental groups Expert advice provided when requested. DPD On track 0 including Landcare, Coastcare, Mary River Catchment Coordinating Committee and City Farm. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Provide support to local environmental groups Committee meetings attended. DPD On track 0 including Landcare, Coastcare, Mary River Catchment Coordinating Committee and City Farm. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Implement Environment Strategy. Council operations demonstrate a responsible DPD On track 0 approach to environmental management. Environment 4.1 4.1.1 Environmental Planning 0 Participate in Regional initiatives that address cross- Gympie Regional Council represented on the DPD On track 0 boundary environmental issues. natural resource management working groups. Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Finalise Council’s Regional Waste Management CEO On track 0 strategy Strategy.

Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Progress redevelopment works at Bonnick Rd CEO On track Meetings being strategy Waste Management Facility, including construction held monthly of new waste cell remediation works and with relevant construction of transfer station. Council staff regarding progress of Bonnick Road Facility

Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Plan for closure of landfills and establishment of CEO On track Meetings being strategy transfer stations in accordance with Regional held monthly Waste Management Strategy (when finalised). with relevant Council staff regarding future plans for sites

Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Work toward achieving Waste Strategy goals for CEO On track Meetings have strategy the Region. been held with Councillors regarding what is to be included and currently being drafted Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Commence preparation of new cleansing contract CEO On track Contract strategy documentation. specifications being drafted

Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Ensure Council’s EPA Licence for Waste Management Renewal of EPA Licence. CEO On track 0 strategy remains valid. Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Complete Native Title and land acquisition for CEO On track Purchase from strategy Toolara central Waste Management Facility. HQ plantations in final stage submission for Native Title on track

Environment 4.2 4.2.1 Environmental Protection EPA licence and solid waste Prepare a Regional Waste Strategy Determine operational requirements for waste CEO On track Meetings being strategy management facilities. held monthly with relevant Council staff regarding operational needs for effective waste management in the region

Environment 4.2 4.2.2 Environmental Services Environmentally Relevant Audit and licence ERA’s regulated by Council. Fulfil regulatory obligations DPD On track 0 Activities

Environment 4.2 4.2.2 Environmental Services Environmentally Relevant Investigate complaints pursuant to the Environmental Fulfil regulatory obligations DPD On track 0 Activities Protection Act 1994 within Council’s jurisdiction.

Environment 4.2 4.2.2 Environmental Services Environmentally Relevant Assist in the assessment process for Development Assessment of Development Applications for DPD On track 0 Activities Applications for Material Change of Use relating to the Material Change of Use relating to the Act Act. undertaken as required. Environment 4.2 4.2.2 Environmental Services Contaminated Land Respond to Environmental Protection Agency requests Fulfil legislative obligations. DPD On track 0 for information/notification of sites. Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Others Inspection of registered/licensed premises. Fulfil regulatory obligations under the relevant Acts DPD On track 0 and Regulations. Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Others Investigate customer requests to ascertain compliance Fulfil regulatory obligations under the relevant Acts DPD On track 0 with Acts, Regulations and Local Laws. and Regulations. Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Water Sampling Sampling of all Council operated reticulated water Council sampling performed monthly – all Council DPD On track 0 supplies and swimming pools. Schemes.

Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Food premises Inspection, registration and upgrading of food Fulfil regulatory obligations under the Food Act DPD On track 0 premises where appropriate. 2006. Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Water Sampling Sampling of all Council operated reticulated water Monitor compliance with relevant Australian DPD On track 0 supplies and swimming pools. Drinking Water Guidelines. Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Water Sampling Provide a private sampling service as required. Service provided as required. DPD On track 0 Environment 4.2 4.2.3 Health Services Food premises Accredit/Audit Food Safety Programs where required. Fulfil regulatory obligations under the Food Act DPD On track 0 2006. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Continue the public awareness campaign on the Continue involvement with PetPEP. DC&C On track 0 services keeping of animals. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Provide a suitable Pound facility and operation for Handle after hours calls relating to dog and cat DC&C On track 0 services dogs and cats. management in accordance with Procedure. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Investigate customer requests to ascertain compliance Fulfil obligations pursuant to relevant Local Laws DC&C On track 0 services with relevant legislation. and State Legislation. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Provide a suitable Pound facility and operation for Pound operations managed by RSPCA in DC&C On track 0 services dogs and cats. accordance with Pound Management Agreement (new Pound agreement to be established). Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Administer requirements of relevant legislation within Fulfil obligations pursuant to Local Laws and State DC&C On track 0 services the jurisdiction of Council's Compliance and Local Legislation regarding dog and cat registrations and Disaster Coordination responsibilities. microchipping. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Administer requirements of relevant legislation within Issue permits etc pursuant to relevant local laws, DC&C On track 0 services the jurisdiction of Council's Compliance and Local State Legislation and Council policies. Disaster Coordination responsibilities. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Administer requirements of relevant legislation within Inspect vacant land as required to reduce the DC&C On track 0 services the jurisdiction of Council's Compliance and Local incidence of vermin and fire hazard. Disaster Coordination responsibilities. Environment 4.2 4.2.4 Local law and animal control Compliance operations Administer requirements of relevant legislation within Carry out regulated parking surveillance (restricted DC&C On track 0 services the jurisdiction of Council's Compliance and Local to the Gympie CBD) to effectively control high Disaster Coordination responsibilities. demand areas. Environment 4.2 4.2.5 Preventative Health Immunisation To facilitate universal community immunisation To provide an effective immunisation program by DPD On track 0 service. working with local health professionals to ensure the community has ready access to immunisations.

Environment 4.2 4.2.5 Preventative Health Immunisation Continue to assist the Schools Immunisation Assistance provided. DPD On track 0 campaign. Environment 4.2 4.2.5 Preventative Health Notifiable Diseases Monitor incidence of notifiable disease and liaise with Regular checking of Queensland Health returns. DPD On track 0 Medical Officer of Health and Queensland Health as appropriate. Environment 4.2 4.2.6 Public Amenities Public Conveniences Provide and maintain public conveniences to an Clean and properly maintain public conveniences. DC&C On track 0 acceptable standard. Environment 4.2 4.2.6 Public Amenities Public Conveniences Progressive upgrading of public toilet facilities. Toilet facilites upgraded. DC&C On track 0 Environment 4.2 4.2.6 Public Amenities Cemeteries Maintain cemeteries which provide a pleasant and Maintain grounds and infrastructure. DPD On track 0 acceptable burial and memorial facility. Environment 4.2 4.2.6 Public Amenities Cemeteries Maintain a high standard of cemetery operations Maintain a stock of gravesites ahead of current DPD On track 0 requirements. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Waste Management Maintain waste management facilities in an acceptable Progression towards Best Practice using current DIS On track 0 Facilities Maintenance condition and in accordance with legislative available technology and processes within requirements. Budgetary constraints. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Waste Management Recording and reporting Collect data and report to appropriate authority as DIS On track 0 Facilities Maintenance required by relevant legislation. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Public Refuse Servicing of street and park bins by cleansing Manage contracts for the removal of refuse and DIS On track 0 contractor. recyclables. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Environmental Refuse Provide a safe collection and disposal procedure for Follow approved collection procedure and provide a DIS On track 0 Management collecting domestic chemicals. suitable storage facility for domestic chemical disposal. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Environmental Refuse Continue metal waste recycling at waste management Scrap metal removed from site by contractor. DIS On track 0 Management facilities. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Waste Management Conduct water sampling at Council’s Waste Carry out a water monitoring program for waste DIS On track 0 Facilities Maintenance Management Facilities. management facilities as required.

Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Environmental Refuse Continue recycling at waste management facilities Significant reduction in recyclable material to landfill DPD On track 0 Management where practicable. where practicable. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Garbage Collection Facilitate contractual arrangements to remove refuse Manage contracts for the removal of refuse and DPD On track 0 and recyclable material from designated properties recyclables from properties throughout the Region. throughout the Region. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Waste Management Maintain waste management facilities in an acceptable Compliance with relevant Acts and Regulations. DIS On track 0 Facilities Maintenance condition and in accordance with legislative requirements. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Environmental Refuse Significant reduction in green waste to landfill. Divert green waste from landfill as far as is DPD On track 0 Management practicable. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Environmental Refuse Continue development of alternate use/disposal Tyres removed from certain waste management DPD On track 0 Management methods for green waste and tyre waste. facilities where they are accepted by contractor. Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Garbage Collection Continue the public awareness campaign to promote Assist Council’s refuse and recycling contractors in DPD On track 0 recycling practices. community education activities and initiatives to promote recycling and improve the quality of recyclables collected by Council's contractor.

Environment 4.3 4.3.2 Waste Management Garbage Collection Facilitate contractual arrangements to remove refuse Promote recycling throughout the Region where DPD On track 0 and recyclable material from designated properties practicable and within resource constraints. throughout the Region. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Community Training Provide a range of community training options Community training needs identified and suitable DC&C On track 0 throughout the region. training options offered throughout the region. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Pensioner Units Provide and update pensioner accommodation in Review accommodation services program. CEO On track Preliminary accordance with relevant guidelines. investigations of use of facilities has been carried out Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Community Training Provide a range of community training sessions Decrease in requests for support and information DC&C On track 0 throughout the region. related to training topics. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Youth and Community Support community organisations in developing Support provided to youth and community DC&C On track 0 Development suitable sustainable initiatives throughout the Region. organisations managing and/or developing suitable initiatives within the Region. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Youth and Community Develop suitable sustainable initiatives to support the Implementation of Careers Expo, Youth Recreation DC&C On track 0 Development local community. Programs, issue specific community forums and Youth Council. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Youth and Community Provide regular relevant information for Community Development and dissemination of issue specific DC&C On track 0 Development organisations. publications (eg youth magazine, halls newsletter).

Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.1 Community Services Pensioner Units Provide and update pensioner accommodation in Provide alternative accommodation for pensioners. DPD To be commenced Decision has accordance with relevant guidelines. not yet been made on future of pensioner units

Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Beach Patrols Facilitate contract Surf Lifesaving patrols in the Ensure the provision of patrols during peak DC&C On track 0 gazetted bathing reserve at Rainbow Beach swimming periods including school holidays, working toward 12 month coverage. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Conduct further studies and costing of provision of Revised network recommendations provided to DPD On track 0 coordination facilities as required for Infrastructure charging. Design Department for implementation. The Department of Transport and Main Roads is head agency for project. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Conduct further studies and costing of provision of Sport, Recreation and Parks coordinating DPD Completed 0 coordination facilities as required for Infrastructure charging. committee liaison with groups requesting assistance. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Conduct further studies and costing of provision of Highest priority actions implemented. DPD On track 0 coordination facilities as required for Infrastructure charging. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation 0 Implement recommendations relating to One Mile Expansion opportunities for the sporting precinct DPD On track 0 sporting ovals contained in the Open Space and investigated. Recreation Plan. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Implement actions as recommended within the Open Meetings of the Physical Activity Taskforce DPD On track 0 coordination Space and Recreation Plan. attended. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Develop a walkway/cycleway network. Participation in partnership activities. DPD Completed 0 coordination Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Provide advice to sport and recreation organisations. Sport, Recreation and Parks coordinating DPD Completed 0 coordination committee prioritisation of actions developed in the Plan. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation 0 Implement recommendations relating to One Mile Master Plan developed allocating areas for sports DPD On track 0 sporting ovals contained in the Open Space and requiring new fields or relocation. Recreation Plan. Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Community Tennis Facilities Ensure ongoing community led management of the Negotiate alternate management agreements for all DC&C On track 0 facilities other Courts Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Community Tennis Facilities Development of an asset management strategy for Support the managing agents as per relevant DC&C On track 0 each court (where required, in conjunction with facility management agreements, where applicable. relevant managing agents) Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Community Tennis Facilities Meet commitments as detailed in facility management Ensure ongoing community led management of the DC&C On track 0 agreements where relevant facilities.

Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Community Tennis Facilities Complete a review of community based tennis courts, Provide tennis facility to meet identified community DC&C On track 0 incorporating management, conditions, current and needs. future usage.

Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Regional Recreation Support the managing agents as per relevant facility Meet commitments as detailed in facility DC&C On track 0 Grounds management agreements. management agreements

Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Regional Recreation Ensure ongoing community led management of the Where required negotiate alternate management DC&C On track 0 Grounds facilities agreement

Social Wellbeing 5.1 5.1.2 Open space and recreation Planning, design and Conduct further studies and costing of provision of Apply State Government’s new Standard DPD On track 0 coordination facilities as required for Infrastructure charging. Infrastructure Charging regime.

Environment 5.2 4.2.6 Public Amenities Cemeteries Maintain a high standard of cemetery operations Engage a consultant to develop a Master Plan for DPD To be commenced 0 the Cooloola Coast Cemetery. Social Wellbeing 5.2 5.2.1 Community Development Financial Assistance Promote opportunities for Community organisations to Resources and assistance provided to local groups DC&C On track 0 access funds external to Council to source funding. Social Wellbeing 5.2 5.2.1 Community Development Financial Assistance Provide a Council based Community Assistance Policies developed to guide Council grants DC&C On track 0 Program schemes and in-kind support. Social Wellbeing 5.2 5.2.1 Community Development Community Resilience Deliver Community Development Engagement Meet requirements as prescribed in the CDEI DC&C On track 0 Initiative (CDEI) Service Agreement Social Wellbeing 5.2 5.2.1 Community Development Community Resilience Deliver , Flexible Funding Project, Community Meet requirements as prescribed in the FFP, DC&C On track 0 Development and Recovery Package, Natural Disaster CDRP, NDRRA Service Agreement relief and recovery Arrangements Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Provide a comprehensive and accessible range of Aim to achieve standards in the "Guidelines and DC&C On track 0 customer focussed library services. Standards for Queensland Public Libraries”.

Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Seek additional funding. Investigate Grant opportunities. DC&C On track 0 Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Preserve and make accessible, print and photographic Maintain an appropriate rate of acquisitions per DC&C On track 0 resources pertaining to our Region’s history. capita.

Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Continue Digitisation of the Local History Photographic Maintain an Indigenous Collection at Gympie DC&C On track 0 Collection. Library. Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Continue Digitisation of the Local History Photographic Ongoing development of digitised photographic DC&C On track 0 Collection. collection. Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Implement new system procedures and policies as Ensure best work practices and most suitable DC&C Completed 0 applicable. policies are used.

Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Produce ongoing promotional leaflets and reader Leaflets and materials published and distributed. DC&C On track 0 education materials. Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Continue implementation of regular promotional Continue Local History Projects with the use of DC&C On track 0 activities across all service points. volunteer assistance and assigned staff.

Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Continue implementation of regular promotional Encourage an increased level of library DC&C On track 0 activities across all service points. membership and participation.

Social Wellbeing 5.3 5.3.1 Libraries Libraries Continue implementation of regular promotional Maintain a high number of loans per capita by DC&C On track 0 activities across all service points. increased promotion of services and facilities.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Art Gallery Finalise the Cultural Plan in conjunction with other Liaise with other Council areas and community on DC&C On track 0 Council areas and community groups. implementation of the Cultural Plan.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Art Gallery Implementation of Public Art Management Plan as part Set up systems for the Public Art Management DC&C To be commenced 0 of the Cultural Plan. Plan. Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Art Gallery Finalise and implement the Gallery Strategic Direction Implement systems to achieve goals. DC&C On track 0 Document.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Exhibition program Provide a varied and balanced exhibition program, Specific programs and exhibitions in consultation DC&C On track 0 incorporating the natural environment of the Gympie with the community eg indigenous, disadvantaged, Region where possible. villages of region.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Exhibition program Continually develop and provide quality education and Continue support for Council’s annual Heritage Art DC&C Completed 0 public programs at the Gallery in conjunction with the Competition. community.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Exhibition program Continually develop and provide quality education and Increased participation from all educational groups, DC&C On track 0 public programs at the Gallery in conjunction with the (including TAFE) targeting Pre Prep and primary community. schools in particular.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Exhibition program Develop outsourcing opportunities and satellite points Increased opportunities for local artists to gain skills DC&C On track 0 throughout the region. in developing their artistic practices.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Exhibition program Develop outsourcing opportunities and satellite points Develop and implement a plan to include outer DC&C To be commenced 0 throughout the region. areas of our region in the Gallery program.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Marketing Develop a comprehensive Marketing Plan. More activities in Newsletter and assistance to DC&C On track 0 cultural projects were reasonable. Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Marketing Develop a comprehensive Marketing Plan. Investigate new technologies and social media. DC&C On track 0

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Marketing Improve outside signage. Investigate options for improved signage. DC&C Completed 0

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Marketing Improve outside signage. Promote cultural tourism and activities within the DC&C On track 0 community.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Community Maintain the volunteer program and close links with Continued working relationship with Friends and DC&C On track 0 Friends of the Gallery. volunteers.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Community Maintain the volunteer program and close links with Complete volunteer manual. DC&C Completed 0 Friends of the Gallery.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Community Actively seek sponsors and arts associated funding for Increased sponsorship and partners, ie Business DC&C On track 0 the Gallery. Art connections and Gold Rush Art Competition.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Community Build partnerships and alliances with cultural groups, Obtain grants for special projects. DC&C On track 0 schools, businesses, community and tourism, in particular, creative industries. Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Community Build partnerships and alliances with cultural groups, Increased participation in activities by community DC&C On track 0 schools, businesses, community and tourism, in cultural groups in Gallery activities. particular, creative industries.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.1 Art Gallery Community Build partnerships and alliances with cultural groups, Maintain representation on cultural committees DC&C On track 0 schools, businesses, community and tourism, in where possible. particular, creative industries.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.2 Heritage facilities and museums Elginvale Museum Ensure compliance with the Queensland Heritage Act Regular building inspections and maintenance. DC&C On track 0 1992.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.2 Heritage facilities and museums Kilkivan Museum Continue to support cataloguing of the Kilkivan Cataloguing progressing to completion of DC&C Completed 0 Museum collection as per operational agreement. agreement.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.2 Heritage facilities and museums Woodworks Collection Provide a facility for the display of the Woodwork’s Woodworks display maintained and open to the DC&C On track 0 collection owned by Council. general public a minimum two days per week

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.2 Heritage facilities and museums Elginvale Museum Develop site as a static display. Static display safe and informative for visitors. DC&C On track 0

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.3 Heritage Planning and Awareness 0 Provide information sharing opportunities for local Opportunities for community participation in DPD On track 0 heritage groups. heritage protection. Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.3 Heritage Planning and Awareness 0 Implement the current provisions of the Heritage and Provisions implemented in response to DPD On track 0 Character Code in the planning scheme. development applications in Heritage and Character Areas.

Social Wellbeing 5.4 5.4.3 Heritage Planning and Awareness 0 Refine the heritage and character provisions in the Provisions refined in new planning scheme. DPD Completed 0 planning scheme to align them more closely with current trends and community attitudes.

ATTACHMENT 3

Refer Item 8/4

Extract Register of Delegations

of the

ORDINARY MEETING

On Wednesday 29 May 2013 At 9.00 am EXTRACT REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to conduct a joint government activity. Section 10 Local Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to:- Section 16 Local Government Act review whether each of its divisions has a (a) 2009 reasonable proportion of electors; and (b) give the electoral commissioner and the Minister written notice of the results of the review no later than 1 March in the year before the quadrennial elections. Chief Executive Officer Power to apply to the change commission to assess Section 18 Local whether a local government change other than a Government Act local government change made under the 2007 2009 reform process should be made. Chief Executive Officer Power to make submissions to the change Section 19 Local commission in response to a request for Government Act submissions in relation to a proposed local 2009 government change. Chief Executive Officer Power to decide the local government’s process for Section 29 Local making a local law consistent with Chapter 3, Part Government Act 1 of the Local Government Act 2009. 2009

Page 1 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to consult with relevant government entities Section 29A(3) about the overall State interest in a proposed local Local Government law. Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to conduct a public benefit assessment of a Section 46(2) Local new significant business activity Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to prepare a report on the public benefit Section 46(5) Local assessment in accordance with section 46(5) of the Government Act Local Government Act 2009. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to exercise control of all roads in the local Section 60 Local government area including the ability to survey and Government Act resurvey roads, construct, maintain and improve 2009 roads, approve the naming and numbering of private roads, and name and number other roads. Chief Executive Officer Power to give the owner of land a notice of Section 61 Local intention to acquire land. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to lodge the copy of a notice of intention to Section 61(6) Local acquire land with the Registrar of Titles for Government Act registration on the instrument of title to the land. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to decide a claim for compensation for a Section 62 Local notice of intention to acquire land. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to acquire land after service of notice of Section 64 Local intention to acquire instead of paying compensation Government Act for injurious affection. 2009

Page 2 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to assess compensation for acquisition of Section 64 Local land. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to serve notice of decision not to proceed to Section 65(3) Local acquire land the subject of a notice of intention to Government Act acquire. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to withdraw notice of intention to acquire Section 65(4) Local land. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to lodge with Registrar of Titles for Section 65(4) Local registration a notice of a decision not to proceed Government Act with, or to withdraw, notice of intention of 2009 realignment of road or part of road. Chief Executive Officer Power to assess and pay the owner of land Section 66 Local reasonable compensation for decrease in value of Government Act land because of decision not to proceed with 2009 realignment of a road or part of a road after giving a notice of intention to acquire land and structural improvements have been made on land that adjoins the road. Chief Executive Officer Power to acquire land that adjoins a road for use as Section 67 Local a footpath. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to submit objection to application for Section 68 Local opening or closing of road in local government area Government Act by someone other than the local government. 2009

Page 3 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to close a road (permanently or temporarily) Section 69(1) Local to all traffic, or traffic of a particular class,if there is Government Act another road or route reasonably available for use 2009 by the traffic. Chief Executive Officer Power to close a road to all traffic, or traffic of a Section 69(2) Local particular class: Government Act 2009 (a) during a temporary obstruction to traffic; or (b) if it is in the interests of public safety; or (c) if it is necessary or desirable to close the road for a temporary purpose (including a fair, for example). Chief Executive Officer Power to publish notice of closing of road. Section 69(3) Local Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to do everything necessary to stop traffic Section 69(4) Local using the road after it is closed. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to permit the use of any part of a road after it Section 69(5) Local is closed to traffic for a temporary purpose subject Government Act to appropriate conditions. 2009

Chief Executive Officer Power to make a temporary road through land Section 70(2) Local adjoining the road to be used while the road is Government Act being remade or repaired. 2009

Page 4 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to agree with owner or occupier of land Section 70(3) regarding local government entry and the giving of and (4) Local written or oral notice as specified in section 70(3) Government Act and (4) of the Local Government Act 2009. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to agree with the owner of land the amount Section 70(7) of compensation for physical damage caused by and (8) Local local government entering, occupying or using land Government Act under section 70 of the Local Government Act 2009 2009. Chief Executive Officer Power to fix and advise the owner or occupier or Section 71 Local change the permanent level of a road under Government Act section 71 of the Local Government Act 2009. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to agree the amount of compensation Section 71 Local payable under section 71 of the Local Government Government Act Act 2009. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to assess impact on roads of specified Section 72 Local activities under section 72 of the Local Government Government Act Act 2009. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to require entity conducting activity on road Section 72 Local to provide information under section 72 of the Government Act Local Government Act 2009. 2009

Chief Executive Officer Power to give the entity conducting an activity a Section 72(3) Local direction about the use of the road to lessen the Government Act impact and to require the entity to carry out works 2009 to lessen the impact or to pay an amount as compensation for the impact.

Page 5 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to categorise the roads in the local Section 73 Local government area according to the surface of the Government Act road. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to prepare and keep up to date a map of Section 74 Local every road including private roads in the local Government Act government area and a register of roads showing 2009 the category of every road, the level of every road that has a fixed level and other particulars prescribed under a regulation. Chief Executive Officer Power to approve the carrying out of works on a Section 75 Local road or interference with a road or its operation Government Act subject to conditions. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to, by written notice, require the owner of a Section 77 Local property to connect a stormwater installation for the Government Act property to the local government’s stormwater 2009 drain in the way, under the conditions and within the time stated in the notice. Chief Executive Officer Power to give approval for the connection of a Section 77 Local stormwater installation to the local government’s Government Act stormwater drain (including the imposition of 2009 conditions) in accordance with section 77 of the Local Government Act 2009. Chief Executive Officer Power to give a notice requiring the owner of a Section 78 Local property to perform sewerage installation works. Government Act 2009

Page 6 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to perform work to fix damage and recover Section 79 Local reasonable costs for the work from a person who Government Act puts a prohibited substance in the stormwater drain. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to provide a ferry service across a water Section 80B Local course under section 80B of the Local Government Government Act Act 2009 including the leasing of the right to 2009 provide the ferry service. Chief Executive Officer Power to apply to the Minister for approval to make Section 90B Local a major policy decision during the caretaker period Government Act for an election for the local government. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to register a charge over land for overdue Section 95 Local rates and charges under section 95 of the Local Government Act Government Act 2009. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to lodge documents with the Registrar of Section 95 Local Titles for release of the charge if overdue rates and Government Act charges are paid. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to establish an efficient and effective Section 105(1) internal audit function. Local Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to maintain public liability insurance and Section 107(1) professional indemnity insurance. Local Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a contract of insurance with Section 107(3) WorkCover Queensland or another insurer to cover Local Government its councillors. Act 2009

Page 7 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to give the public notice of the disbursement Section 110 Local of funds not provided for in the local government’s Government Act budget. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to give or to attempt to give an occupier of a Section 133 Local property a written notice that informs the occupier Government Act of the local government’s intention to enter the 2009 property. Chief Executive Officer Power to assess, agree and pay compensation for Section 137 Local damage or loss incurred by a person because of the Government Act exercise, or purported exercise, of a power under 2009 division 1 part 2 chapter 5 of the Local Government Act 2009. Chief Executive Officer Power to authorise an employee or agent of the Section 138(4)Local local government to act as a local government Government Act worker. 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to give each local government worker an Section 138A(1) identity card. Local Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to give a reasonable entry notice, as defined Section 142(2) by section 138AA(4), to the occupier of a property Local Government that a local government worker may enter the Act 2009 property and take action required under a remedial notice. Chief Executive Officer Power to recover as a debt the amount that the local Section 142(4) government properly and reasonably incurs in Local Government taking the action from the person who failed to take Act 2009 the action.

Page 8 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to recover a debt payable under section 142 Section 142 (7) of the Local Government Act 2009 as if the debt Local Government were an overdue rate. Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to give reasonable entry notice to the owner Section 143 Local and the occupier of rateable land of entry by a local Government Act government worker to search for and remove 2009 materials. Chief Executive Officer Power to agree and to pay the amount of Section 147 Local compensation payable to a person who incurs Government Act damage or loss during the course of the exercise, or 2009 purported exercise, of a power under division 2, part 2, chapter 5 of the Local Government Act 2009. Chief Executive Officer Power to give written notice of a complaint about Section 176B(2) the conduct or performance of a councillor to the Local Government chief executive officer. Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to agree with other local governments about Section 198 Local the joint employment of a local government Government Act employee. 2009

Page 9 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into an arrangement of a councillor Section 226(4) under which – Local Government Act 2009 (a) the councillor agrees to forgo a percentage or amount of the remuneration that the councillor is entitled to as a councillor; and (b) the local government agrees to contribute the percentage or amount to the superannuation scheme for the councillor. Chief Executive Officer Power to make a submission as a local governing Section 228(4) body within the meaning of the Local Government Local Government (Financial Assistance) Act to assist the Local Act 2009 Government Grants Commission to make a decision about funding under the Local Government (Financial Assistance) Act. Chief Executive Officer Power to sign a document on behalf of a local Section 236 Local government as a delegate of the local government. Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to effect substituted service. Section 239 Local Government Act 2009 Chief Executive Officer Power to authorise an employee in any legal Section 240(1) proceedings – Local Government Act 2009 (a) to give instructions and act as the authorised agent for the local government; and (b) sign all documents for the local government.

Page 10 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO WHICH NUMBER OF THE DELEGATION IS RESOLUTION SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to do anything that is necessary or Section 262 Local convenient for performing the responsibilities of Government Act the local government under a Local Government 2009 Act.

Page 11 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to decide the amount of a fee for Section 14(2) Local a request of an extract or certified copy of Government a local law from the local government’s Regulation 2012 register of local laws. Chief Executive Officer Power to identify and assess each new Section 18 Local significant business activity for possible Government reform involving full cost pricing, Regulation 2012 commercialising, or corporatizing the activity. Chief Executive Officer Power to decide what to charge for goods or Section 22 Local services provided in conducting a significant Government business activity in accordance with section 22 Regulation 2012 Local Government Regulation 2012. Chief Executive Officer Power to conduct a 2-part charge assessment Section 41(1)(a) for providing water services Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power in relation to a mall to do any of the Section 58 Local following: Government Regulation 2012 (a) anything necessary or desirable for developing, managing, maintaining (including cleaning), promoting or using a mall; (b) permit the use of any part of the mall on conditions it considers appropriate;

Page 12 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT (c) anything incidental to its powers mentioned in (a) or (b). Chief Executive Officer Power to construct, maintain, manage and Section 59 Local regulate the use of: Government Regulation 2012 (a) harbours for small vessels in or over tidal waters; and (b) jetties, breakwaters and ramps in or over tidal waters; and to occupy and use foreshore, tidal land or tidal waters to undertake work in exercising those powers. Chief Executive Officer Power to take all necessary steps for: Section 63 Local Government (a) construction on, maintenance of or improvement of the land; and Regulation 2012 (b) regulation of the use of the land, where the land is subject to a public thoroughfare easement. Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into arrangements necessary to Section 64 Local perform the joint responsibility of the local Government government where a road or other work is to Regulation 2012 be, or has been, built: (a) along the boundary between two or more

Page 13 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT local government areas; and (b) partly in each of the areas. Chief Executive Officer Power to identify, in any way considered Section 77(2) Local appropriate, parcels of rateable land to which Government a minimum amount of general rates apply. Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to allow a longer period than prescribed Section 88(4)(d)(ii) for the owner of land to object to the Local Government categorisation of the owner’s land for rating Regulation 2012 purposes. Chief Executive Officer Power to allow a longer period within which Section 90(5)(b) an owner of rateable land must give an Local Government objection notice. Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to determine a period considered Section 107(1) appropriate for the issue of a rate notice. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to give a benefit that is not a discount as Section 131 Local an inducement for payment of rates or charges Government before the due date for payment. Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to decide: Section 133 Local Government (a) the rate of interest payable; Regulation 2012 (b) the day from which interest is, payable on overdue rates or charges; and

Page 14 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT (c) the manner of the calculation of interest. Chief Executive Officer Power to recover overdue rates or charges by Section 134 Local bringing Court proceedings for a debt. Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to set a reserve price for the sale by Section 143(1) auction of land for overdue rates and charges. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into negotiations with the Section 143(2) highest bidder at the auction to sell the land for Local Government overdue rates or charges and to form an Regulation 2012 agreement to sell the land. Chief Executive Officer Power to decide any other information Section 154(2)(e) considered appropriate for inclusion in a land Local Government record. Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to give a grant to a community Section 194 Local organisation in the public interest and Government consistent with the local government’s Regulation 2012 community grants policy. Chief Executive Officer Power to spend money on entertainment or Section 196(2) hospitality consistent with the local Local Government government’s entertainment and hospitality Regulation 2012 policy. Chief Executive Officer Power to spend money on advertising to Section 197(2) provide information or education that is in the Local Government

Page 15 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT public interest and consistent with the local Regulation 2012 government’s advertising spending policy. Chief Executive Officer Power to transfer money to or from a trust fund Section 201 Local in accordance with section 201 Local Government Government Regulation 2012 Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to set the value limit for valuable Section 224(6)(b) non-current assets other than land. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to invite written quotes for Section 225(1) a medium-sized contractual arrangement. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to decide to accept a quote or to decide Section 225(3) and not to accept any of the quotes it receives for (4) Local a medium-sized contractual arrangement. Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to invite written tenders for a large-size Section 226 Local contractual arrangement. Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to invite written tenders for a valuable Section 227 Local non-current asset contract or to offer Government a non-current asset for sale by auction. Regulation 2012

Page 16 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT Chief Executive Officer Power to invite expressions of interest, prepare Section 228(2)(b) The local government: a shortlist and invite written tenders pursuant Local Government (a) decides, by to section 228 Local Government Regulation 2012 resolution, that it Regulation 2012. would be in the public interest to invite expressions of interest before inviting written tenders; and (b) records its reasons for making the resolution in the minutes of the meeting at which the resolution was made. Chief Executive Officer Power to decide to accept a tender or not to Section 228(8) and accept any tenders it receives. (9) Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a medium-sized contractual Section 230(1) arrangement or large-sized contractual Local Government arrangement in accordance with a quote or Regulation 2012 tender consideration plan adopted by local government resolution. Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a medium-sized contractual Section 231(2)

Page 17 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT arrangement or large-sized contractual Local Government arrangement for services with a person on an Regulation 2012 approved contractor list. Chief Executive Officer Power to put together an approved contractor Section 231(4) list. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a contract for Section 232(2) a medium-sized contractual arrangement or Local Government large-sized contractual arrangement for the Regulation 2012 supply of goods or services with a supplier from a register of pre-qualified suppliers. Chief Executive Officer Power to establish a register of pre-qualified Section 232(3) suppliers of particular goods or services. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a medium-sized contractual Section 233(2) arrangement or large-sized contractual Local Government arrangement for goods or services with Regulation 2012 a preferred supplier under a preferred supplier arrangement. Chief Executive Officer Power to establish a preferred supplier Section 233(3) to arrangement by inviting tenders. (8) Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a contract for goods and Section 234(1)

Page 18 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT services under an LGA arrangement. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to enter into a medium-sized contractual Section 235 Local arrangement or large-sized contractual Government arrangement in circumstances specified in Regulation 2012 section 235 Local Government Regulation 2012. Chief Executive Officer Power to dispose of a valuable non-current Section 236 Local asset other than by tender or auction in Government circumstances specified in section 236 Local Regulation 2012 Government Regulation 2012. Chief Executive Officer Power to allow a councillor to take part in Section 276(2) a meeting by teleconferencing. Local Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to publish the list of items to be Section 277(6) discussed at a meeting, including details or Local Government documents relating to an item, on the local Regulation 2012 government’s website. Chief Executive Officer Power to make a reasonable allocation of its Schedule 3 administrative and overhead costs to each section 5 Local relevant activity, having regard to all of a local Government government’s relevant activities. Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to decide an amount for depreciation of Schedule 3 an asset used in conducting a relevant activity section 7 Local

Page 19 of 20

REGISTER OF DELEGATIONS COUNCIL TO CEO

NO. DELEGATE DESCRIPTION OF POWER DELEGATED LEGISLATION DATE AND CONDITIONS TO NUMBER OF WHICH THE RESOLUTION DELEGATION IS SUBJECT that is appropriate in the circumstances. Government Regulation 2012 Chief Executive Officer Power to work out tax equivalents for Schedule 3 Commonwealth or State taxes a local section 8 Local government is not liable to pay as a local Government government in accordance with schedule 3 Regulation 2012 section 8 Local Government Regulation 2012. Chief Executive Officer Power to decide the amount for the return on Schedule 3 capital used by a local government in section 10 Local conducting a relevant activity in accordance Government with schedule 3 section 10 Local Government Regulation 2012 Regulation 2012.

Page 20 of 20

ATTACHMENT 4

Refer Item 8/5

Tender Consideration Plan

of the

ORDINARY MEETING

On Wednesday 29 May 2013 At 9.00 am

ATTACHMENT 5

Refer Item 11/5

GRC Regional Waste Management Strategy – Final Draft

of the

ORDINARY MEETING

On Wednesday 29 May 2013 At 9.00 am

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

May 2013

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Contents 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 1 1 OVERVIEW ...... 2 2 THE VISION ...... 2 3 OBJECTIVE ...... 2

3.1 STRATEGY OBJECTIVE ...... 2 3.2 ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTS ...... 3 3.3 STRATEGY FRAMEWORK ...... 3 4 BACKGROUND ...... 4

4.1 THE GYMPIE REGION ...... 4 4.1.1 Regional Economic and Residential Growth Predictions ...... 5 4.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ...... 5 4.2.1 National Waste Policy ...... 6 4.2.2 Clean Energy Act 2011 ...... 6 4.2.3 Australian Packaging Covenant ...... 6 4.2.4 Mandatory Renewable Energy Targets ...... 6 4.2.5 Environmental Protection Act 1994 (QLD) ...... 6 4.2.6 Waste Reduction and Recycling Act 2011 (QLD) ...... 7 4.2.7 Queensland Waste Reduction & Recycling Strategy 2010 - 2020 ...... 8 4.3 POPULATION TRENDS AND WASTE GENERATION PROJECTIONS ...... 9 4.3.1 Population Projections ...... 9 4.3.2 Current Waste Data ...... 9 4.3.2.1 Sources of Waste ...... 9 4.3.3 Total Waste Projections ...... 10 4.3.4 Goals and Targets ...... 10 5 STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT ...... 11

5.1 STRATEGY GOALS ...... 11 5.2 WASTE FACILITY NETWORK PLANNING ...... 11 5.2.1 Levels of Service ...... 11 5.2.1.1 Customer travel time to waste and recycling facility ...... 11 5.2.1.2 Site Supervision ...... 11 5.2.1.3 Optimal Operating Days/Hours ...... 12 5.2.1.4 Type of Facilities and Services ...... 12 5.3 IDENTIFYING AND ASSESSING POTENTIAL RISKS AND ISSUES ...... 13 6 GYMPIE REGION WASTE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY ...... 14

6.1 COLLECTION SERVICES ...... 14 6.1.1 Domestic Waste ...... 14 6.1.1.1 Type of Service ...... 14 6.1.1.2 Service Area ...... 14 6.1.1.3 Service Revenue ...... 14 6.1.1.4 Service Delivery ...... 15 6.1.1.5 Risks and Issues – Domestic Waste Collection ...... 15 6.1.1.6 Strategy Goals – Domestic Waste Collection ...... 16 6.1.2 Domestic Recycling ...... 18 6.1.2.1 Type of Service ...... 18 6.1.2.2 Service Area ...... 18 6.1.2.3 Service Revenue ...... 18 6.1.2.4 Service Delivery ...... 18 6.1.2.5 Recyclable Materials Processing ...... 18 6.1.2.6 Risks and Issues – Domestic Recycling Collection ...... 18 6.1.2.7 Strategy Goals – Domestic Recycling Collection ...... 18 6.1.3 Services for Households Not Receiving a Wheeled Bin Service ...... 19 6.1.3.1 Service Type ...... 19

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.3.2 Service Area ...... 19 6.1.3.3 Service Delivery ...... 19 6.1.3.4 Risks and Issues – Bulk Bin Sites ...... 21 6.1.3.5 Strategy Goals – Bulk Bin sites ...... 21 6.1.4 Commercial Waste and Recycling ...... 23 6.1.4.1 Type of Service ...... 23 6.1.4.2 Service Area ...... 23 6.1.4.3 Service Revenue ...... 23 6.1.4.4 Service Delivery ...... 23 6.1.4.5 Risks and Issues – Commercial Waste Collection ...... 23 6.1.4.6 Strategy Goals – Commercial Waste Collection ...... 24 6.1.5 Collection Services for Council Premises and Facilities...... 25 6.1.5.1 Type of Service ...... 25 6.1.5.2 Service Area ...... 25 6.1.5.3 Service Delivery ...... 25 6.1.5.4 Risks and Issues – Collection Services for Council Premises/Facilities ...... 25 6.1.5.5 Strategy Goals – Collection Services for Council Premises/Facilities ...... 25 6.1.6 Construction and Demolition Waste ...... 26 6.2 WASTE TRANSFER AND RECYCLING FACILITIES ...... 27 6.2.1 Risks and Issues – Transfer Stations ...... 27 6.2.2 STRATEGY GOALS – TRANSFER STATIONS ...... 28 6.3 LANDFILLS ...... 30 6.3.1 Risks and Issues – Landfill Sites ...... 32 6.3.2 Strategy Goals – Landfill Sites ...... 32 6.4 RESOURCE RECOVERY ...... 34 6.4.1 Risks and Issues – Resource Recovery ...... 35 6.4.2 Domestic & Commercial Recycling ...... 35 6.4.3 Recycling Sites/Facilities ...... 35 6.4.4 Strategy Goals – Resource Recovery ...... 36 6.4.5 Waste Minimisation and Education ...... 37 7 STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION ...... 37 8 STRATEGY CONSULTATION ...... 37 ATTACHMENT “A” – RISKS & ISSUES MATRIX ...... 38 ATTACHMENT “B” – FACILITY CATCHMENTS & COLLECTION SERVICE AREAS ...... 39

Strategy Goals

STRATEGY GOAL 1 - CONSOLIDATE DOMESTIC COLLECTION CONTRACTS TO PROVIDE A SINGLE CONTRACT ...... 16 STRATEGY GOAL 2 - DEFINE AND DECLARE WHEEL BIN COLLECTION AREAS...... 16 STRATEGY GOAL 3 - PROVIDE SERVICES TO MAXIMISE THE COLLECTION OF RECYCLABLE MATERIALS...... 18 STRATEGY GOAL 4 – PROVIDE DISPOSAL FACILITIES FOR RESIDENTS WITHOUT COLLECTION SERVICES...... 21 STRATEGY GOAL 5 - DELIVER COMMERCIAL COLLECTION SERVICES IN CONJUNCTION WITH PRIVATE OPERATORS...... 24 STRATEGY GOAL 6 - GAIN EFFICIENCIES IN COLLECTION SERVICES FOR COUNCIL PREMISES AND FACILITIES...... 25 STRATEGY GOAL 7 - PROVIDE THE OPTIMAL NETWORK OF WASTE TRANSFER AND RECYCLING FACILITIES ...... 28 STRATEGY GOAL 8 - RESPONSIBLE MANAGEMENT OF WASTE TRANSFER & RECYCLING FACILITIES ...... 28 STRATEGY GOAL 9 - PROVIDE EFFICIENT FACILITIES FOR THE REGIONS SHORT & LONG TERM LANDFILL NEEDS ...... 32 STRATEGY GOAL 10 - PROVIDE AND/OR FACILITATE SITES WITH RECYCLING OPPORTUNITIES ...... 36 STRATEGY GOAL 11 - PROVIDE COMMUNITY WASTE EDUCATION ...... 37

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This strategy will guide the way waste is managed and will provide a timetable for Gympie Regional Council (GRC) to prioritise how and when it addresses the issues associated with a growing community and a changing waste management landscape. It identifies the legislative and regional conditions that impact on waste management in the region, and assesses the existing practices. Gympie Regional Council was formed following the amalgamation of the three separate council areas. It represents a growing region with the population expected to increase from 50,000 to over 67,000 in the next 20 years. This is one driver for reviewing and changing the current arrangements for managing waste as an increased population produces more waste. Other drivers for change include the types of services and infrastructure the community expects, the changes in contemporary waste management practices with ongoing moves to reduce waste disposal to landfill and to increase resource recovery and recycling, and the increasing legislative impacts on waste management activities. The Regional Waste Management Strategy will be the overarching document to guide waste management planning for the region. It will be supported by detailed plans and review documents that are developed from time to time. In essence these additional documents form attachments to the strategy. Two such documents that have been commenced by GRC include a review of the organisation structure required to deliver the waste management functions for GRC, and a review of the pricing arrangements for waste management services. GRC faces a number of critical issues that became obvious when developing the strategy goals. The strategy has developed a major focus on contractual and infrastructure issues as these are seen as critical in the short to medium term. A number of the initial activities relate to renewal of the waste and recycling collection contracts. These actions include reviewing the collection areas and service requirements so that the tender documents can be prepared and released to provide sufficient time for respondents and for contract assessment and award. An assessment of the waste facilities in the region finds an over abundance of six operating landfill sites, all of which are nearing closure. Similarly there are eight bulk bin sites and one transfer station in the region making a total of fifteen operating sites for a population of 50,000 people. A majority of the sites are unsupervised during open hours and a number of facilities have limited infrastructure for resource recovery and recycling. To a large extent the current services and the network of facilities were established by the respective pre-amalgamation Councils. The strategy recommends some changes to these arrangements and proposes reviews of various sites and activities. Following detailed assessments of the issues that were identified a series of recommended strategy goals and actions have been developed. The Regional Waste Management Strategy has a vision for cost effective, efficient and customer focused services and facilities to manage the regions waste. Adopting the actions contained in the strategy will enable GRC to transition to a more sustainable position from which to manage future growth and also to pursue improvements and innovations in waste management. Prior to adopting a strategy Council will release the draft Regional Waste Management Strategy to the community for public consultation. The draft strategy will be made available for a minimum period of 28 days. Following the community consultation period a report of the community input will be presented to Council for direction prior to drafting the final report. Following this consultation process the final Regional Waste Management Strategy will be presented to Council for resolution and adoption.

Page 1

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

1 OVERVIEW Gympie Regional Council (GRC) has responsibility for managing a large portion of the wastes generated in the region. This strategy will guide the way waste is managed and will provide a timetable for GRC to prioritise how and when it addresses the issues associated with a growing community and a changing waste management landscape. Managing waste today and in the future needs to consider and respond to a growing list of impacts that result from the ways we choose to manage discarded items. Community health and safety, economic conditions, environmental impacts, climate change, resource recovery and recycling are key areas of consideration. A number of these are influenced by legislated requirements which will be considered in the development of this strategy. GRC does not have total responsibility for managing all waste. Principally Councils are required by legislation to have responsibility for collecting waste from households. The extent of Council’s involvement in other services including landfill, transfer stations, and commercial services is to a large degree influenced by private sector involvement in the various activities. For GRC as for most Councils the involvement extends into virtually all areas of waste management in the region. Therefore this strategy will attempt to address all solid wastes identifiable within the region.

2 THE VISION The Gympie Regional Council provides cost-effective, efficient and customer focused services to manage the region’s wastes by focusing its resources and efforts on:  Collection of waste and recyclables from residents and businesses – Collection Services;  Having Waste Transfer and Recycling Facilities that receive waste for: o transfer of waste for disposal; o separation and recovery of resources and recyclables; o consolidating and/or processing of resources on site.  Having facilities for disposing of residual waste that cannot be recovered or recycled – Landfills;  Facilitating and supporting Resource Recovery.

3 OBJECTIVE

3.1 STRATEGY OBJECTIVE This Regional Waste Management Strategy identifies the legislative and regional conditions that impact on waste management in the Gympie region, and assesses the existing practices. The objective is to provide short, medium and long term policy and planning objectives for GRC to implement. In general terms the intention is to provide strategy goals that provide:

Figure 1 - Strategy Goal Timeframes Timeframe Strategy Goal Detail Goals supported by recommended actions Short Term 2013 to 2014 Information to inform policy positions Medium Term 2015 to 2016 Goals supported by recommended actions Long Term 2017 and beyond Project options (future project opportunities)

Page 2

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

3.2 ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTS The Regional Waste Management Strategy will be the overarching document to guide waste management planning for the region. It will be supported and informed by detailed plans and review documents that are developed from time to time. In essence these additional documents form attachments to the strategy. As examples GRC has commissioned two assignments that will impact to some degree on delivering the strategy outcomes. The first is a review of the organisational structure for GRC’s waste management functions. The successful delivery of the actions and outcomes contained in the strategy will to a large extent rely upon internal staff resources. The second is a review of pricing arrangements for waste management services and functions provided by GRC. This work is critical to identifying possible funding sources to deliver the strategy outcomes.

3.3 STRATEGY FRAMEWORK The strategy is divided into logical waste management functions based on the areas that GRC will focus on as defined in the Strategy Vision. A description of the services involved with these functions is provided below.

Figure 2 - Strategy Framework

Waste Management Function Services Involved Collection Services Domestic waste wheeled bins. Domestic waste bin sites Domestic recycling wheeled bins Commercial Waste Commercial Recycling Construction and Demolition Waste Waste Transfer and Recycling Facilities Transfer Stations Sort and Processing Facilities (eg Dirty MRF1) Residual Waste Disposal Facilities Landfill sites Resource Recovery Domestic Recycling Commercial Recycling Waste Minimisation and Education 1 Dirty MRF (Materials Recovery Facility) is generally a site that accepts and processes Construction and Demolition materials including timber, concrete, steel, plastics. The materials may be processed on site for supply direct to markets or consolidated and moved off-site to a recycling facility.

Page 3

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

4 BACKGROUND

4.1 THE GYMPIE REGION The Gympie local government area (LGA), or Gympie Region, covers an area of almost 7,000 km2 and is part of the Wide Bay-Burnett Region. The main centre for the Gympie Region is the City of Gympie, which is located on Queensland’s main north-south rail line and on the Bruce Highway, some 170 km north of Brisbane. The Gympie Region has experienced significant growth in recent years, based largely on the following contributing factors: • Gympie is uniquely located on key road, rail and air transport corridors. With a stable and skilled workforce, the Gympie Region provides businesses with a secure opportunity to grow and plan for the future. • A sizeable business community with in excess of 4,500 businesses (including some major manufacturers) and with an estimated gross regional product of around $1.9 billion • Industrial land available for business establishment and expansion in all areas of the Region and serviced by major existing transport infrastructure • Major Local, State and Federal Government infrastructure projects underway in the Gympie Region, providing ongoing opportunities for regional businesses to tender to supply goods and services. The Gympie Region has excellent utility services, infrastructure and a strong business network, including active Chambers of Commerce. • The progressive and supportive Gympie Regional Council, proactive business organisations, strong existing industry base, major infrastructure developments, a very pleasant sub- tropical climate and family-orientated communities. As a result of topography and historical land use (particularly large tracts of forestry), the GRC area comprises four distinct sub regions: • Gympie City, the main centre with regional health and community service, education, sport and recreation and higher order retail and commercial facilities. It also has a sizeable and well performing manufacturing base, and a population of around 19,300; • Eastern/Coastal, the area to the east of Gympie City encompassing significant tracts of plantation forests, National Park and the communities of Cooloola Cove, Tin Can Bay and Rainbow Beach, as well as a number of smaller villages. Its major industries are Tourism and Commercial Fishing and its population is around 10,800; • Mary Valley, the area to the south west surrounding the Mary River and also encompassing significant tracts of National Park, State Forests and some plantation forests. The main communities in the Mary Valley are Imbil and Kandanga, as well as a number of smaller villages. The main industries in the Mary Valley are Forestry and associated Timber Processing, Agriculture and Tourism, and its population is around 6,900; • Goomeri-Kilkivan and surrounds (referred to as Goomeri/Kilkivan), that part of the region that extends from the west, north-west and north of the Gympie City border. It is the largest of the subregions in area and is primarily good quality agricultural land. Goomeri/Kilkivan supports a significant beef industry as well as some cropping and a range of smaller agribusiness pursuits. The main townships are Goomeri and Kilkivan with a number of smaller villages, and its population is around 11,200.

Page 4

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

4.1.1 Regional Economic and Residential Growth Predictions The GRC Economic Development Strategy outlines the Vision for the region as being: The Gympie Region:  SEQs gateway to the north and north west, and a region that people are proud to call home  Sustaining diversity and capitalising on its natural assets to provide balance between lifestyle and widely recognised strength in industry, creativity and service provision. Supported by: • Gympie City and surrounds, a key regional centre providing higher order services and facilities, connecting the region and beyond and blending heritage, history and excellence in manufacturing. • The Mary Valley, a naturally beautiful environment with a unique mix of agriculture, agribusiness, forestry, forestry value adding, and tourism supported by a network of villages each with their unique character and focus of interests. • Eastern-Coastal sub-region, also a naturally beautiful and unique environment combining beach with fishing, access to national parks and world heritage areas, forestry and related value adding, and coastal residential communities. A hub for nature based and activity based tourism. • Goomeri/Kilkivan, a centre for agriculture, agribusiness and equine industries, linking the region with the South Burnett wine area and the Surat Basin. The goal is to place the Gympie Region within the top 5 locations for industry in the state and to grow its business and jobs base by • creating a stronger business environment, • encouraging innovation and entrepreneurship, • encouraging new business formation, • higher order service provision, • expanding its market/trade area, • increasing visitor expenditure within the region with new tourism opportunities and increased visitations, • reducing expenditure leakage from the region, and • growing the wealth of the regional population. Household projections to the year 2031 indicate that the number of households in the Gympie Region will increase from 17,656 households in 2006 to 26,386 in 2031. This represents a total increase of 8,730 households, or an average annual increase of 1.6% over the period. Most of this additional population that goes with this growth in households is expected to reside in Gympie City and immediate surrounds.

4.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK Virtually all activities that occur when managing waste are influenced by a regulatory environment. Principally these frameworks are defined at the National and State levels and they include both policies and laws.

Page 5

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

4.2.1 National Waste Policy In November 2009 all Australian Environment ministers signed off a National Waste Policy (NWP). Its intent is to be a driver for change and future planning. A key principle of the NWP is the promotion of partnerships between various stakeholders, with each taking responsibility for their own waste minimisation. To date the NWP has focused on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) with self funded programs being initiated in 2012 for the collection and management of items including electronic waste (end-of-life televisions and computers) and possibly tyres at a future time. These are similar to existing funded programs for chemical container and used oil collections. For GRC the expansion into other types of waste may involve providing or assisting with the collection of items.

4.2.2 Clean Energy Act 2011 Under the Clean Energy Act a carbon price mechanism is levied on a designated large landfill facility which is defined as having emissions of 25,000 tonnes or more of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2- e) in a single year. As a guide 1 tonne of waste placed in a landfill can over time result on 1 tonne of CO2- e. Complicated assessment and reporting arrangements apply therefore identifying whether a landfill is a designated facility can be difficult particularly for those sites operating around the threshold levels. This could be the case for GRC as the estimated waste to landfill volumes of approximately 40,000 tonnes are around threshold levels for the carbon pricing arrangements. The impacts on site costs and pricing arrangements will need to be assessed by GRC.

4.2.3 Australian Packaging Covenant The Australian Packaging Covenant (APC) formerly known as the National Packaging Covenant (NPC) provides a mechanism for industries involved in consumer packaging supply chains to contribute to managing the impacts of packaging waste. Funds created by the covenant arrangements are applied to projects and previously this has included funding to local governments for packaging related projects including littering and collection/processing of recyclables. GRC should maintain a watching brief to identify any project funding opportunities available from the APC.

4.2.4 Mandatory Renewable Energy Targets Australia has adopted targets for renewable energy generation with the arrangements being managed under several pieces of supporting legislation and regulations. In 2010 Mandatory Renewable Energy Targets (MRETS) were established which require 20% of Australia’s energy generation to come from green or renewable energy sources by 2020. One area of interest in achieving the targets is Bioenergy which includes energy from waste. The types of technologies that convert waste to energy are generally more expensive than traditional landfill costs however those landfills that attract the carbon tax will become more costly particularly as the carbon certificate prices increase. The less expensive and somewhat simpler processes such as wood waste to energy are likely to be more attractive. GRC should maintain a watching brief on these targets and associated technologies.

4.2.5 Environmental Protection Act 1994 (QLD) The Environmental Protection Act (1994) is the Queensland legislation that controls the general environmental impacts of managing waste. This act and subordinate legislations are aimed at protecting the environment while allowing for development to occur in a sustainable way. The design and operations of waste facilities particularly landfills are significantly controlled by requirements of this legislation.

Page 6

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

4.2.6 Waste Reduction and Recycling Act 2011 (QLD) In 2011 the Queensland Government introduced the Waste Reduction and Recycling Act with the aims being to:  Promote waste avoidance and reduction, and resource recovery and efficiency actions;  Reduce the consumption of natural resources and minimise the disposal of waste by encouraging waste avoidance and the recovery, re-use and recycling of waste;  Minimise the overall impact of waste generation and disposal;  Ensure a shared responsibility between government, business and industry and the community in waste management and resource recovery;  Support and implement national frameworks, objectives and priorities for waste management and resource recovery. This Act also strengthens the requirement for all parties including Local Governments to report waste and recycling data. The Act provides:  A waste disposal levy on all waste sent to landfill;  A requirement for Queensland Government agencies and local governments to prepare waste reduction and recycling plans;  Introduction of product stewardship arrangements for any waste products that are identified as a growing problem for landfill in the future;  Strengthened litter and illegal dumping offences, including public reporting of vehicle- related littering offences. Subsequent to the adoption of the Act a newly elected Queensland Government has amended the legislation including the removal of the waste disposal levy. All local governments must adopt a Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan which must, where reasonably practicable, include the following:  Waste reduction and recycling targets for: o Waste generated by the local government in carrying out its activities; o Waste generated by households in the local government’s area; o Other waste generated in the local government’s area other than by the local government.  Actions to be taken to improve waste reduction and recycling of: o Waste generated by the local government in carrying out its activities; o Waste generated by households in the local government’s area; o Other waste generated in the local government’s area other than by the local government.  Details of current and proposed waste infrastructure;  The management and monitoring of the local government’s performance under the plans;  Information about achieving continuous improvement in waste management.

Page 7

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

When preparing a Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan a local government is required to consider how it will contribute to achieving the targets and aspirations of the Queensland Waste Reduction and Recycling Strategy. The Act prescribes that local governments must adopt a Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan by 1st December 2012. However the Qld Government has signalled its intentions to review the current Qld Waste Reduction and Recycling Strategy and to adopt a new strategy by early 2014. The Qld Government has therefore proposed an extension of the due date for local governments to adopt Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan to 1st July 2014.

4.2.7 Queensland Waste Reduction & Recycling Strategy 2010 - 2020 The Queensland Waste Reduction and Recycling Strategy 2010-2020 was adopted prior to the introduction of the Waste Reduction and Recycling Act. It promotes the creation of a price signal (waste levy) however as noted above the Queensland Government has since effectively removed the levy impost. Strategy targets have been identified for reducing waste to landfill, increasing recycling and reducing the generation of waste. The priority targets listed include:  Reduce waste to landfill by 50% by 2020;  Reduce landfill gas emissions by 50% by 2020;  Increase the recovery and recycling of materials across target waste streams;  Reduce the per capita generation of waste; and  Reduce litter dumping and associated effects. The Qld Government has signalled its intentions to review the current Qld Waste Reduction and Recycling Strategy and to adopt a new strategy by early 2014. Therefore the existing strategy targets and actions do not provide realistic guidance for local government waste management planning.

Page 8

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

4.3 POPULATION TRENDS AND WASTE GENERATION PROJECTIONS

4.3.1 Population Projections Using population growth figures provided by the Queensland Government - Population Information Forecasting Unit (PIFU), the number of residents within the GRC area is set to increase from approximately 49,287 persons in 2011 to 67,373 persons by 2031. The Medium series population growth projections contained in the Table below has been selected for the purposes of modelling.

Figure 3 – Gympie Region Population Projections

Year 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Low Series 49,036 51,901 54,992 58,269 61,636 Med Series 49,287 53,217 57,669 62,443 67,373 High Series 49,506 54,568 60,391 66,608 72,974

4.3.2 Current Waste Data For the year July 2011 to June 2012 an estimated 1.04 tonne of waste was generated per person in the GRC area. This represents the total waste stream and includes waste that was disposed to landfill as well as materials that were recycled including such items as the contents of kerbside recycling bins and green wastes that were processed for reuse. In comparison to other available benchmark data this is a relatively low waste generation rate per person. It is common to have waste generation rates of 1.8 to 2.1 tonne per person. A low waste generation rate is partly explained by GRC not having direct control of a large part of the Construction and Demolition (C&D) portion of the waste stream. It appears the majority of the heavy C&D waste items such as concrete go directly to a private facility. C&D waste can represent 1 /3 of the total waste stream therefore not having all C&D data available can significantly reduce the waste generation rate. Waste data are generally based on volumes represented as tonnage. For GRC the disposal sites, specifically landfills, do not have weighbridges to capture this data. Similarly most sites have not been operated to capture statistics on site usage. Therefore it should be noted that data represented in this document as waste tonnages are generally based on estimates using industry benchmarks and site assessments. This can invariably lead to some distortion of the data. Developing a waste management strategy for GRC requires some understanding of the types of waste generated in the region and an assessment of the current arrangements to manage those wastes. Once the sources and volumes of waste are known then the appropriate assessments can be made and well informed conclusions and plans can be formulated.

4.3.2.1 SOURCES OF WASTE For GRC as with many areas of Queensland, the lack of good waste data is a fact. The Queensland Governments legislation requires Councils to plan for and report on all waste within their respective area where practicable. This recognises that other factors such as private commercial operators will limit the controls and planning that councils can exercise over all wastes. It is reasonable to expect that some waste collection and/or disposal may result in waste being transported outside the Gympie region. Therefore this strategy can only focus on known waste sources and the estimated volumes of those wastes that are currently managed. The information below provides an estimate of the waste managed for each waste source in 2011/2012.

Page 9

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Figure 4 - Estimated Waste Tonnages 2011/12

Type Tonnage % of Total Waste

Waste to Municipal Waste 21638 42% Landfill Kerbside wheeled bins Self Haul (Waste delivered by resident to 4648 9% disposal facility) Construction & Demolition 1023 2% Commercial & Industrial 7528 15% Total Waste to landfill 34837 68% Recycling Municipal Kerbside Recycling wheeled bins 3168 6% General Recycling 2255 4% Green Waste 11080 22% Total Recycled 16503 32% TOTAL 51340 100% Note: Tonnage are based on GRC estimates for 2011/2012

4.3.3 Total Waste Projections Combining the population projections with the current total waste data provides a future view of the amount of waste that would be expected to be generated in the GRC area. These projections do not take account of any waste reduction or diversion that may occur. They are meant to indicate the quantum of waste that will require managing at various time intervals.

Figure 5 - Projected Total Waste (Tonnes)

Year 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Total Waste 51,340 55,434 60,071 65,044 70,180 Waste Reduction and Recycling Waste reduction targets set nationally and continuously promoted to reduce the amount of waste to landfill have not seen a significant reduction in waste tonnages. Locally this is not caused through the endeavours of Council to reduce waste to landfill through recycling and reuse but is recognised as a function of lifestyle and consumption patterns. There needs to be an increased effort to ensure that Council faces the added challenge of managing these increased wastes not only from consumption but from the increases in domestic and industry growth and associated issues.

4.3.4 Goals and Targets Setting future waste reduction and recycling targets for the various waste streams including municipal, commercial/industrial and construction/demolition wastes will require a degree of confidence in the accuracy of the detailed baseline data. Without this the targets will be unrealistic. The existing data related to the tonnages and composition of the various waste streams has been developed using industry comparisons and site assessments. This level of accuracy is not conducive with sound target setting. GRC will need to establish consistent processes to capture and audit the accuracy of waste data before developing the required targets.

Page 10

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

5 STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT

5.1 STRATEGY GOALS Waste management strategy goals must be developed and implemented if GRC is to continue to move forward with waste management planning and provide facilities and services for commercial and residential customers into the future. Strategy goals are developed by examining the existing waste management arrangements for the region, considering GRC’s objectives for waste reduction and recycling, and then designing the goals that will move the region to a preferred future position in terms of managing the regions waste.

5.2 WASTE FACILITY NETWORK PLANNING Waste facilities represent a key part of the waste management system. The facilities are supported by collection services provided by Council and private operators. The type, number and location of facilities will impact on the overall waste management cost and levels of service.

5.2.1 Levels of Service The reason for defining a level of service is to balance the needs of domestic and commercial customers with economic and environmentally sustainable service delivery requirements. Defining the level of service generally involves consideration of such issues as:  Customer travel time to facilities  Site supervision  Facility opening hours  Types of facilities and services required

5.2.1.1 CUSTOMER TRAVEL TIME TO WASTE AND RECYCLING FACILITY Customers will create a perception of the level of service provided based on the time taken to reach a facility. This level of service will define what the community can expect from Council and will also assist in identifying the appropriate number and location of facilities. Generally accepted industry best practice levels of service are:  80 per cent of the population within a 20 minute travel time to a facility; or  95 per cent of the population within a 30 minute travel time to a facility. Customer travel times are identified by the compilation of existing waste management facility location data on each facility. To gain a view of the GRC area the facility data have been entered into a geographical information system (GIS) to produce views showing the location of waste infrastructure and their relationship to other features such as population centres and non populated areas (eg national parks). Attachment B shows the waste facility locations for GRC. Boundaries have been shown around each facility to provide an indicative catchment area of customers for each site. These sites will require assessment as part of the waste management strategy development.

5.2.1.2 SITE SUPERVISION Waste management facilities by nature can expose people to health and safety risks. Similarly inappropriate placement of wastes can create risks and can render recycling materials unrecyclable. Appropriate supervision of site activities is necessary to reduce risks and to ensure proper disposal practices occur. At least one staff member must be present while the facility is open to the public.

Page 11

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

5.2.1.3 OPTIMAL OPERATING DAYS/HOURS Historically waste facilities have generally over-serviced communities with many examples of facilities being available 24 hrs, 7 days a week. Given the requirement to supervise waste facilities Council must consider the operating costs and balance these with the customers perceived service levels. The desired result is to provide opening days and hours applicable to the usage the facility receives. A generally accepted industry benchmark is applicable for smaller sites defined as facilities with predominately residential clients which receive less than 5,000 visitors per year. It is normal for these sites to open for approximately 12 hours per week with the norm being to open for a half day on the weekend days and another half day during the week. Larger sites with higher usage are assessed on an individual basis.

5.2.1.4 TYPE OF FACILITIES AND SERVICES

5.2.1.4.1 Transfer Stations Waste transfer facilities operate to:  consolidate smaller loads into larger more efficient loads for transfer off-site;  provide safe and more environmentally acceptable customer interface;  provide facilities for the collection of reusable and recyclable items;  provide a permanent waste disposal site. Transfer stations are long term waste management assets located within a site user catchment area. Unlike landfills the site location should not need to change and they do not generally have a defined end of life for the site. Therefore the site should have sufficient footprint and be designed to allow it to change over time should the community grow or waste management practices change. Major transfer stations are considered to be those facilities that will accept large volume waste from large vehicles such as waste collection compactor trucks. Generally this includes the transaction of large commercial vehicles on a price per tonne basis and weighbridge installation is common at these sites. Major transfer stations also generally accept waste and recyclables from domestic and smaller commercial customers. Design usually incorporates machinery to push/load waste into large transfer vehicles. Minor transfer stations are facilities that only accept smaller domestic and commercial vehicles, generally vehicles up to 4.5 tonne gross vehicle mass (GVM). Two types of facility designs allow either for waste to be deposited by the customer directly into a large (RORO) bin or onto a sort floor for sorting prior to loading and transfer. Given the focus of waste management is moving strongly towards waste reduction and recycling the sort floor facility is preferable as it provides an option to remove items from the waste stream without relying on the customer to correctly remove and place items. A small machine (eg loader) is used to enable the sorting of waste, site maintenance, stockpile management, and to compact waste to ensure adequate load weight is achieved to minimise transport costs. Providing weighbridges at minor transfer stations is dependent on pricing arrangements and should consider site traffic volume. Where a low volume of payment transactions occurs the capital outlay exceeds the return and these sites are better calculated as a price per m3 with transaction data being captured on a hand held device. Weights for waste removed from minor transfer stations will be captured at the landfill weighbridge.

5.2.1.4.2 Landfill When reviewing Council’s current waste management assets, landfills are strategic assets which have defined lives based on approved closure plans. Council has some control over the life of the

Page 12

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

asset by varying the closure profile but there are limits and accepted norms that control these decisions. GRC can also influence the defined life through its actions to increase recycling and reduce waste going to landfill. Landfill sites operate under an environmental authority (licence) which includes operational requirements and nominates a cap on the volumes of waste that can be disposed of annually. A landfill is generally a difficult facility to locate due to strict environmental and planning requirements and generally has low community acceptance of this type of facility. This places importance on maximising the opportunities available from existing landfill assets. Landfill site selection, acquisition, planning, development and approval processes will generally take at least 7 to 10 years. Therefore any moves to identify a new site will require a long lead time prior to the site being established. Poorly located or operated landfills can be a liability due to significant site management and compliance costs. Closed landfills can also represent a financial liability where closure requirements are not planned and where costs and ongoing monitoring have not been considered and funded. A common misconception in the community is that new technologies will remove the need for landfill. There are no examples of processing technologies which remove the need for a landfill all together.

5.2.1.4.3 Resource Recovery Residential and commercial customers self-transporting waste typically need recycling facilities for green waste, timber, steel, cardboard, reusable items, oil, batteries and other household hazardous waste. Commercial customers generally have larger volumes of green waste, timber, steel, cardboard and concrete along with some plastics. Federal legislation is facilitating the increased collection and reprocessing of some wastes. This has occurred previously to facilitate programs such as used oil recycling which GRC has adopted at most of its waste management facilities. Impending changes will see eWaste (electronic items such as computers and TV’s) being addressed by similar programs. GRC will need to remain informed of these programs and assess site changes that may be required to facilitate collection of such items. Mature markets exist for many recyclable items such as steel, plastic, cardboard and paper. These commodities are generally valued and traded in a global market which can be affected by economic conditions however these markets remain reasonably constant. Such recyclable items can be simple to segregate and manage at collection locations providing the site activities are properly supervised. In addition to traditional waste management facilities such as landfills and transfer stations other more specialised waste sorting and processing facilities are used to separate and process items. Examples include Material Recovery Facilities (MRF’s) where kerbside collected recyclables are sorted and consolidated for sending to markets, organic and green waste facilities such as composting sites, and construction and demolition waste sorting facilities where items including concrete, timber and steel are separated and processed or consolidated for sending to markets. These facilities can be co-located with the more traditional landfill and transfer station sites.

5.3 IDENTIFYING AND ASSESSING POTENTIAL RISKS AND ISSUES GRC has a number of critical issues that have been highlighted when developing the strategy goals. A risk and issues matrix has been used to assist in identifying the risks and issues and to prioritise the actions required to address each item. The matrix is included as Attachment A. The matrix provides a score (1 – 3) in relation to the level of the risk/issue based on the consequences of an outcome existing or occurring. A score of 1 – 3 is also assigned to the likelihood/probability of the risk/issue occurring. These 2 score are combined in a matrix to provide an overall score for the risk/issue. The overall score provides some indication of the urgency of actions required to address the risk/issue.

Page 13

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6 GYMPIE REGION WASTE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

6.1 COLLECTION SERVICES A range of collection services are provided throughout the region. GRC manages the collection of domestic waste from local residents. In addition Council provides commercial waste collection services for local businesses. Private commercial operators also offer services to commercial businesses as well as construction and demolition waste services. The service with the highest profile is the waste collection service provided via wheeled bins. This service is the public face of waste management operations. A weekly wheeled bin service is provided to the majority of premises in major urban areas. A number of outlying and low- population rural areas are also provided with services depending on their proximity to townships and proximity to current collection vehicle routes. Providing a wheeled bin collection service is the best waste service that Council can provide to residents. Putrescible waste is collected in a timely and hygienic manner and transported directly to an authorised disposal location. This represents the best value for money service that Council can provide.

6.1.1 Domestic Waste

6.1.1.1 TYPE OF SERVICE Residential properties in serviced areas are provided with a 240ltr wheeled bin for weekly collection of domestic waste. Residents in Rainbow Beach receive an additional weekly wheeled bin collection service during school holiday periods.

6.1.1.2 SERVICE AREA A mix of collection areas exist in the region. The existing wheeled bin collection areas are shown on the map included as Attachment B. Over time the service areas have been adapted to cater for changes and growth. A number of these changes in particular in rural areas have not been recognised in the declared collection areas. This will need to be addressed prior to calling tenders for new collection services.

6.1.1.3 SERVICE REVENUE Services are charged to properties within the respective service areas. A variable pricing structure exists based on services delivered and regional location.

Figure 6 - Domestic Waste Collection Service Revenue Description Location Charge Comments Per service per Former Cooloola Council area (excluding Rainbow Beach) $271.30 annum Per service per Cleansing Charges Rainbow Beach $337.96 annum (Household waste Per service per collection) Former Kilkivan Council area $185.95 annum Per service per Former Tiaro Council area $185.95 annum

Page 14

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.1.4 SERVICE DELIVERY The domestic wheeled bin collections are performed under 3 separate contract arrangements. To identify the existing contract arrangements the former Council names are used to easily identify the areas.

Figure 7- Existing Domestic Waste Wheeled Bin Collection Contracts Area Bin Type Contract Expiry Former Kilkivan Shire Council 240 L Wheeled Bin 1st September 2013 Former Cooloola Shire Council 240 L Wheeled Bin 30th June 2014 Former Division 3 Tiaro Shire Council 240 L Wheeled Bin 30th June 2014

6.1.1.5 RISKS AND ISSUES – DOMESTIC WASTE COLLECTION The following issues have been identified for the domestic waste collection service.

Figure 8 - Risks and Issues - Domestic Waste Collection

ence

sequ

Issue Consequence Con Likelihood Ranking Control Options This issue has been addressed by Multiple contracts with Operational inefficiencies with Council negotiating extension of the 1 1 1 differing end dates high level cost impacts. ex Kilkivan Shire collection contract to end on 30th June 2014. Late awarding of contract does Insufficient time not leave sufficient time for allowed to prepare & Commence preparation of new contractor to mobilize. Possibly 1 2 1 release collection collection services tender documents additional short term service services tender. costs. Services delivered by the Service areas not contractor dont align with 2 2 2 Investigate and define service areas. defined or declared. defined service areas Inefficient design of collection service areas. Operational inefficiencies. Investigate options to extend service Eg do not service all Reduced service levels to 2 2 2 areas properties on travel customers. routes. Possible structural failure and/or damage (ie road Unable to provide network). Assess road networks to determine suitable access for 1 1 1 Significant long term accessible locations. collection vehicles disruptions to services and operations.

Page 15

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.1.6 STRATEGY GOALS – DOMESTIC WASTE COLLECTION Strategy Goal 1 - Consolidate domestic collection contracts to provide a single contract Gain operational efficiency and cost savings by consolidating all collection services into one Description consolidated contract. Waste collection contracts exist in a competitive market and Council will benefit from amalgamating all services into one contract to increase service volume and therefore attract favourable prices. The existing contract end dates have been aligned by extending the ex-Kilkivan Shire contract arrangements to 30th June 2014 expiry date. The preferred lead time from calling of tenders to commencement of a new integrated collection contract for the size of the GRC contract is 18 months. This provides 6 months for tenders to be properly considered and submitted by collection contractors, 3 months for tender assessments and contract award, and a subsequent 9 months post tender award for truck delivery and mobilisation. For a new consolidated collection contract to be fully operational by mid-2014 tenders would need to be called by 1st January 2013. This date is not achievable for GRC. Any delay in releasing the tender documents will reduce the time for contractor’s to research and prepare tender submissions and will reduce the gearing up time for a contractor to be ready to provide a seamless introduction of a new collection contract.

Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Negotiate Extension to ex-Kilkivan 1.1 Completed Internal GRC staff Shire contract Prepare new collection contract Kilkivan contract Internal GRC 1.2 tender Short term extension. staff/consultants. Advertise tender Declare service areas. Legal services. Internal GRC Tender advertised staff/consultants 1.3 Assess tenders and award contract Short term Tenders assessed Legal services. Contract awarded Financial services. Tender assessment and Internal GRC staff 1.4 Contract commencement Short term contract award Contractor Measures and All GRC waste collection services are operated under one consolidated collection contract by July Targets 2014.

Strategy Goal 2 - Define and declare wheel bin collection areas. Review, define and confirm existing collection areas. Extend collection areas to maximise service availability and service delivery efficiency. Description Where direct access to individual properties is not possible, GRC will provide alternate collection arrangements enabling convenient collection of wheeled bin waste. Queensland environmental legislation provides for councils to declare waste collection areas. Declared collection areas are also a necessity for defining waste collection services for contract arrangements. The Gympie region has experienced growth since the last waste collection contracts were commenced. In some instances services occur where the area has not been incorporated into the declared collection areas. The declared collection areas will need to be reviewed to include all existing collection services. This review should consider extending the services to all areas where collection vehicles can gain access. The review should also include extending the declared collection areas to include all premises that can be serviced along collection vehicle transport routes between the declared collection areas. The existing defined waste collection areas exclude a number of properties in areas where the collection vehicle does not or cannot gain access. A review of the waste collection areas should include identification of suitable wheeled bin cluster locations. A wheeled bin cluster site consists of a number of bins (eg 8 waste and 8 recycling wheeled bins) with the bins being contained within a defined fenced area. The site is not fully enclosed allowing resident’s easy access. An example of a cluster site is the existing Manumbar bulk bin site, but with wheeled bins instead of bulk bins. Residents will then be able to deliver their small domestic waste items including putrescible wastes to the nominated bin locations for collection. Providing wheeled bins for this service is preferred to bulk bins as the same collection vehicle that provides the wheeled bin service can service the wheeled bin cluster sites when in the area.

Page 16

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Review and declare collections Staff member to drive 2.1 Short term areas and review all areas. Engineering Dept input Determine wheeled bin cluster 2.2 Short term to determining sites accessible roads. In conjunction with new Internal GRC staff 2.3 Establish wheeled bin cluster sites Short term collection contract Engineering Dept Measures and 95% of assessable properties receive a wheeled bin collection service or have access to a local Targets wheeled bin cluster site.

Page 17

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.2 Domestic Recycling

6.1.2.1 TYPE OF SERVICE Residents in serviced areas are provided with a 240ltr wheeled bin collected fortnightly.

6.1.2.2 SERVICE AREA The service is provided to residential properties in the former Cooloola Shire area. Other areas receiving a wheeled bin waste service do not receive a fortnightly recycling service.

6.1.2.3 SERVICE REVENUE Pricing for recycling services are included in the domestic waste collection cleansing charges.

6.1.2.4 SERVICE DELIVERY The recycling collection services are provided under the existing ex-Cooloola Shire area waste collection contract.

6.1.2.5 RECYCLABLE MATERIALS PROCESSING The acceptance, sorting and processing of recyclable materials from kerbside collections is managed under the existing ex-Cooloola Shire area waste collection contract.

6.1.2.6 RISKS AND ISSUES – DOMESTIC RECYCLING COLLECTION The following issues have been identified for the domestic recycling collection service.

Figure 9 - Risks and Issues - Domestic Recycling Collection

sequence Likelihood Ranking Issue Consequence Con Control Options Inconsistency and inequity in the Residents not provided an provision of kerbside recycling. opportunity to seperate materials for Extend the recycling 2 1 1 Services only provided to former recycling meaning inequity in service wheeled bin service Cooloola Shire Council area. levels and increased waste to landfill. area to include all If expanded service area is not properties in the Limited opportunity to expand included in new contract, next declared waste 1 2 1 recycling services. opportunity will be in 10 years at service area. expiry of new contract

6.1.2.7 STRATEGY GOALS – DOMESTIC RECYCLING COLLECTION Strategy Goal 3 - Provide services to maximise the collection of recyclable materials. Description Provide residents with wheeled recycling bins. The current domestic recycling service only includes the former Cooloola Shire Council area. At the Community and Economic Development Committee Meeting held on 10 March 2010, GRC resolved to adopt a recommendation “to include 240 litre recycling as part of tender documents for the 2013/14 cleansing contract for the current refuse collection areas in the former Kilkivan Shire Council and Division 3 Tiaro Shire Council which now forms part of the Gympie Regional Council area” (minute reference CS14/03/10). Therefore the recycling collection area needs to be reviewed in conjunction with the preparation of the new collection contract to extend the recycling collection area. Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Include extended recycling area in Staff preparing new 3.1 Short term new collection contract. collection tender Measures and 100% of customers receiving a bin collection service have access to recycling collection services by Targets July 2014.

Page 18

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.3 Services for Households Not Receiving a Wheeled Bin Service

6.1.3.1 SERVICE TYPE GRC provides a network of 3m3 Bulk Bin sites which are primarily to provide a disposal option for households who do not receive a wheeled bin collection service. The bin sites are not intended to be a substitute for a transfer station or landfill as the bins are provided to accept small volumes of household waste.

6.1.3.2 SERVICE AREA Each of these bin sites would cater for the household waste from the properties within the catchment area for the respective bin site. To determine the catchment areas a map is included as Attachment “C”. This map shows all current GRC facilities including bin sites that would be accessible by households and provides an indicative catchment boundary for each site.

Service Revenue Properties that are occupied and do not receive a wheeled bin collection service are charged a Utility Charge. This represents a contribution toward the facilities that are provided as an alternative disposal option to the wheeled bin service.

Figure 10 - Properties not receiving wheeled bin collection - service revenue

Description Charge Comments Waste Management Utility General rate category that are occupied and $230.00 Per annum Charge do not receive bin service Waste Management Utility General rate category that are occupied and $60.00 Per annum Charge - Western do not receive bin service

6.1.3.3 SERVICE DELIVERY GRC provides eight bulk bin sites for residents. By using the suggested catchment areas shown on Attachment B, it is possible to estimate the number of households who may access the various sites.

Figure 11 - Household Wheeled Bin Waste – 3 m3 Bulk Bin Sites

Tonnes Costs Site Catchment Area

Facility Assesed Cost per Green Other TOTAL Waste Total Cost Cost per tonne Properties in site assessed Waste Recycling TONNES capture area property

Woolooga 70 0 0 70 $14,175 $202.00 248 $57

Amamoor 421 0 0 421 $78,182 $186.00 864 $90

Traveston 351 489 81 921 $90,941 $99.00 523 $174

Southside 421 980 220 1621 $181,907 $113.00 4058 $45

Tansey 70 184 20 274 $39,048 $143.00 229 $171

Sexton 140 368 20 528 $68,637 $130.00 833 $82

Widgee 140 368 58 566 $80,290 $142.00 584 $137

Manumbar 18 0 0 18 $3,544 $202.00 77 $46

Bin Site Total 1,632 2,389 399 4,420 $556,724 $125.95 7,416 $75

Note: Tonnage are based on estimates for 2011/2012 Cost estimates are based on GRC adopted 2012/13 budget Costs are understated as green waste collected on sites excluding Southside is incinerated.

Page 19

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Woolooga Bin Site Amamoor Bin Site

Traveston Bin Site Southside Bin Site

Tansey Bin Site Sexton Bin Site

Widgee Bin Site Manumbar Bin Site

Page 20

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.3.4 RISKS AND ISSUES – BULK BIN SITES The following issues have been identified for the domestic bulk bin sites.

Figure 12 - Risks and Issues - Bulk Bin Sites

sequence Likelihood Ranking

Issue Consequence Con Control Options Potential exposure to high level personal harm (death, 1 3 2 permanent disability). Review waste facilities locations and Site activities generally Potential illegal/unsafe waste activities and provide for all publicly 1 1 1 unsupervised. disposal activities accessible sites to be supervised during all open hours. Poor data collection for 2 1 1 reporting and future planning. Limited if any Establish standardised recycling opportunity for waste Reusable items and recyclables 2 1 1 infrastructure at all sites in reduction and recycling being disposed to landfill. conjunction with site supervision. at some sites Inefficient network of Significant ongoing operational Review waste facilities locations and publically accessible inefficiencieswith high level 1 1 1 activities and rationalise number and sites cost impacts. types of sites. Bins used for putrescibles waste Potential non compliance with disposal must have Qld environmental legislation. fitted lids closed at all Provide 240 ltr wheeled bins at Potential health risks from times to seal the 1 1 1 selected sites for depositing of exposure of putrescible waste contents from vermin household putrescibles waste. to vermin and pest and pests. (eg bulk bins

at some existing sites have no lids) Potential unsafe waste disposal Sites being used as activities Convert selected bulk bin sites to bulky item transfer Significant ongoing operational 2 1 1 minor transfer stations. stations cost impacts from regular site cleanups.

6.1.3.5 STRATEGY GOALS – BULK BIN SITES Strategy Goal 4 – Provide disposal facilities for residents without collection services. Review the network of Council 3 cubic metre bulk bin sites in conjunction with the expansion of the Description wheeled bin collection area, and reviews of transfer station and landfill sites. GRC currently provides eight 3m3 Bulk Bin sites for residents to dispose of wheeled bin waste. As a substitute for a collection service the bin sites are seen as part of the waste service offered to households. Where no wheeled bin collection is provided residents are likely to need to visit one of these sites regularly (eg weekly) to dispose of household waste that would normally go into a wheeled bin. The bin sites are not intended to be a substitute for a transfer station or landfill as the bins are provided to accept small volumes of household waste. Woolooga – is located 20km (20min) from Kilkivan landfill. The suggested extension of the waste collection service area will include part of the capture area for this site. The requirements for waste disposal for residents will be considered in the review of transfer stations. This site is not located on a former landfill therefore there are no specific closure requirements. Amamoor – is located within the wheeled bin collection area and is located 12km (15min) from Mary Valley Transfer Station. This site is meant to serve the outer areas. The waste disposal requirements of the residents in the outer areas can be assessed as part of the review of the collection service areas and the consideration of bin cluster sites. This site is located on a former landfill and final closure works have been completed.

Page 21

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Traveston - Traveston bin site is 22km from the Mary Valley transfer station. Traveston is located in close proximity to an adjoining Council area and would be an attractive disposal option for those residents who are faced with high disposal charges in their own Council area. Given the infrastructure investment at the Mary Valley Transfer Station, the close proximity of Traveston to the Mary Valley Transfer Station and the operational costs to continue operating the site, the waste disposal requirements of residents will be considered in the review of transfer stations. The site is a former landfill that has had final closure works completed therefore closure costs will be minimal. Southside - 60% of the waste received at the Southside bin site is Green waste. Residents have alternative disposal options at Bonnick Rd or Widgee. Travel distance from Southside to Bonnick Rd is 8km. The requirements for waste disposal for residents will be considered in the review of transfer stations. The site may offer some strategic opportunity to GRC for other purposes such as a greenwaste or C&D waste processing area. This should be further explored. Tansey – is located 27km (30min) from Kilkivan landfill and 17km (15 mins) from Goomeri landfill. While not centrally located in the far western area, Tansey is located on a major access route. The requirements for waste disposal for residents will be considered in the review of transfer stations. The site is a former landfill and requires closure works to be performed. These works would be required regardless of the future use of the site. Sexton – is located 25km (30min) from the Bonnick Rd facility. The suggested extension of the waste collection service area will include part of the capture area for this site. The requirements for waste disposal for residents will be considered in the review of transfer stations. The site is a former landfill and requires closure works to be performed. These works would be required regardless of the future use of the site. Widgee – is located 30km (30min) from both Bonnick Rd and Kilkivan facilities. The requirements for waste disposal for residents will be considered in the review of transfer stations. Manumbar – Bulk bins sites offer a variety of risks to GRC and site users. This site is suitable for conversion to a wheeled bin cluster site so that the standard wheeled bin truck can provide the service.

Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Prepare a report for council In conjunction with consideration reviewing the network of existing 3 m3 Bulk Bin sites to expansion of collection Short to areas and review of other Internal GRC staff address : 4.1 medium publically assessable sites Community  Risks term including the transfer engagement  Level of Service station and landfill  Value for money network.  Community need Measures and Provision of a sustainable waste disposal solution to households where no collection service is Targets available.

Page 22

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.4 Commercial Waste and Recycling

6.1.4.1 TYPE OF SERVICE GRC offers 240 ltr wheeled bin, bulk bin and stationary compactor services to commercial customers. Private waste companies also offer comparable services to commercial customers.

6.1.4.2 SERVICE AREA The GRC service is provided to commercial customers located within existing domestic collection areas. Wheeled bin recycling services are provided in the former Cooloola Shire area.

6.1.4.3 SERVICE REVENUE All commercial properties within declared collection areas are charged a minimum of one wheeled bin collection service. Additional 240 ltr wheeled bin services are available to commercial customers. Variable pricing is based on regional locations.

Figure 13 - Commercial Waste Collection - Service Pricing Description Location Charge Comments Former Cooloola Council area (excluding Rainbow Beach) $457.20 Per service per annum Cleansing Charges Rainbow Beach $8.82 Per service (Commercial waste collection) Former Kilkivan Council area $185.95 Per service per annum Former Tiaro Council area $185.95 Per service per annum Bulk bin and stationary compactor services are elective by the individual business.

6.1.4.4 SERVICE DELIVERY The GRC commercial wheeled bin waste and recycling collection services are provided under the existing waste collection contracts. Bulk bin services are also provided under the existing contract arrangements. The larger stationary compactor services are provided under separate arrangements.

6.1.4.5 RISKS AND ISSUES – COMMERCIAL WASTE COLLECTION The following issues have been identified for the commercial waste collection service.

Figure 14 - Risks and Issues - Commercial Waste Collection

sequence Likelihood Ranking Issue Consequence Con Control Options Combining waste and Separate commercial waste and recycling services as a Possible breach of competition recycling service charges and allow single rated charge legislation – restrictive trade 2 2 2 opt out arrangements for recycling without opt out practices. services. provisions. Benefits of GRC competing in the Operational inefficiencies with Council has assessed the impacts of commercial bulk bin and medium to low level cost 2 2 2 withdrawing from commercial bulk stationary compactor impacts. bin and stationary compactor marketplace. services and has concluded to Future involvement Tender documents cannot be continue providing commercial bulk must be decided prior to finalised until the issue of GRC bin services but to withdraw from 1 2 1 establishing the new involvement in commercial stationary compactor services. collection contract. waste collections is decided.

Page 23

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.4.6 STRATEGY GOALS – COMMERCIAL WASTE COLLECTION Strategy Goal 5 - Deliver commercial collection services. Description Define the commercial collection services GRC will provide. At the Ordinary Meeting of Gympie Regional Council held on 13th February 2013, Council resolved to adopt the following recommendations: That Council authorise the Executive Manager- Services to include the following in the new waste collection contract: That Council: a) Exclude stationery waste compactor services from the contract. b) Include commercial bulk bin services in the contract excluding Rainbow Beach. c) Include commercial 2 x 240ltr Mobile Garbage Bin waste and recycling services (waste service multi/weekly, recycling service fortnightly) in the new contract.

Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Develop and let contracts for In conjunction with the 5.1 commercial services in accordance Short term preparation of the new Internal GRC staff with Councils resolution. waste collection tender Measures and Commercial properties have commercial waste and recycling services available from GRC. Targets

Page 24

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.1.5 Collection Services for Council Premises and Facilities.

6.1.5.1 TYPE OF SERVICE GRC undertakes 240 ltr waste and recycling wheeled bin services for Council premises and facilities. Bulk bin services are also provided to Council premises and facilities. These include Council depots and water and sewerage treatment plants. GRC also services bulk bins at the domestic waste bulk bin sites.

6.1.5.2 SERVICE AREA The service is generally provided within existing service areas.

6.1.5.3 SERVICE DELIVERY Commercial wheeled bin and bulk bin waste and recycling collection services are provided under the existing waste collection contracts. GRC also operates its own front-lift collection vehicle to service bulk bins. This truck generally services Council premises and facilities and some of the domestic bulk bin sites.

6.1.5.4 RISKS AND ISSUES – COLLECTION SERVICES FOR COUNCIL PREMISES/FACILITIES The following issues have been identified for the collection services for Council premises/ facilities.

Figure 15 - Risks and Issues - Collection services Council Premises and Facilities

sequence Likelihood Ranking

Issue Consequence Con Control Options Decommission GRC front-lift vehicle and GRC front-lift collection Significant ongoing operational establish alternate contract service vehicle is significantly inefficiencies with high level 1 1 1 arrangements for GRC premises and underutilised. cost impacts. facilities. Lack of data on waste Poor data collection for Review Council internal waste activities generated through reporting and future planning. 2 2 2 and establish data collection processes. Council activities.

6.1.5.5 STRATEGY GOALS – COLLECTION SERVICES FOR COUNCIL PREMISES/FACILITIES Strategy Goal 6 - Gain efficiencies in collection services for Council premises and facilities. Description Identify and appropriately manage waste generated in Council activities. Council currently operates its own collection truck to provide services to some Bulk Bin sites and Council facilities. This vehicle is due for replacement with an expected capital outlay of over $500,000 for a new vehicle. This truck is significantly underutilised and only works part days for 3 days per week. Further reduction in workload may result as GRC reviews bulk bin sites. Collection efficiency and productivity for front-lift vehicles is dependent on density of the work and routing schedules. Unless Council is going to enter into providing commercial services with the vehicle, it is doubtful Council will gain any benefit from retaining a front-lift vehicle and utilising the vehicle for selected services. Council should consider ceasing the operation of its own front-lift collection vehicle. Where Council does cease this activity the services required at Council facilities can be provided under the existing collection services contracts. The Qld Waste Reduction and Recycling Act requires all local governments to identify, manage and report on waste generated as part of council activities. GRC will need to gather data related to waste involved in its activities.

Page 25

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Consider ceasing the provision of Provide required services 6.1 bulk bin services with GRC front-lift Short term using existing contracts to Existing staff vehicle. 30/06/2014 Develop processes to identify and 6.2 capture data for all waste Short term Existing staff generated in Council activities Measures and Level of Service for Council premises and facilities Targets

6.1.6 Construction and Demolition Waste The collection of Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste is undertaken by private operators such as skip bin companies. GRC does not participate in providing these services. A mature market exists in the GRC area to satisfy the collection of C&D waste.

Page 26

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.2 WASTE TRANSFER AND RECYCLING FACILITIES There is one minor transfer station facility operated by GRC. The facility located in the Mary Valley is provided for residents and businesses to dispose of general waste items and recyclables. A privately operated facility in the Gympie area accepts demolition waste including concrete/brick waste for re-processing and sale to markets. By using the suggested catchment areas shown on Attachment C, it is possible to estimate the number of households who may access the site.

Figure 16 - Transfer Stations

Tonnes Costs Site Catchment Area

Facility Assesed Cost per Green Other TOTAL Waste Total Cost Cost per tonne Properties in site assessed Waste Recycling TONNES capture area property

Mary Valley 433 735 171 1339 $164,075 $123.00 1329 $123

Transfer 433 735 171 1339 $164,075 $123.00 1329 $123 Station Totals Note: Tonnage are based on estimates for 2011/2012 Cost estimates are based on GRC adopted 2012/13 budget

Mary Valley Transfer Station

6.2.1 Risks and Issues – Transfer Stations The following issues have been identified for the transfer stations.

Figure 17 - Risks and Issues – Transfer Stations

sequence Likelihood Ranking Issue Consequence Con Control Options Public waste disposal Inappropriate and inefficient relies largely on rapidly waste disposal practices. expiring landfill sites Heightened need to establish a 1 1 1 Establish a transfer station network. and unsupervised bulk network of long term facilities bin sites as customer that satisfy service levels and access facilities provide efficencies. All sites to be Unsupervised activity on site supervised during open with possibility of unsafe 1 1 1 hours and all practices or inappropriate site Introduce devices to record all transactions recorded entry. transactions. Require formal Formalise contracts for all contracted Ad-hoc contract arrangements contracts for site services. leading to inefficiencies and 2 2 2 operations by increased costs. contractors.

Page 27

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.2.2 STRATEGY GOALS – TRANSFER STATIONS Strategy Goal 7 - Provide the optimal network of waste transfer and recycling facilities Determine locations for transfer stations that provide acceptable access arrangements for Description customers. The GRC Economic Development Strategy indicates that as a result of topography and historical land use (particularly large tracts of forestry), the GRC area comprises four distinct sub regions: • Gympie City and surrounds. • The Mary Valley. • Eastern-Coastal sub-region. • Goomeri/Kilkivan (western). The location of waste facilities must take account of these geographical sub-regions. Designing the optimum transfer station network also requires alignment with landfill disposal sites. GRC has an over abundance of landfills which are all expected to close during the life of this strategy. Therefore GRC is well placed to consider and design a future waste facility network.

Actions Required Resources Timeframe Dependencies Required Prepare a Transfer Station Network review/plan for council consideration including:  Risks Short to Internal staff. 7.1  Level of Service Medium term Contractors  Value for money  Community need Implement the Transfer Station Network plan to Medium to To coincide with 7.2 Internal staff coincide with landfill closures Long term landfill closures Measures and Provide a sustainable network of transfer stations. Targets

Strategy Goal 8 - Responsible management of waste transfer & recycling facilities

Waste Transfer and Recycling facilities that are well designed and operated will provide efficiency, Description safety and environmental benefits to GRC and customers in terms of service quality, cost and waste reduction and recycling. GRC will need to consider future changes and expansions to the transfer station network based on the review of bulk bin sites and landfill sites. The changes should address the capturing of customer and waste data for all sites. Quality data is required by GRC to inform future decisions and for reporting purposes. The changes would be expected to involve significant capital outlay to the transfer station network and will include the establishment of major and minor transfer stations. Providing weighbridges at minor transfer stations is dependent on pricing arrangements and should consider site traffic volume. Where a low volume of payment transactions occurs the capital outlay exceeds the return and these sites are better calculated as a price per m3 with transaction data being captured on a hand held device. GRC uses a similar arrangement at the existing Bonnick Rd and Tin Can Bay landfills. Weights for waste removed from minor transfer stations will be captured at the landfill weighbridge. Waste management facilities by nature can expose people to health and safety risks. Similarly inappropriate placement of wastes can create risks and can render recycling materials unrecyclable. Appropriate supervision of site activities is necessary to reduce risks and to ensure proper disposal practices occur. GRC enters into individual site contracts for the management of recycling activities and general site oversight for the transfer stations. In future these contractual arrangements will need to be varied to include specific site and customer supervision include the capturing of customer transactions. The suggested expansion of the waste transfer station network will require establishment of contracted RORO bin services.

Page 28

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Actions Required Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Introduce hand held devices to Short to Progressively as 8.1 capture transactions at all non- Internal staff medium term supervision is introduced. weighbridge sites Progressively as minor Establish new contracts to Short to 8.2 transfer stations are Internal staff supervise and manage all sites medium term established. Progressively as minor Establish contracts to service RORO Short to 8.3 transfer stations are Internal staff bins at minor transfer stations medium term established. Measures and GRC Waste Transfer and Recycling sites are established and activities are supervised during all Targets opening hours by 1 January 2015.

Page 29

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.3 LANDFILLS GRC operates the only landfill facilities in the area. No privately operated landfills currently exist and there are no known plans to establish privately operated sites. All six of the GRC landfills are expected to reach capacity and close during the term of this strategy. By using the suggested catchment areas shown on Attachment B it is possible to estimate the number of households who may access the various sites.

Figure 18 - Landfill Sites

Tonnes Costs Site Catchment Area

Facility Assesed Cost per Waste to Green Other TOTAL Total Cost Cost per tonne Properties in site assessed Landfill Waste Recycling capture area property

Goomeri 1184 298 70 1552 $199,650 $129.00 595 $336

Kilkivan 688 377 70 1135 $179,790 $159.00 703 $256

Gunalda 562 320 74 956 $145,243 $152.00 449 $323

Bonnick Rd 26125 5246 1068 32439 $988,054 $31.00 10342 $96

Rainbow 184 735 125 1044 $228,570 $219.00 1177 $194 Beach

Tin Can Bay 4941 980 278 6199 $367,656 $60.00 3065 $120

Landfill Totals 33684 7956 1685 43325 $2,108,963 $50.00 16331 $129

Note: Tonnage are based on estimates for 2011/2012 Cost estimates are based on GRC adopted 2012/13 budget It is evident that having six active landfill sites is not a cost-effective arrangement for GRC. The high operating cost at sites like Goomeri, Kilkivan, Gunalda, and Rainbow Beach is not commensurate with the low waste volumes. A number of the sites have limited or no supervision and fees are only collected at Bonnick Rd and Tin Can Bay. To be able to calculate the remaining volume (available airspace) for a landfill requires the site to have a Closure Plan. The Closure Plan includes the final design profiles and ongoing monitoring arrangements. A number of the GRC sites do not have these plans. Based on estimates from available data the expected remaining life for each site is shown below.

Figure 19 - Existing Landfills and Estimated Remaining Life Landfill Site Estimated Remaining Landfill Life Goomeri Less than 3 years Kilkivan Less than 7 years Gunalda Less than 7 years Bonnick Rd Less than 10 years Rainbow Beach Less than 3 years Tin Can Bay Less than 3 years

Page 30

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

The estimated remaining landfill life is based on historical information about volumes used and does not take account of any prolonging of the available airspace. Council has recently changed its work method at a number of sites and has introduced a tracked loader (drott) to provide improved compaction of the waste. This will achieve improvements in compaction densities and reduce airspace consumption. Providing site supervision to ensure the removal of recyclable materials will also prolong landfill life. Each of the sites accepts recyclable materials including green waste and metals. As with the bin sites the costs for Goomeri, Kilkivan and Gunalda are understated as the green waste collected on site is incinerated.

Goomeri Landfill Kilkivan Landfill

Gunalda Landfill Bonnick Road Landfill

Rainbow Beach Landfill Tin Can Bay Landfill

Page 31

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.3.1 Risks and Issues – Landfill Sites The following issues have been identified for the landfill sites.

Figure 20 - Risks and Issues – Landfill Sites.

sequence Likelihood Ranking

Issue Consequence Con Control Options Need to close sites and Limited remaining landfill Extend the life of selected sites establish alternative disposal 1 1 1 capacity at most sites while establishing a new landfill. options. Potential exposure to high level personal harm (death, 1 3 2 Review waste facilities locations permanent disability). and activities and provide for all Site activities generally Potential illegal/unsafe waste publicly accessible sites to be 1 1 1 unsupervised at some sites. disposal activities supervised during all open hours. Poor capturing of transaction Close remaining unsupervised records and data collection for 2 1 1 sites. reporting and future planning. Very limited if any opportunity At some existing sites to seperate materials for Establish standardised recycling limited if any opportunity recycling at some sites. infrastructure at all sites in 2 1 1 exists for waste reduction increased waste going to conjunction with introduction of and recycling landfill instead of being site supervision. recycled. Inefficient network of sites Significant ongoing operational Review waste facilities locations due to historical pre- inefficiencies with high level 1 1 1 and activities and rationalise amalgamation boundaries. cost impacts. number and types of sites.

6.3.2 Strategy Goals – Landfill Sites Strategy Goal 9 - Provide efficient facilities for the regions short & long term landfill needs Assess the existing landfill network and develop plans to maintain, develop, close and rehabilitate Description sites to ensure long term waste disposal capacity. GRC has 6 operating landfills, all of which are expected to reach close during the life of this strategy. The current situation of impending landfill closures highlights the importance of having accurate predictions of landfill capacity. To provide for normal and emergency disposal requirements GRC should ensure long term waste disposal capacity exists. Goomeri Goomeri landfill has a very limited life. The closure of the Goomeri landfill should be investigated. Kilkivan The predicted life based on current expected closure profiles is medium term. It may be possible to extend the life of the Kilkivan landfill by reviewing the closure profile and introducing new operational practices including site supervision. GRC should investigate the option of extending the life of the existing Kilkivan landfill. The site should be secured, the opening hours reviewed and the landfill must be supervised during all open hours. Prior to final closure of the site the future western transfer station/landfill will need to be developed Gunalda At current waste volumes the Gunalda landfill has a life expectancy of medium term. The site should continue to operate until final site profiles are achieved. Bonnick Rd Bonnick Rd will remain as the major regional landfill. GRC has commenced a project to construct a new landfill cell at Bonnick Rd. The new landfill cell construction needs to be progressed urgently to provide sufficient short and medium term waste disposal capacity. Rainbow Beach Rainbow Beach landfill poses significant operational issues and has a very limited life. Prior to the closure of the Rainbow Beach site the waste disposal options for residents and businesses in the area will need to be reviewed.

Page 32

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

Tin Can Bay Based on existing closure profiles the site has a limited life. The life can be extended for a number of years if the closure profile is changed. GRC should proceed with a review of the closure profile with a view to redesigning and extending the life of the site. Recommended Actions Resources Timeframe Dependencies Required Review landfill development and operations including:  Investigate closure of Goomeri Landfill.  Investigate closure of Rainbow Beach landfill.  Establish Toolara landfill. Short to medium 9.1 Internal staff  Extend the life of Bonnick Rd Landfill – term construct new landfill cell.  Review Tin Can Bay landfill site profile to extend the landfill life.  Review Kilkivan landfill site profile to extend the landfill life. Prepare a landfill development and operations plan for councils consideration addressing:  Risks Short to medium 9.2 Internal staff  Level of Service term  Value for money  Community need Measures Maintain long term waste disposal capacity. and Targets

Page 33

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.4 RESOURCE RECOVERY All sectors of our community have a responsibility to manage the waste they create and/or handle in an environmentally sound manner. Our actions in how we manage our waste items can be guided by the waste hierarchy which is used to show the preferred actions for achieving waste reduction and recycling. Gympie has a number of existing recycling activities which contribute to the recycling achievements shown in Figure 4.

Figure 21 - Waste Hierarchy Most Preferred

Least Preferred

In 2011 the Queensland Government introduced the Waste Reduction and Recycling Act with the aims being to:  Promote waste avoidance and reduction, and resource recovery and efficiency actions;  Reduce the consumption of natural resources and minimise the disposal of waste by encouraging waste avoidance and the recovery, re-use and recycling of waste;  Minimise the overall impact of waste generation and disposal;  Ensure a shared responsibility between government, business and industry and the community in waste management and resource recovery;  Support and implement national frameworks, objectives and priorities for waste management and resource recovery. Under this Act all local governments must adopt a Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan which must, where reasonably practicable, include the following:  Waste reduction and recycling targets for: o Waste generated by the local government in carrying out its activities; o Waste generated by households in the local government’s area; o Other waste generated in the local government’s area other than by the local government.  Actions to be taken to improve waste reduction and recycling of: o Waste generated by the local government in carrying out its activities; o Waste generated by households in the local government’s area;

Page 34

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

o Other waste generated in the local government’s area other than by the local government.  Details of current and proposed waste infrastructure;  The management and monitoring of the local government’s performance under the plans;  Information about achieving continuous improvement in waste management. When preparing a Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan a local government is required to consider how it will contribute to achieving the targets and aspirations of the Queensland Waste Reduction and Recycling Strategy. The Act prescribes that local governments must adopt a Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan by 1st December 2012. However the Qld Government has signalled its intentions to review the current Qld Waste Reduction and Recycling Strategy and to adopt a new strategy by early 2014. The Qld Government has therefore proposed an extension of the due date for local governments to adopt Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan to 1st July 2014.

6.4.1 Risks and Issues – Resource Recovery The following issues have been identified for Resource Recovery.

Figure 22 – Risks and Issues - Resource Recovery

sequence Likelihood Ranking

Issue Consequence Con Control Options Recycling services Provide consistent and provided vary at Increased waste to landfill 2 2 2 comprehensive recycling options at different sites all sites. No short, medium or long term arrangements Establish short term arrangements Increased green waste to exist for 1 1 1 for green waste processing and landfill managing/processing investigate long term options. green waste. Buy back centre (Tip Shop) arrangements are Establish formal Tip Shop 2 2 2 not consistent and need arrangements where appropriate. to be formalised. Waste education is ineffective Current waste and residents and businesses Develop and deliver a waste education is limited and are not aware of services and 2 2 2 education program. ad-hoc. options leading to increased waste to landfill.

6.4.2 Domestic & Commercial Recycling GRC has existing domestic and commercial recycling collection services. These services are described and strategy goals proposed in Strategy Goals 3 & 5.

6.4.3 Recycling Sites/Facilities This strategy outlines a number of reviews of the network of waste management facilities within the region. In conjunction with any reviews would be the provision of recycling opportunities for domestic and commercial customers. For sites operated by GRC the intention would be to provide consistent recycling arrangements at each site where this is appropriate.

Page 35

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.4.4 Strategy Goals – Resource Recovery Strategy Goal 10 - Provide and/or facilitate sites with recycling opportunities Description Provide consistent recycling services at council sites and opportunities to increase recycling. Residential and commercial customers self-transporting waste typically need recycling facilities for green waste, timber, steel, cardboard, reusable items, oil, batteries and other household hazardous waste. Commercial customers generally have larger volumes of green waste, timber, steel, cardboard and concrete along with some plastics. A major impediment to effective recycling is mixed loads of waste. This is an issue for GRC where site activities are not supervised and recycled items are mixed with other wastes. Some GRC sites are accepting comingled recycling items similar to those placed in recycling wheeled bins. Should GRC expand the kerbside recycling service to all areas receiving a waste bin service this requirement will be reduced. GRC’s kerbside recycling items are currently transported to the Sunshine Coast for processing at a purpose built Materials Recovery Facility (MRF). The new collection services tender process will need to consider the processing of these recyclable materials. Green Waste Green waste is a significant portion (20%) of the total waste stream identified by GRC. Unlike many other recyclable items, processed green waste is generally reliant on local or regional markets for reuse. This has lead to many operations having closed down when supposed markets have proven unsustainable. Council’s were impacted by a recent failure of an operation near Brisbane. GRC will look at establishing long term arrangements to manage green and timber waste. These arrangements must be founded on using/facilitating a sustainable outcome for the region. A sustainable outcome should include locations and sites able to hold large volumes of this waste where processing disruptions occur. Construction and Demolition Waste A privately owned facility operates in the Gympie area to accept concrete/bricks for processing and resale. Many customers are taking waste direct to this facility for processing. This alleviates the issues associated with collecting and processing this material on Council sites and GRC should encourage and promote this recycling option. Aside from concrete/brick waste, Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste generally contains large volumes of timber, steel, plastics and soils. Private waste operators including skip bin companies can benefit from establishing or having access to specific facilities for segregating and processing C&D wastes. Tip Shops Every supervised GRC waste facility should, where appropriate, provide the opportunity for customers to separate reusable items (eg furniture, clothing, sporting equipment, electrical items, toys). GRC already provides this opportunity at some sites. These items can be assessed and where appropriate made available for sale to the public via a tip shop arrangement. Formal tip shop facilities should be established for all supervised sites in conjunction with the respective site operating contracts/arrangements.

Recommended Actions Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Prepare a recycling/waste minimisation report for Councils consideration including:  Investigate establishing consistent general recycling options at all GRC sites.  Investigate establishing a 2 year contract for green and timber waste removal and processing Short to 10.1 Internal staff  Investigate options for greenwaste and/or C&D Medium term waste processing.  Investigate establishing (where appropriate) formal “Tip Shop” arrangements at all GRC supervised waste management sites accessed by the public. Measures and Report prepared for Council consideration on waste recycling opportunities including: Targets  Waste reduction targets  Statutory compliance  Community needs  Level of service

Page 36

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

6.4.5 Waste Minimisation and Education GRC and private operators will invest significantly in providing waste facilities and services in the Gympie region. The success of achieving good waste management outcomes is heavily reliant on the users being informed and educated about how the facilities operate and what is desired to achieve improvements in waste management. Therefore education of householders and business operators is a key component.

Strategy Goal 11 - Provide community waste education Provide waste minimisation and education services designed to increase awareness of resource Description recovery and recycling opportunities Households Householders require information and advice about how GRC’s waste management systems operate including collection services and how and where to dispose of unwanted items and how to segregate items for disposal at facilities. Other general information should include:  Home composting  Waste avoidance  Reuse and recycling Schools Teachers and students are a key target for waste education therefore the waste education program should include a school visit program. General waste management information about composting, waste avoidance and resource recovery/recycling should form the basis of the school program. Businesses Business and industry will require specific information about the services available in the region, both from GRC and private operators. The industry program should include advice and support on:  Cleaner production  Government support programs  Optional waste audits and waste reduction/recycling advice.

Actions Required Timeframe Dependencies Resources Required Design, implement and resource a 11.1 Community Waste Education Short term Internal staff Program Measures and Community members including residents, schools and businesses have access to waste education Targets resources that provide advice and assistance to enable improved waste management practices and performance in the Gympie region.

7 STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION The review of existing activities has identified a number of issues and has concluded strategy goals and recommended actions that will assist GRC to move forward with waste management for the region. Following adoption of the Regional Waste Management Strategy by GRC, the strategy will become a living document providing future direction for Council and the community.

8 STRATEGY CONSULTATION Prior to adopting a strategy Council will release the draft Regional Waste Management Strategy to the community for public consultation. The draft strategy will be made available for a minimum period of 28 days. Following the community consultation period a report of the community input will be presented to Council for direction prior to drafting the final report. Following this consultation process the final Regional Waste Management Strategy will be presented to Council for resolution and adoption.

Page 37

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

ATTACHMENT “A” – RISKS & ISSUES MATRIX Level Description of Consequence Operational  Potential exposure to high level personal harm (death, permanent disability).  Major structural failure/damage.  Major contract breach  Potential illegal/unsafe waste disposal activities  Significant long term disruptions to services and operations Compliance High (1)  Ongoing breach of operating licence, illegal operations. (High level impact)  Significant (high exposure) one-off breach of compliance requirements. Waste Reduction and Recycling  Very limited if any opportunity to seperate materials for recycling  Highly ineffective waste seperation and recycling activity Efficiency  Poor data collection for reporting and future planning.  Significant ongoing operational inefficiencieswith high level cost impacts. Operational  Potential exposure to personal injury with temporary disability  Minor structural failure/damage.  Ongoing contract non-conformance  Short-term to medium term disruptions to services or operations. Medium (2) Compliance (Medium level impact)  One-off breach of compliance requirements (reportable - not high exposure). Waste Reduction and Recycling  Minimal opportunities to recover resources or recycle  Ineffective waste seperation and recycling activity Efficiency  Operational inefficiencies with medium to low level cost impacts. Operational  Potential exposure to personal injury  Minor equipment damage.  Minor one-off contract non-conformance  Minor short-term service disruption to services or operations. Low (3) Compliance (Low level impact)  One-off minor breach of compliance requirements (not reportable). Waste Reduction and Recycling  Minimal opportunities to recover resources or recycle  Ineffective waste seperation and recycling activity Efficiency  One off operational inefficiencies with minimal cost impacts.

Level Likelihood / Probability Likely Could happen frequently Moderate Could happen occasionally Unlikely May occur only in exceptional circumstances.

Likelihood / Probability Consequence Likely (1) Moderate (2) Unlikely (3) High (1) 1 1 2 Medium (2) 1 2 3 Low (3) 2 3 3

Class/Ranking Description / Requirements 1 Major risk/issue - Requires short term intervention to mitigate risk exposure. 2 Medium risk/issue - Requires medium term operational planning. 3 Minor risk/issue - Requires localised control measures.

Page 38

Regional Waste Management Strategy 2013 – 2020

ATTACHMENT “B” – FACILITY CATCHMENTS & COLLECTION SERVICE AREAS

Page 39